Home

Avaya BSG8/12 1.0 User's Manual

1. Variable Value disable Disables IGMP enable Enables IGMP Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip igmp global config show ip igmp interface Commands Reference 422 Layer 3 commands show ip igmp global config Use this command to display the global configuration of IGMP Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp global config Related commands set ip igmp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 423 show ip igmp groups Use this command to display the IGMP groups information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp groups Related commands ip igmp static group Commands Reference 424 Layer 3 commands show ip igmp interface Use this command to display the interface configuration of IGMP Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp interface Vlan lt vlan id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip igmp interface command Variable Value Vian Specifies VLAN ID Related commands ip ip ip ip ip ip no igm ip immediate leave igm igm igm igm igm p p p p D last member query interval query interval query max response time robustness version ip igmp set ip igmp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 425 show ip igmp sources Use this command to display the IGMP source
2. Variable Value vpi value720 Specifies Virtual Path Identifier value Range is 0 to 255 Defaults vpi Related commands show dsl interface show dsl interface pvc Commands Reference 830 Wireless commands vci value Use this command to configure the Virtual Channel Identifier VCI value Command mode PVC interface configuration Syntax vci vci value Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vci value command Variable Value vci value Specifies the VCI value Value ranges from 0 to 255 Defaults vci Related commands show dsl interface show dsl interface pvc NN47928 100 Wireless commands 831 T1 E1 commands TI E1 is a digital WAN carrier facility T1 transmits DS 1 formatted data at 1 544 Mbps and E1 transmits E1 formatted data at 2 048 Mbps through the telephone switch network using HDB3 AMI or B8Zs coding This commands are executed only on the BSG12 platforms T1 E1 commands navigation cablelength long page 832 cablelength short page 833 channel group page 834 clear controller page 835 clear controller statistics table page 836 clock source page 837 controller page 838 controller mode page 839 debug t1el page 840 dump tle1 sib counter page 841 framing page 842 linecode page 843 line status change trap page 844 loopback page 845 mode page 846 sendcode page 84
3. command Variable Value ip address Enter the IP address for the default vlan interface subnet mask Enter the subnet mask for the default vlan interface Defaults ip address 10 0 0 1 subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Related commands show nvram NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 173 disable login Use this command to disable the login prompt and password prompt Command mode Global configuration Syntax disable login Commands Reference 174 Layer2 commands dump network status Use this command to display the network status Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax dump network status NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 175 enable login Use this command to enable the login prompt and password prompt Command mode Global configuration Syntax enable login Commands Reference 176 Layer 2 commands erase Use this command to clear the contents of the startup configuration or sets parameters in NVRAM to default values Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax erase startup config nvram flash filename Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in erase command Variable Value flash filename Specifies the local system flash filename nvram Specifies the non volatile RAM startup config Specifies the startup configuration file Related commands show nvram show system information NN47928 100 Layer
4. NN47928 100 43 Layer 2 commands This section describes the commands used in configuring the Layer 2 Command Line Interface CLI The CLI supports a simple logon authentication mechanism The authentication is based on a user name and password you provide during logon The root user is factory programmed with the password admin123 Layer 2 commands navigation e Spanning Tree Protocol commands page 44 e Port based network access control commands page 77 e Remote Authentication Dial in User Service commands page 98 e TACACS commands page 103 e Internet Group Management Protocol snooping commands page 109 e Syslog commands page 132 e Secure Shell commands page 142 e Secure Sockets Layer commands page 146 e System feature commands page 153 e Power over Ethernet commands page 224 e RMON commands page 259 e Virtual local area network commands page 267 e Dynamic host configuration protocol commands page 309 e DHCP client commands page 311 e DHCP relay commands page 316 e DHCP server commands page 324 Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 commands page 349 Commands Reference 44 Layer 2 commands Spanning Tree Protocol commands Spanning Tree Protocol STP is a link management protocol that provides path redundancy while preventing undesirable loops in the network that are created by multiple active paths between stations To establish path redundancy STP
5. Related commands ip igmp snooping Commands Reference 126 Layer2 commands show ip igmp snooping globals Use this command to display the IGMP snooping information for all VLANs or a specific VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping globals Related commands ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping port purge interval ip igmp snooping proxy reporting ip igmp snooping report forward ip igmp snooping report suppression interval ip igmp snooping retry count ip igmp snooping version snooping multicast forwarding mode NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 127 show ip igmp snooping groups Use this command to display IGMP group information for all VLANs or a specific VLAN or a specific VLAN and group address Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping groups Vlan vlan id Group Address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip igmp snooping groups command Variable Value vlan Specifies the vlan index value Group Enter the group address of the vlan ID Related commands ip igmp snooping Commands Reference 128 Layer 2 commands show ip igmp snooping mrouter Use this command to display the router ports fora VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter Vlan lt vlan index gt Variable definition
6. Related commands show spanning tree bridge show spanning tree interface spanning tree spanning tree priority spanning tree compatibility spanning tree mode spanning tree Properties of an interface spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP spanning tree timers spanning tree transmit hold count NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 55 show spanning tree interface Use this command to display spanning tree information Command mode Privileged and User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree interface interface type interface id cost priority portfast rootcost state stats detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree interface command Variable Value cost Indicates spanning tree port cost detail Displays details about the port and bridge portfast Indicates spanning tree portfast state priority Indicates spanning tree port priority rootcost Indicates spanning tree rootcost path cost to reach the root value state Indicates spanning tree state stats Displays the input and output packets by switching path for the interface Related commands clear spanning tree counters clear spanning tree detected protocols show spanning tree detail active spanning tree Properties of an interface spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP Commands Reference 56
7. Variable Value all Specifies the initialization and shutdown messages shut Specifies the shutdown messages mgmt Specifies the management messages data Specifies the data path messages ctrl Specifies the control plane messages dump Specifies the packet dump messages resource Specifies the messages related to all resources except buffers buffer Specifies the buffer messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show ip http secure server status Commands Reference 148 Layer 2 commands ip http secure Use this command to enable SSL server on the device This command helps to configure ciphersuites and crypto keys Precede this command with no to disable SSL server on the device and also disables ciphersuites and crypto key configuration Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip http secure server ciphersuite rsa null md5 rsa null sha rsa des sha rsa 3des sha dh rsa des sha dh rsa 3des sha rsa exp1024 des sha crypto key rsa usage keys 512 1024 no ip http secure server ciphersuite rsa null md5 rsa null sha rsa des sha rsa 3des sha dh rsa des sha dh rsa 3des sha rsa exp1024 des sha Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe ip http secure command Variable Value server Specifies the SSL server ciphersuite Configures the ciphersuite list crypto key rsa Enter the usage ke
8. Related Commands show mgmt server config page 775 NN47928 100 BSG commands 771 connection request Use this command to add the user name and password for CPE URL Command mode TR 069 Syntax connection request url user lt username gt passwd lt password gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the connection request command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name for the Management Server password Specifies the password for the user name Related Commands show mgmt server config Commands Reference 772 BSG commands periodic inform Use this command to enable or disable the periodic inform interval Command mode TR 069 Syntax periodic inform enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the periodic inform command Variable Value enable Enables the periodic inform interval disable Disables the periodic inform interval Related Commands show mgmt server config NN47928 100 BSG commands 773 periodic inform interval Use this command to configure the periodic inform interval in seconds Command mode TR 069 Syntax periodic inform interval lt integer 35 4294967295 secs gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the periodic inform interval command Variable Value interger Specifies the
9. This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver DynamicSubscriber command Variable Value AddDynamicSubscriber Specifies the addition of the dynamic subscriber DeleteDynamicSubscriber Specifies the deletion of the dynamic subscriber NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 559 show sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName Use this command to display the name of the global dialplan Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName Related commands set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName Commands Reference 560 Layer 3 commands show sipserver OrganizationHeader Use this command to display the configuration properties for scope server information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver PrivateSIPViaHost OrganizationHeader PrivateSIPRecordRoute PrivateSIPSRecordRoute DNSLookupTimeOut ServerHeader Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver OrganizationHeader command Variable Value PrivateSIPViaHost Displays private SIP through host OrganizationHeader Displays organization header PrivateSIPRecordRoute Displays private SIP record route PrivateSIPSRecordRoute Displays private SIP record route DNSLookupTimeOut Displays DNS lookup timeout ServerHeade Displays server header Related commands
10. flash filename Specifies the flash or remote site startup config Specifies the startup configuration If this option is chosen then the switch will start with the saved configuration on reboot ftp Copies a file to a FTP server ip address the IP address or host name of the server to receive the file filename the name assigned to the file on the server Defaults manual Related commands show nvram show system information Commands Reference 224 Layer 2 commands Power over Ethernet commands Power over Ethernet PoE technology is a system that transmits electrical power along with data to remote devices over standard twisted pair cable in an Ethernet network The advantage of this technology is that the installers need to run only a single Ethernet cable that carries both power and data to each device IP telephones wireless LAN access points Web cams Ethernet hubs computers and other appliances use this technology prominently Access points AP and network devices can be easily located thus decreasing installation costs PoE is standardized in IEEE 802 3af This technology offers new options to system designers by providing economical and flexible deployment of network devices PoE commands navigation e power inline page 225 e power inline priority page 226 e set poe page 227 e show power detail page 228 e show power inline page 229 NN47928 100 Laye
11. Variable Value bgp Advertises routes that are learnt by the BGP process in the OSPF routing process connected Advertises directly connected networks routes in the OSPF routing process rip Advertises routes that are learnt by the RIP process in the OSPF routing process static Advertises routes configured statically in the OSPF routing process Related commands default information originate always redist config NN47928 100 Layer3commands 499 redist config Use this command to configure the information to be applied to routes learned from RTM Precede this command with no to delete the information applied to routes learned from RTM Command mode Router configuration Syntax redist config lt Network gt lt Mask gt metric value lt metric metric type asExttypel asExttype2 tag lt tag value gt no redist config lt Network gt lt Mask gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the redist config command Variable Value Mask Specifies the mask of the destination route metric type Specifies the metric type applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain metric value Specifies the metric value applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain Network Specifies the IP Address of the destination route tag Specifies the tag type describes whether tags will be automatically gen
12. Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip ssh version compatibility cipher des cbc 3des cbc auth hmac md5 hmac shal no ip ssh version compatibility cipher des cbc 3des cbc auth hmac md5 hmac shal Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ssh command Variable Value version compatibility Specifies the support for the SSH protocol version cipher Specifies the cipher algorithm list auth Specifies the public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions Defaults version compatibility false cipher 3des cbc auth hmac sha1 Related commands show ip ssh NN47928 100 Layer2commands 145 show ip ssh Use this command to display SSH server information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ssh Related commands ip ssh Commands Reference 146 Layer 2 commands Secure Sockets Layer commands Secure Sockets Layer SSL is a protocol developed for transmitting private documents through the Internet SSL uses a private key to encrypt data that is transferred over the SSL connection Both Netscape Navigator and Internet Explorer support SSL and many Web sites use the protocol to obtain confidential user information such as credit card numbers By convention URLs that require an SSL connection start with https instead of http The SSL protocol provides privacy
13. E 329 jue urs c MUN MEM ND DEREN ET D I CN EU Geena 330 IP ONC DOANE cos HUE 331 I Ee 332 PANEN ONOI since ba mde pRe Vbe eedem dide eee bones ees 333 ip discp Opllolt 234s see Reden s see see etek RYE CREE Y EE CEREBRO SD 334 I One DUE coscuu bostusus eau S on ken au bct a See akan Dep RUE deeds See 335 lans Losqoqu pad E SN Ned PS Geet S RE Eee Medos sed ebd 336 NEWS dI OP SEE vac c cred RES CREDO REG RO axe Xx dade Pretada d nes 337 Delbips pde D DB c oed co ae padre d are Rad Dolar bab dr Cra dtp o Rob Eod 338 icr oc once H U 339 DIDI ces Eee S Corde ad Ce T Y Rd es Tad PE ARR AA 340 BEI VICO Cop SGN Goose dc dp eh Soke IUS dde URDU CDD RC ad 341 show ip dhep server DINGING uuiuons se emm em Rm kon mnn nm e 342 show ip dhep server doVIGBS 2 ok ser ee ks Sk Reda cusudedr Eck edo d bees 343 show ip dhep server information uaxeesueasEikstEdcGo PEG beers RR RUE 344 show ip dhep server POO usc y debe LOGE SRE RE GUERRE kisa RRS 345 show ip dhcp server statistics 2 1 4 cesa else m Rake kx Rm nan 346 show snmp server trap ilsusicenecece cem mx pu ere ritro ps 347 bres TUSSI uada scq RE XX CARE ERROR EERIN sere DEP RR RR RAS 348 Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 commands 349 SHOW SIMP pi ccevickesa doesn eteadobi cree EE AGG ccs RES aged ded a ad 351 show enmp egent InTORTIS BOE cera eee bese n ened RR nex KR dna E RR i 352 Show SAM
14. Use this command to set the Address Resolution Protocol ARP cache timeout Precede this command with no to set the ARP cache timeout to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax arp timeout seconds 30 86400 gt no arp timeout Defaults 7200 Related commands show ip arp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 387 arp IP address Use this command to add a static entry in the ARP cache Precede this command with no to delete a static entry from the ARP cache Command mode Global configuration Syntax arp lt ip address gt lt hardware address gt Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt interface type gt lt interface id gt arpa no arp lt ip address gt Variable definition This table describes the variables used in the arp IP address command Variable Value ip address Specifies the IP address or IP alias to map to the specified MAC address hardware address Specifies the MAC address to map to the specified IP address or IP alias Vian Specifies the VLAN ID interface type Specifies the type of interface interface id Specifies the interface ID arpa Specifies the address and routing parameter area domain Related commands show ip arp Commands Reference 388 Layer 3 commands ip aggregate route Use this command to set the maximum number of aggregate routes Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of aggre
15. Variable Value dirname Specifies the directory name Maximum length of directory name is 128 Defaults Aftpboot Related commands tftp server show tftp Commands Reference 592 Layer 3 commands NN47928 100 593 BSG commands This section describes the commands to configure the Business Service Gateway BSG Command Line Interface CLI BSG commands navigation e Point to Point Protocol commands page 631 e Simple Network Time Protocol commands page 641 e Network Address Translation commands page 652 e Virtual private network policy commands page 672 e Diffserv commands page 697 e Access control list commands page 721 e VOIP commands page 729 e Technical Report 069 commands page 769 Commands Reference 594 BSG commands Firewall commands Firewall is a complete security solution It enables small to medium sized business enterprises to securely interconnect computers on the office network to the internet and protects them from external attacks and intrusions An organization can define its fundamental security policy using one of the following firewall techniques e Block all packets that are not explicitly configured to allow into the protected network e Allow all packets that are not explicitly configured to block from the protected network When the firewall is configured and administered it defends any network against external threats Because
16. mode csu dsu Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the mode command Variable Value csu Specifies channel service units dsu Specifies data service units NN47928 100 Wireless commands 847 sendcode Use this command to select the data pattern to send on the T1 E1 line Precede the command with no to disable the test data pattern Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax sendcode SendQRS Pattern511 no sendcode Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sendcode command Variable Value SendQRS Specifies the SendQRS data pattern Pattern511 Specifies the Pattern511 data pattern Commands Reference 848 Wireless commands show controllers Use this command to display T1 E1 controller configurations for the T1 E1 link Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show controllers t1 e1 T1E1Index Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show controller command Variable Value ti Specifies the T1 controller configurations for T1 link el Specifies the E1 controller configurations for E1 link T1E1Index Specifies the T1 E1 link identifier Related commands framing linecode loopback NN47928 100 Wireless commands 849 show controller statistics interval Use this command to display T1 E1 i
17. preshared key Specifies the preshared Key xauth Specifies the extended authentication cert Specifies the certificate ravpn preshared key Specifies the authentication mode specific to RA VPN policy In this mode authentication is done with preshared key only without user authentication NN47928 100 BSG commands 677 crypto map This command creates a new crypto map which will define the VPN policy to be negotiated for SA creation Command mode Global Configuration Syntax crypto map lt policy name gt no crypto map lt map name gt all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the crypto map command Variable Value policy name Name of the crypto map to be created map name Specified Crypto map name all All the policies Commands Reference 678 BSG commands crypto map Interface This command applies the crypto policy to the specified interface Precede this command with no to disable the policy applied to the specific interface Command mode Interface Configuration Syntax crypto map policy name no crypto map policy name Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the crypto map command Variable Value policy name Specifies the policy name NN47928 100 BSG commands 679 crypto map ipsec Use this command to specify the IKE Phase II Proposal with encryption and
18. spanning tree mst max hops page 70 spanning tree path cost method page 72 spanning tree Properties of an interface page 73 spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP page 74 spanning tree timers page 75 NN47928 100 Layer2commands 45 e spanning tree transmit hold count page 76 Commands Reference 46 Layer 2 commands clear spanning tree counters Use this command to reset all bridge level and port level statistics counters Command mode Global configuration Syntax clear spanning tree counters Related commands show spanning tree interface show spanning tree mst configuration NN47928 100 Layer2commands 47 clear spanning tree detected protocols Use this command to restart the protocol migration process on all of the interfaces and force renegotiation with the neighboring switches Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax clear spanning tree detected protocols interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the instance command Variable Value interface Specifies the interface type and interface id Related commands show spanning tree interface show spanning tree mst port specific configuration Commands Reference 48 Layer 2 commands debug spanning tree Use this command to provide spanning tree debugging support Precede this command with no
19. startup config Specifies the startup config NN47928 100 Layer2commands 163 copy file Use this command to copy a file from a source remote site or flash to a destination remote site or flash Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax copy tftp ip address filename flash filename tftp ip address filename flash filename Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the copy file command Variable Value tftp Copies a log file to a TFTP server ip address enter IP address or host name of the TFTP server to receive the file filename enter the name assigned to the file on the server flash filename Enter the flash or remote site Commands Reference 164 Layer 2 commands copy logs Use this command to write the system logs to a remote site Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax copy logs tftp ip address filename Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the copy logs command Variable Value tftp Copies a log file to a TFTP server ip address the IP address or host name of the server to receive the file filename the name assigned to the file on the server NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 165 copy startup config Use this command to back up the initial configuration in flash or at a remote location Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax copy startup config
20. statistics Commands Reference 326 Layer 2 commands dns server Use this command to specify the IP address of a DNS server that is available to a DHCP client Precede this command with no to delete the DNS server from the DHCP server configuration parameters Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax dns server ip address no dns server Related commands network service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 327 domain name Use this command to set the domain name in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the domain name from the DHCP server configuration parameters Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax domain name lt domain no domain name Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the domain name command 63 gt Variable Value domain Specifies the client s domain name string Related commands network service show ip show ip show ip show ip dhcp dhcp dhep dhep dhcp Server server server server server binding information pools statistics Commands Reference 328 Layer 2 commands excluded address Use this command to create an excluded pool to prevent DHCP Server from assigning certain addresses Preced
21. status Specifies the status of the static unicast entry Commands Reference 274 Layer 2 commands Defaults status permanent Related commands show mac address table static multicast NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 275 mac address table static unicast Use this command to configure a static unicast MAC address in the forwarding database Precede this command with no to delete a configured static unicast MAC address from the forwarding database Command mode Global configuration Syntax mac address table static unicast lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt recv port lt interface type gt lt interface id gt interface lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt interface type 0 a b 0 c port channel lt a b c d gt status permanent deleteOnReset deleteOnTimeout m no mac address table static unicast lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt recv port lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the mac address table static unicast command Variable Value aa aa aa aa aa aa Specifies the destination MAC address vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier recv port Specifies the received port s interface type and ID interface Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type i
22. Command mode Global configuration Syntax service dhcp server no service dhcp server Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip dhcp server information Commands Reference 342 Layer 2 commands show ip dhcp server binding Use this command to display DHCP server binding information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp server binding Related commands host hardware type ip dhcp option service dhcp server NN47928 100 Layer2commands 343 show ip dhcp server devices Use this command to view the DHCP devices Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp server devices Related commands ip dhcp device Commands Reference 344 Layer 2 commands show ip dhcp server information Use this command to display DHCP server information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp server information Related commands ip dhep ip dhcp bootfile ip dhcp next server service dhcp server NN47928 100 Layer2commands 345 show ip dhcp server pools Use this command to display DHCP server pools Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp server pools Related commands ip dhep pool lease network service dhcp server Commands Reference 346 Layer 2 commands show ip dhcp server statistics Use this command to display DHCP server statistics Command mode P
23. Command mode VRRP router configuration Syntax interface vlan vlan id 1 4094 gt no interface Vlan vlan id 1 4094 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the interface vlan command Variable Value vlan id Specifies VLAN identifier Related commands router vrrp show vrrp vrid NN47928 100 Layer3commands 439 router vrrp Use this command to enable VRRP in the router and is used to enter the VRRP configuration mode Precede this command with no to disable VRRP in the router Command mode Global configuration Syntax router vrrp no router vrrp Defaults VRRP is disabled Related commands show vrrp vrid Commands Reference 440 Layer 3 commands show vrrp vrid Use this command to display the VRRP status information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vrrp interface vlan lt VlanId 1 4094 gt lt VrId 1 255 gt brief detail statistics Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vrrp vrid command Variable Value interface vlan VRRP information on the given VLAN ID and VRID brief Displays information about VRRP in brief detail Displays information about VRRP in detail statistics Displays VRRP statistics Related commands interface vlan router vrrp vrrp ip address NN47928 100 Layer3commands 4
24. Command modes Use Telnet or a Secure Shell SSH to access the command line interface CLI The following is a list of available modes when logon is complete e User EXEC mode page 34 e Privileged EXEC mode page 34 e Global configuration mode page 34 Interface configuration mode page 34 e Protocol specific modes page 35 User EXEC mode After you log on to the device you are automatically in the User EXEC mode Use the User EXEC commands to temporarily change terminal settings perform basic tests and list system information Privileged EXEC mode Privileged access is password protected to prevent unauthorized use The password is not displayed on the screen and is case sensitive The Privileged EXEC mode prompt is the device name followed by the pound sign Global configuration mode Global configuration commands can be executed at any level of the system Interface configuration mode Use interface configuration commands to modify specific interface operations These commands always follow the global configuration command which defines the interface type e Physical interface mode page 35 e Port channel interface mode page 35 e VLAN interface mode page 35 e Config VLAN mode page 35 e Tunnel interface mode page 35 e Out of band interface mode page 35 e PPP interface mode page 35 NN47928 100 Command modes 35 Physical interface mode This is a sub section of interface configurati
25. Commands Reference BSG8ew 1 0 and BSG12ew aw tw 1 0 Business Services Gateway Document Status Standard Document Number NN47928 100 Document Version 02 02 Date September 2008 NORTEL Copyright 2007 2008 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved All rights reserved The information in this document is subject to change without notice The statements configurations technical data and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable but are presented without express or implied warranty Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document The information in this document is proprietary to Nortel Networks Trademarks Nortel the Nortel logo and the Globemark are trademarks of Nortel Networks Microsoft MS MS DOS Windows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Contents 3 Contents New IM this releas 6 csc asi ce wei eases Gs we ae tscews iene pes 23 g ad aM 23 Lager COmMaAndS soas beh eee bats CHECK Ree ROO ERU GRE P AU ERR S 23 Layer o RIES cus eoa See aab a Deacon E EA 23 BSG COMMANGS 23225022 2885248 er Cae Ue n 9e SERERE qeu E ed 24 Wireless COMIMNENGS 265 vtetaiaee DRY RARE X RPG G RROauREa v RP fae ha 24 HowJo get help icasoosasssssaszasshbseesaBusrstsaeiarc seaRaes 29 Getting Help from the Nortel Web site
26. Specifies protocol migration messages redundancy Specifies redundancy related messages role transition Specifies role transition messages NN47928 100 Layer2commands 49 Variable Value sem variables Specifies state machine variables debug messages state machine Specifies state machine related debug messages state transition Specifies state transition messages timer Specifies timer module messages topology change Specifies topology change messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost Commands Reference 50 Layer 2 commands instance Use this command to map virtual local area networks VLAN to a multiple spanning tree MST instance Precede this command with no to delete the instance and unmap specific VLANs from the MST instance A single VLAN identified by VLAN ID number is specified by a range of VLANS separated by a hyphen or a series of VLANS separated by a comma Command mode MSTP configuration Syntax instance lt instance id 1 64 gt vlan lt vlan range gt no instance lt instance id 1 64 gt vlan lt vlan range gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the instance command Variable Value instance id 1 64 Specifies spanning tree instances vlan range Specifies VLAN range associated wit
27. Value CommunityIndex Specifies the community index identifier name Specifies the community name security Specifies the user name context Specifies the context name through which the management information is accessed when using the community string specified by the corresponding instance of SNMP community name volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type transporttag Specifies the transport tag identifier Defaults CommunityIndex NETMAN PUBLIC CommunityName NETMAN PUBLIC SecurityName None ContextName Null TransportTag Null Storage type Volatile Related commands show snmp NN47928 100 ndex name CommunityName security tvolatile nonvolatile Layer2commands 369 show snmp community Commands Reference 370 Layer 2 commands snmp engineid Use this command to configure the engine identifier Precede this command with no to remove the configured engine identifier Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp engineid EngineIdentifier no snmp engineid Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp engineid command Variable Value Engineldentifier Specifies the engine ID to be configured Defaults 80 00 08 1c 04 46 53 Related commands show snmp engineID show snmp user NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 371 snmp group U
28. bsg config vlan Enter exit to return to Global Configuration mode Enter end to return to the Privileged Exec mode End Variable Definitions This table describes the variables used in the Config VLAN mode Variable Value vian id Specifies the number that identifies the VLAN The value is numeric Example 5 Commands Reference 42 Using command modes Line configuration mode Use the Line Configuration mode to configure terminal line settings Using Line configuration mode Procedure steps Step Action 1 Log on to the BSG system using Telnet or SSH 2 The CLI defaults to Privileged Exec mode The prompt displayed for this mode is bsg 3 At the prompt enter the following command configure terminal The system changes to Global Configuration mode and displays the following prompt bsg config 4 At the prompt enter the following command lt vty gt The system changes to Line Configuration mode and displays the following prompt bsg config line Enter exit to return to Global Configuration mode Enter end to return to the Privileged Exec mode End Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Line Configuration mode Variable Value console Use when configuring lines that access the BSG through a console attached to the serial port vty Use when configuring lines that access the BSG from a remote terminal using telnet or SSH
29. e police page 702 e policy map page 703 e queue threshold page 704 e queue weight page 705 e set qos page 706 e set vlan traffic classes page 707 e show class map page 708 e show policer statistics page 709 e show policy map page 710 e show qos default dhcp dotl p mapping page 711 e show qos status page 712 e show queue stats page 713 e show queuing page 714 e show vlan port config page 715 e show vlan traffic classes page 716 e shutdown qos page 717 e switchport priority default page 718 e vlan map priority page 719 e vlan max traffic class page 720 Commands Reference 698 BSGcommands class Use this command to set the priority and Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP values in the classifier Command mode Global configuration Syntax class lt classifier id gt set ip dscp lt dscp value gt priority lt priority value gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the class command Variable Value classifier id Specifies Class ID The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 dscp value Specifies Differentiated Services Code Point DHCP value The value ranges from 0 to 63 priority value Specifies the priority value assigned to the classified traffic The value ranges from 0 to 7 Related commands show class map show policy map NN47928 100 BSG commands 699 class map Use t
30. show vpn config Commands Reference 716 BSG commands show vlan traffic classes Use this command to display the traffic classes information of all the available interfaces Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan traffic classes Variable definitions port interface type lt interface id gt This table describes the variables used in the show vlan traffic classes command Variable Value port Specifies the interface type and port ID of the port Related commands ports set vlan traffic classes vlan switchport priority default NN47928 100 BSG commands 717 shutdown qos Use this command to shut down Quality of Service QoS operation Precede this command with no to start and enable the QoS operation Command mode Global configuration Syntax shutdown qos no shutdown qos Defaults QoS is started and enabled Related commands Commands Reference 718 BSG commands switchport priority default Use this command to configure the default user priority for the port Precede this command with no to configure the default user priority for the port to the default value to a port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport priority default priority value 0 7 no switchport priority default Defaults 0 Related commands show vlan port config NN47928 100 BSG commands 719 vlan map
31. Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver subscriber details all lt user name gt lt domain name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver subscriber details command Variable Value all Displays all the details lt user name gt lt domain name gt Displays user specific details Related commands add subscriber delete subscriber update subscriber Commands Reference 568 Layer 3 commands show sipserver TFTPServerAddress Use this command to display the configuration properties of the TFTP server Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver TFTPServerAddress NN47928 100 Layer3commands 569 show sipserver Timer Use this command to display the configuration properties for scope stack component Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver TimerT1 TimerT2 TimerB TimerC TimerD TimerF TimerH TimerI TimerJ TimerK Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver Timer command Variable Value TimerT1 TimerT2 TimerB TimerC TimerD TimerF TimerH Timerl TimerJ TimerK Displays different types of timers Related commands show sipserver subscriber details Commands Reference 570 Layer 3 commands show sipserver Traces Use this command to
32. Use this command to set the radio channel Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil channel auto channel value 1 11 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 channel command Variable Value auto Automatically detect the radio channel channel value Manual radio channel configuration The value ranges from 1 to 11 Related commands show dotll Commands Reference 786 Wireless commands config dot11 dtim Use this command to configure the DTIM period for radios Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil dtim DTIM Period 1 255 gt Related commands show dotl11 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 787 config dot11 fragmentation Use this command to configure the fragmentation threshold for radios Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 fragmentation lt Fragmentation Threshold 256 2356 Related commands show dotl11 Commands Reference 788 Wireless commands config dot11 mode Use this command to set the radio mode Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 mode b g bg Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 mode command Variable Value b g bg Mode of operation for radios of type bg Related commands show dotll NN47928 100 Wireles
33. external routes to the protocol Command mode Global configuration Syntax export ospf area route external route rip bgp no export ospf area route external route rip bgp Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the export ospf command Variable Value area route Specifies the OSPF inter area and intra area address or mask pairs to be exported into the routing protocol bgp Specifies border gateway protocol external route Specifies the OSPF type 1 and type 2 external address or mask pairs to be exported into the routing protocol rip Specifies routing information protocol Related commands show ip protocols NN47928 100 Layer3commands 431 redistribute policy Use this command to add the permit or deny redistribution policy Precede this command with no to remove the permit or deny redistribution policy Command mode Global configuration Syntax redistribute policy permit deny lt DestIp gt lt DestRange gt static rip ospf bgp rip bgp ospf all no redistribute policy lt DestIp gt lt DestRange gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the redistribute policy command Variable Value all Indicates all distribution policy bgp Specifies border gateway protocol deny Sets the default rule for all prefixes to deny Destlp Sp
34. flash filename ftp username password tftp server ip file name Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in copy startup config command Variable Value flash filename Specifies the flash or remote site ftp username password Specifies username and password to use ftp server ip Specifies IP address or host name of the server to receive the file tftp Copies a file to a TFTP server Commands Reference 166 Layer 2 commands debug logging Use this command to configure where debug logs are to be displayed Precede this command with no to display debug logs in the console Command mode Global configuration Syntax debug logging console file no debug logging Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in debug logging command Variable Value console Debug logs are displayed in the console file Debug logs are displayed in the file Related commands show debugging show debug logging NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 167 default ip address allocation protocol Use this command to configure the protocol by which the default interface acquires its IP address Command mode Global configuration Syntax default ip address allocation protocol bootp rarp dhcp Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in default ip address allocation protocol co
35. nonvolatile Specifies the storage type of the notification details Defaults NotifyName iss iss1 Notify tag iss iss1 Storage type volatile Related commands show snmp notif show snmp targetaddr NN47928 100 Layer2commands 373 snmp server enable traps snmp authentication Use this command to enable generation of authentication traps for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Precede this command with no to disable generation of authentication traps for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp server enable traps snmp authentication no snmp server enable traps snmp authentication Defaults Generation of authentication traps is disabled Commands Reference 374 Layer 2 commands snmp targetaddr Use this command to configure the SNMP target address Precede this command with no to remove the configured SNMP target address Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp targetaddr TargetAddressName param ParamName lt IPAddress gt xP6Address timeout lt Seconds 1 1500 retries lt RetryCount 1 3 taglist TagIdentifier none tvolatile nonvolatile no snmp targetaddr lt TargetAddressName gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp targetaddr command Variable Value TargetAddressName Specifies the name of the target address host param Specifies the SNMP parameter name IPAddress IP6
36. page 83 dot1x init session reauth page 84 dot1x local database page 86 dot1x max req page 87 dot1x max start page 88 dot1x port control page 89 dot1x re authenticate page 90 dot1x reauthentication page 91 dot1x system auth control page 92 dot1x timeout page 93 set nas id page 95 show dot1x page 96 shutdown dot1x page 97 Commands Reference 78 Layer 2 commands aaa authentication dot1x default Use this command to enable the dot1x local authentication or Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS server based remote authentication method for all ports Command mode Global configuration Syntax aaa authentication dotix default group radius local Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the aaa authentication dotix default command Variable Value group radius Specifies RADIUS server based authentication local Specifies local authentication Defaults local Related commands dotix local database radius server host show dotix NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 79 debug dot1x Use this command to enable debugging of the dot1x module Precede this command with no to disable debugging of dot1x module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug dotix all errors events packets state machine redundancy no debug dotix all errors events packets state machine redundancy Variable definit
37. the VLAN interface Related commands passive interface default passive interface vlan Commands Reference 510 Layer 3 commands show ip ospf retransmission list Use this command to display OSPF link state retransmission list information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf retransmission list lt neighbor id gt vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt Interface Type gt lt Interface Index gt Variable definitions The table describes the variables used in the show ip ospf retransmission list command Variable Value neighbor id Specifies neighbor router ID vlan Specifies LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the VLAN interface Interfac Type Specifies the type of the interface Interface Index Specifies the interface index Related commands ip ospf retransmit interval NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 511 show ip ospf route Use this command to display routes learned by OSPF process Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf route Related commands router id router ospf Commands Reference 512 Layer 3 commands show ip ospf summary address Use this command to display OSPF summary address redistribution information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf area range summary address Variable definitions The table describ
38. traffic parameters set encapsulation NN47928 100 Wireless commands 827 show dsl traffic Use this command to display the DSL Statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dsl traffic Related Command dsl operating mode Commands Reference 828 Wireless commands traffic parameters set Use this command to set the traffic parameters of the DSL modem Command mode PVC interface configuration Syntax traffic parameters set lt pcr gt lt scr gt lt mbs gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe traffic parameters set command Variable Value per Specifies the peak cell rate PCR Value ranges from 0 to 65535 scr Specifies the sustainable cell rate Value ranges from 0 to 65535 mbs Specifies the maximum burst size Value ranges from 0 to 65535 Defaults per 4000 scr 4000 mbs 10 Related commands show dsl interface show dsl interface pvc NN47928 100 Wireless commands 829 vpi value Use this command to configure the Virtual Path Identifier VPI value The VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers are the connection parameters required for the DSL Modem to connect to the DSL Provider Command mode PVC interface configuration Syntax vpi lt vpbi value gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vpi value command
39. 0 and the hop count set to the maximum value Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree mst max hops lt value 6 40 gt no spanning tree mst max hops Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree mst max hops command Variable Value hop count lt 1 10 gt Specifies the number of hops in a region before the BDPU is discarded Defaults 20 Related commands show spanning tree mst configuration NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 71 spanning tree pathcost dynamic Use this command to set the maximum number of hops permitted in the MST Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of hops permitted in the MST to the default value The root switch of the instance always sends a BPDU with a cost of 0 and the hop count set to the maximum value Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree pathcost dynamic no spanning tree pathcost dynamic Defaults disabled Related commands spanning tree path cost method spanning tree compatibility spanning tree Properties of an interface spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP Commands Reference 72 Layer 2 commands spanning tree path cost method Use this command to set the method to calculate the port path cost Precede this command with no to set the method to calculate the port value to its default value Command mode Global configuratio
40. 10 100 1000 10000 auto no speed Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the speed command Variable Value 10 Specifies the speed of the port as 10 Mbps 100 Specifies the speed of the port as 100 Mbps 1000 Specifies the speed of the port as 1000 Mbps 10000 Specifies the speed of the port as 10000 Mbps auto Port automatically detects the speed it must run on based on the peer switch Defaults auto Related commands negotiation duplex Commands Reference 856 Appendix A Target based commands duplex Use this command to configure the duplex operation Precede this command with no to configure the duplex operation to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax duplex full half no duplex Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the duplex command Variable Value full Specifies that port is in full duplex mode half Specifies that port is in half duplex mode Defaults full Related commands negotiation speed NN47928 100 Appendix A Target based commands 857 mac address table aging time Use this command to set the maximum age of a dynamically learnt entry in the MAC address table Precede this command with no to set the maximum age of an entry in the MAC address table to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax
41. 110 ip igmp snooping page 111 ip igmp snooping fast leave page 112 ip igmp snooping group query interval page 113 ip igmp snooping mrouter page 114 ip igmp snooping mrouter time out page 115 ip igmp snooping port purge interval page 116 ip igmp snooping proxy reporting page 117 ip igmp snooping querier page 118 ip igmp snooping query interval page 119 ip igmp snooping report forward page 120 ip igmp snooping report suppression interval page 121 ip igmp snooping retry count page 122 ip igmp snooping version page 123 show ip igmp snooping page 124 show ip igmp snooping forwarding database page 125 show ip igmp snooping globals page 126 show ip igmp snooping groups page 127 show ip igmp snooping mrouter page 128 show ip igmp snooping statistics page 129 shutdown snooping page 130 snooping multicast forwarding mode page 131 Commands Reference 110 Layer 2 commands debug ip igmp snooping Use this command to specify the debug levels for IGMP snooping module Precede this command with no to reset debug options for IGMP snooping module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip igmp snooping init resources tmr src grp pkt fwd mgmt redundancy all no debug ip igmp snooping init resources tmr src grp vlan pkt fwd mgmt redundancy all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in debug ip igmp sno
42. 2 commands 177 flowcontrol Use this command to set the send or receive flow control value for an interface If flowcontrol send is on for a device and if it detects any congestion at its end then it notifies the link partner or the remote device of the congestion by sending a pause frame If flowcontrol receive is on for the remote device and it receives a pause frame then it stops sending any data packets This prevents any loss of data packets during the congestion period The receive off and send off keywords can be used to disable flow control Command mode Interface configuration Syntax flowcontrol send receive on off Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in flowcontrol command Variable Value off Turns off the attached devices when used with receive or the local ports when used with send ability to send flow control packets to an interface or to a remote device respectively on If used with receive allows an interface to operate with the attached device to send flow control packets If used with send the interface sends flowcontrol packets to a remote device if the device supports it receive Interface to receive flow control packets from a remote device send Interface to send flow control packets to a remote device Defaults flowcontrol receive off flowcontrol send off Related commands show files show interfaces Commands Refe
43. 851 vendono Socio Foe eee bere head EGRE AGE BR EER Le eh ad ees 852 Appendix A Target based commands llses 853 DOG NOI zug aded MR qaad e dr AR ede ub Hane Suam dit KU eee cd Kad 854 BOS 955 450 d QE VIARERIGUE Ta QU EA Y XP DROP RE ACE NU HA OR HERAUS 855 opo Ac T PLC eM 856 mac address table aging time 0 cee eee 857 OSS tes Gk RRERTSERUOR P CIMA G GE e EEN RRR EOE ROE ES CRG Y Xd 858 PAW rerepi rientrare spate seeueGeelLeoneiseedeseRne tenho senses ees 859 cadre P P A 860 able m EMT 861 NN47928 100 23 New in this release This section details what is new in the Commands Reference guide for Business Services Gateway BSG 8ew and BSG12ew aw tw 1 0 Features See the following sections for information about feature changes Layer 2 commands page 23 Layer 3 commands page 23 BSG commands page 24 Wireless commands page 24 Layer 2 commands The following list provides the new layer 2 commands Spanning Tree Protocol commands page 24 Port based network access control commands page 24 Remote authentication dial in user service commands page 24 Link aggregation commands page 24 Syslog commands page 25 Secure shell commands page 25 Secure sockets layer commands page 25 System feature commands page 25 Power over Ethernet commands page 25 System commands page 25 Virtual local area network commands page 25 Dynamic host config
44. ASBR Command mode Router configuration Syntax ASBR Router no ASBR Router Related commands set nssa asbr default route translator show ip ospf Commands Reference 480 Layer 3 commands compatible rfc1583 Use this command to set OSPF compatibility list compatible with RFC 1583 Precede this command with no to disable RFC 1583 compatibility Command mode Router configuration Syntax compatible rfc1583 no compatible rfc1583 Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip ospf NN47928 100 Layer3commands 481 debug ip ospf Use this command to set the OSPF debug level Precede this command with no to remove an old MDS key Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip ospf pkt hp ddp Irq lsu Isa module adj formation ism nsm config interface no debug ip ospf pkt hp ddp 1rq lsu lsa module adj formation ism nsm config interface all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip ospf command Variable Value adj formation Specifies adjacency formation debug messages config Specifies configuration debug messages ddp Specifies DDP packet debug messages hp Specifies hello packet debug messages interface Specifies interface ism Specifies the interface state machine debug messages Irq Link state request packet debug messages
45. Command mode Interface configuration Syntax spanning tree auto edge no spanning tree auto edge Related commands show spanning tree bridge Commands Reference 68 Layer 2 commands spanning tree mst configuration Use this command to enter the MST configuration mode In the MST mode the switch supports up to 16 instances This MST configuration submode is used to make instance specific and MST region configurations only The zeroth instance of MST is the common instance spanning tree which is created by default Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree mst configuration Related commands show spanning tree mst configuration NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 69 spanning tree mst hello time Use this command to set the port based hello timer value Precede this command with no to set the port based hello timer to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax spanning tree mst hello time lt value 1 10 gt no spanning tree mst hello time Defaults Spanning tree mst hello time is 2 seconds Related commands show spanning tree bridge Commands Reference 70 Layer 2 commands spanning tree mst max hops Use this command to set the maximum number of hops permitted in the MST Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of hops permitted in the MST to the default value The root switch of the instance always sends a BPDU with a cost of
46. E wb DEeES OE 505 show ip ospt database summary ies e tm hr 506 show ip ospi IIO EE cu oda s toes a ce qos d eee dob UE Gr E d 507 snow ip ospi neighbor ii ict sme s mem EG R ee RT EE iem ls 508 show ip ospf roquestist amp icoiseserxcaukd mde em ere Xd E ee RP redta 509 show ip OSpt retransmission liBE sccce seeds ceees ne ae bande ERR RR RU 510 show Ip OSM MOUIG 6 ceed eee ced muy eee bee ee Eua bee tE ENE OER BER HS 511 show ip ospf summary address 0 c eee tees 512 show ip ospi VEU BROKERS 1s Sexe acq Ead eRe cee GA Re quas SUCRE Sood 513 BUT A RO BS pisces wipes RR d RE terse ees enderra 514 Session Initiation Protocol commands 2 0 6226 000 lues kun Rohr mun 516 ada CANA uiae kx bera Re xp m RRERE RETE OSEE dod Ead 518 add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed llle 519 O00 SUDSCEIDOI ccsesaxsibusaqd mnq bs pda outer dos e Ru ed dub ees aed 520 oc TC 521 COR MOOC Gc rrr 522 Caleta OBI DIE asequesoiine E43 COE CR RP ebbe RE Pob dew bunts pde aaa 523 delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed 000 e eee 524 deles CODECS sb itd had Hehe wed oes Gs doe Seen uoa sedie S Seed 525 ng 526 COMA ica doC sca RES NICE acp EKG qp doe ad REP Ex Perd Edd Rad Sees 527 DIGIGODIDOUBE oasis am exe Ed eb e p Ede RR eb gine ms 528 Droxypoligy iuegusocmeue ascia debo E RES Ee Et dqueeeC RE aes 528 prp Mm m D UNE 530 pisani eT
47. Interface VLAN 1 is enabled for a VLAN interface Port channel interface is disabled Related commands interface show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer2commands 213 snmp trap link status Use this command to enable trap generation on either the physical interface or the port channel interface Precede this command with no to disable trap generation on the respective interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax snmp trap link status no snmp trap link status Defaults enabled Related commands show interfaces Commands Reference 214 Layer 2 commands switch name Use this command to configure the switch name Command mode Global configuration Syntax switch name name Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the switch name command Variable Value name Specifies the switch name Related commands show system information NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 215 switchport Use this command to configure the port as switch port Precede the command with no to change a Layer 2 switch interface into a Layer 3 routed interface and erases all the Layer 2 configurations Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport no switchport Defaults switchport Related commands show ip interface Commands Reference 216 Layer 2 commands system set factory default Use this command to remove BSG conf
48. Isa Link state acknowledge packet debug messages Isu Link state update packet debug messages module RTM module debug messages nsm Neighbor state machine debug messages pkt Specifies packet high level dump debug messages Related commands show ip ospf Commands Reference 482 Layer 3 commands default information originate always Use this command to enable generation of a default external route into an OSPF routing domain and other parameters related to that area Precede this command with no to disable generation of a default external route into an OSPF routing domain Command mode Router configuration Syntax default information originate always metric lt metric value 0 Oxffffff metric type type 1 2 gt no default information originate always metric lt metric value 0 Oxffffff metric type type 1 2 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the default information originate always command Variable Value metric Specifies the metric value applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain metric type Specifies the metric type applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain Defaults metric 10 metric type 2 Related commands redistribute NN47928 100 Layer3commands 483 ip ospf authentication Use this command to specify a password authentication type for an
49. MD5 or Secure Hash Algorithm SHA packet authentication noauth Specifies the no authentication mode priv Specifies both authentication and privacy message processing Specifies the message processing model volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 377 Defaults ParamName internet User Security name none Security model v2c Security level NoauthNopriv Message processing v2c model Storage type volatile ParamName test1 User Security name none Security model v1 Security level NoauthNopriv Message processing v1 model Storage type volatile Related commands show snmp targetparam show snmp user snmp user Commands Reference 378 Layer 2 commands snmp user Use this command to configure the SNMP user details Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP user details Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp user lt UserName gt auth md5 sha lt passwd gt priv DES lt passwd gt volatile nonvolatile no snmp user lt UserName gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp user command Variable Value UserName Specifies the user name auth Specifies the authentication algorithm It can be Message Digest 5 or Secure Hash Algorithm passwd Specifies the password associated with the Authentica
50. Re dS Ro TRU he EEE PORC CP eV ee 259 Wisin ci stag et ET bce doe hee a Se ae hone ed 260 rmort collection NISIONY usse ode ek ee cede DO REG RR eb RR eens 262 rion eollGC Bo SING asa Sots oe RET Ped eRe Se ERS SOLS MER TR SERS 263 MON EVOM caren emer xd RE uod Ee a RR pe KORR ae E do Deed AoE 264 SATANON uuuacuakesbua decades doh cdbeeawee ee hed Sd debe piae des 265 pk RU Nags wae TT LEE EET TL EE See 266 Virtual local area network commands 000 eects 267 aoea cei ses Qaa not ERA RE CR EEE EE NEE E E ERI RAT CURE 269 NN47928 100 Contents 9 vsheyi cuin T TTL 271 mac address table aging time lille 272 mac address table static multicast llle 273 mac address table static unicast l lllielleeeleeeeelelser 275 Kris p PRO i oat esp x oa a ES E PEERRERIRSSTe ERR EM S eR X PES 276 Hort DEODOOPVISED ciu a P e ERE SqUNI TERRE QUON Rida deers Renee aes 277 ap EET 278 POLEN x asco Ree Eos Peak Meg eet eee asset Cu er d o UN 279 BBC OBI UMS aae seed ed RD EQUES BOR OE EUER E Nee Resa RO POPE A QURO 280 Set DON oessoxapeed be EROR ORCURPIeSURIROORHEGGORE EEE WERE E Rd EEE 281 SOLER icc vedas bee de Ron UR Sb ped eee Lee c Ra we d dod c 282 SET DOG BILE qd ox Seees Ren P RRGSSERCPPER ERES SER S Edd Shes PAPE 283 set pon OW 6662454 duck Rr RARUGEX G pe ARRIERE SURE CEST OGRE aw EA 284 BOR Gai UMGE cauaa Seed radar pq Es CERE xa ede Ede Et px ped 285 SHOW mac address Iable n cic eee eae lem RI RR I
51. Specifies the line number Related commands show line Commands Reference 234 Layer 2 commands configure terminal Use this command to enter the configuration mode Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax configure terminal Related commands end exit NN47928 100 Layer2commands 235 disable Use this command to turn off privileged commands Command mode User EXEC Syntax disable Privilege level to go to lt 0 15 gt Related commands enable Commands Reference 236 Layer 2 commands enable Use this command to turn on privileged commands Command mode User EXEC Syntax enable Enable Level Variable definitions lt 0 15 gt This table describes the variables used in the enable command Variable Value Enable Level Specifies the level to enter the system Related commands disable NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 237 enable password Use this command to modify enable password parameters Precede this command with no to disable enable password parameters Command mode Global configuration Syntax enable password level 1 15 LINE enable password no enable password level 1 15 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the enable password command Variable Value level Specifies the privilege level Related commands username
52. Specifies the value for the queue number min green threshold Specifies the minimum green threshold value max green threshold Specifies the maximum green threshold value min amber threshold Specifies the minimum amber threshold value max amber threshold Specifies the maximum amber threshold value NN47928 100 BSG commands 705 queue weight Use this command to configure the weight of a queue Configure the weight to zero to make the queue to be a part of strict priority scheduler Command mode Interface Configuration Syntax queue weight lt queue number gt lt queue weight gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the queue weight command Variable Value queue number Specifies the value for queue number queue weight Specifies the value for queue weight Commands Reference 706 BSG commands set qos Use this command to configure the control status of the Diffserv system Command mode Global Configuration Syntax set qos enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set qos command Variable Value enable Enables differentiated services disable Disables differentiated services Defaults enable Related commands show qos status shutdown qos NN47928 100 BSG commands 707 set vian traffic classes Use this command to enable or disable traffic classe
53. Syntax set sipserver CDRDirectoryPath lt Path gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver CDR DirectoryPath command Variable Value Path Specifies the CDR Directory Path Commands Reference 536 Layer 3 commands set sipserver CDRGeneration Use this command to configures the property for the SIP server Command mode SIP CDR configuration Syntax set sipserver CDRGeneration TRUI Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver CI p FALSI DRGeneration command Variable Value TRUE Sets CDRGeneration option as true FALSE Sets CDRGeneration option as false NN47928 100 Layer3commands 537 set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut This command configures the DNSLookupTimeOut in milliseconds after which DNS lookups attempted by the proxy must timeout Command mode SIP ProxyPolicy Configuration Syntax set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut lt integer 1 4294967295 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut command Variable Value integer Specifies the DNS lookup timeout value Defaults 20000 milliseconds Related commands show sipserver OrganizationHeader Commands Reference 538 Layer 3 commands set sipserver domain name Use this command to configur
54. TE nerte oued wate peatetawh anes Mews 531 Bot OWENS Luces hoses obe ba eR CER EEE Eee E ERRARE THAM ERES 532 NN47928 100 Contents 15 set sipserver BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName sess 533 set sipserver Brief Detailed Traces liliis sess 534 set sipserver CDRDirectoryPath lille ree 535 set sipserver CDRGeneration liliis 536 set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut sseslessee eee 537 Set sipssryer domain DAME auci ea ee ERR HACER RO deans dece add 538 set sipserver Dynamic Subscriber 0 000 cece eee 539 set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations sisse 540 set sipserver ForkingPoliy iisssasencac s gee ERR RE EW rsin RE E E 541 set sipserver max min default timers liliis 542 set sipserver MaximumRegistrationPeriod 000 e eee eee 543 set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed else 544 set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod llle 545 set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName slselsesss 546 set sipserver OrganizationHeader 00 0 547 set sipserver PolledServers llilllllllll ree 548 set sipserver ServerHeader 0 00 c cect esee 549 set sipserver SIP Message Dumps 0000 cee eee esee 550 set sipserver TFTPServerAddress 00 000 c cece e eee eee ees 551 Set cipservor UMO occ eus ms RI kk rE ede S EN DRA LEE E REG ep ds 552 s
55. Use the tr69 command from the config mode Use the exit command to return to the config mode and end command to exit to the Privileged EXEC mode Commands Reference 38 Command modes Hierarchy of command modes The following figures shows the hierarchy of command modes Privileged Mode Prompt bsg Global Configuration Mode Prompt bsg config Protocol Specific Modes General Configuration Modes MSTP Configuration DHCP Pool Configuration Prompt bsg config mst Prompt bsg dhcp emm config Prompt bsg config line Router Configuration Promptbsg config Interface Configuration Mode router Prompt bsg config if VRRP Router Configuration VRRP Interface Configuration Prompt bsg config Prompt bsg config vrrp vrrp if Config VLAN Prompt bsg config vlan NN47928 100 39 Using command modes The Command Line Interface CLD uses different command modes depending on the type of operation that you are performing Each command listed in this reference guide includes information about which command mode to use for that specific command This chapter describes how to access the command modes available on the CLI Each command mode has a specific prompt associated with it The prompt indicates the current command mode bsg indicates Privileged Exec mode bsg config indicates Global Configuration mode bsg config if indicates Interface Configuration mode bs
56. Value ip address Specifies the IP address for the entry Related commands router rip show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 461 output delay Use this command to enable interpacket delay for RIP updates Precede this command with no to disable interpacket delay for RIP updates Command mode Router configuration Syntax output delay no output delay Related commands show ip rip Commands Reference 462 Layer 3 commands passive interface vlan Use this command to suppress routing updates on an interface Precede this command with no to not suppress routing updates on an interface Command mode Router configuration Syntax passive interface vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt no passive interface vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 463 redistribute Use this command to enable redistribution of corresponding protocol routes into RIP Precede this command with no to disable redistribution of corresponding protocol routes into RIP Command mode Router configuration Syntax redistribute all bgp connected ospf static no redistribute all bgp connected ospf static Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the redistribute command Variable Value all Advertises all routes learned in the RIP process bgp Advertises routes learned by BGP in the
57. Value vlan Specifies the VLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4094 address Specifies the MAC address interface Specifies the interface type and ID Related commands mac address table static unicast ports show mac address table static unicast vlan NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 291 show mac address table static multicast Use this command to display the statically configured multicast entries Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table static multicast vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt address lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table static multicast command Variable Value vlan Specifies the VLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4094 address Specifies the MAC address interface Specifies the interface type and ID Related commands mac address table static multicast ports show mac address table dynamic multicast vlan Commands Reference 292 Layer2 commands show mac address table static unicast Use this command to display the statically configured unicast addresses from the MAC address table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table static unicast vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt address lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt interface lt interface type gt lt inte
58. Variable Value authenticator ah esp Authenticator can be either of the following ah Authenticator with Authentication Header esp Authenticator with Encapsulating Security Payload hmac md5 hmac sha1 Authentication algorithms auth key Authentication Key des cipher Encapsulating Security Payload with DES algorithm triple des cipher Encapsulating Security Payload with Triple DES algorithm aes 128 Encapsulating Security Payload with AES 128 algorithm aes 19 Encapsulating Security Payload with AES 192 algorithm aes 256 Encapsulating Security Payload with AES 256 algorithm outbound Outbound Security Parameter Index inbound Inbound Security Parameter Index anti replay Anti Replay NN47928 100 BSG commands 687 set vpn This command enables or disables the VPN module for encryption and decryption of the flows Command mode Global Configuration Syntax set vpn enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set vpn command Variable Value enable Enables the VPN module disable Disables the VPN module Commands Reference 688 BSG commands show crypto map Use this command to display the crypto policy parameters of the specified interface Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXE Syntax show crypto map lt policy name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show crypto map com
59. Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x max req command Variable Value count 1 10 Specifies number of EAP retries to the client Defaults count 2 Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 88 Layer 2 commands dot1x max start Use this command to set the maximum number of EAP retries to the authenticator Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of EAP retries to the authenticator to default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix max start count 1 10 no dotix max start Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Got1x max start command Variable Value count 1 10 Specifies the number of EAP retries to the authenticator Value ranges from 1 to 10 Defaults count 3 NN47928 100 Layer2commands 89 dot1x port control Use this command to configure the authenticator port control parameter Precede this command with no to set the authenticator port control state to force authorized Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix port control auto force authorized force unauthorized no dotix port control Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x port control command Variable Value auto Enables 802 1x authentication on the interface and causes the port to transition to
60. a mechanism for defining access policies for different users with different Management Information Base MIB trees Also SNMPv3 specifies a generic management framework which is expandable for adding new management engines security models and access control models With SNMPv3 the SNMP communication is completely safe and secure SNMPv3 is a multilingual agent supporting all three versions of SNMP SNMPv1 SNMPv2 and SNMPv3 while conforming to the latest specifications It is available as a portable source code product which can be easily integrated on any platform any operating system and any processor MIB integration is achieved through the use of the Middle Level Code Generator MIDGEN which is available along with Nortel SNMP MIDGEN generates the interface stubs required for every object in the MIB for the SET GET and GETNEXT operations These stubs can be implemented by the respective modules supporting the MIB Nortel SNMP is provided as source code available for licensing to Original Equipment Manufacturers OEMs and Value Added Resellers VARs who want to incorporate the multilingual SNMP functionality into their products SNMPv3 commands navigation show snmp page 351 e show snmp agent information page 352 e show snmp community page 353 e show snmp engineID page 354 e show snmp group page 355 e show snmp group access page 356 e show snmp inform statistics page 357 show snmp notif page 358 e sho
61. access list extended deny Commands Reference 728 BSG commands show access lists Use this command to display the access list configuration Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show access lists Related commands deny mac access group mac access list extended permit NN47928 100 BSG commands 729 VOIP commands VoIP subsystem is the analog to Digital Converter Voice to Data so that they can be sent as IP packets VoIP chip is internally connected to BSG All FXO and FXS port related configurations and few general configurations of VoIP chip can be done from BSG VOIP commands navigation e reboot voip page 731 e set country code page 732 e set default codec type page 733 e set default g723 encoding rate page 734 e set default silent suppression page 735 e set digital dial timeout page 736 e set dtmf relay page 737 e set dtmf rtp payload page 738 e set fxo emergency number page 739 e set fxo forward phone no page 740 e setfxo hook detect time page 741 e setfxo channel number page 742 e set fxo ring count page 744 e set fxs call forward page 745 e set fxs call forward number page 746 e set fxs codec status page 747 e set fxs codec type page 748 e set fxs display name page 749 e set fxs fax option page 750 e set fxs line page 751 e set fxs mailbox number page 752 e set fxs mailbox password page 753 e set fxs ring type
62. add sipserver MaximumSimW ANCallsAllowed show sipserver subscriber details NN47928 100 Layer3commands 525 delete subscriber Use this command to delete the subscriber details Command mode SIP configuration Syntax delete subscriber lt user name gt lt domain name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the delete subscriber command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name domain name Specifies the domain name Related commands add subscriber update subscriber show sipserver subscriber details Commands Reference 526 Layer 3 commands dialplan Use this command to enter the dialplan configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax dialplan NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 527 domain Use this command to enter the domain configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax domain Commands Reference 528 Layer 3 commands protocolheader Use this command to enter the protocolheader configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax protocolheader NN47928 100 Layer3commands 529 proxypolicy Use this command to enter the proxypolicy configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax proxypolicy Commands Reference 530 Layer 3 commands registration Use this command to enter the registration configuration mode Command
63. and number queue Specifies the queue number The value ranges from 0 to 7 Related commands set qos shutdown qos Commands Reference 714 BSG commands show queuing Use this command to display one or more queue information Command mode Privileged EXEC orUser EXEC Syntax show queuing strict priority random detect Weighted Round Robin interface lt interface type gt lt interface no gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show queuing command Variable Value strict priority Specifies strict priority queue information random detect Specifies random detect queue information Weighted Round Robin Displays weighted round robin queue information interface type Enter the type of interface interface no Enter the interface number Related command queue threshold queue weight NN47928 100 BSG commands 715 show vlan port config Use this command to display the VLAN related parameters specific for ports Command mode Privileged EXEC orUser EXEC Syntax show vlan port config port interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vlan port config command Variable Value port Specifies the interface ID and interface type of the VLAN Related commands show firewall config show firewall interface config show nat config
64. based network access control commands page 77 Remote authentication dial in user service commands Remote authentication dial in user service RADIUS is a client server protocol and software For more information see Remote Authentication Dial in User Service commands page 98 Link aggregation commands Link aggregation is a method of combining physical network links into a single logical link for increased bandwidth Internet group management protocol snooping commands Internet group management protocol IGMP is the protocol a host uses to inform a router when it joins or leaves an Internet multicast group For more information see Internet Group Management Protocol snooping commands page 109 NN47928 100 New in this release 25 Syslog commands Syslog is a protocol used for capturing log information for devices on a network For more information see Syslog commands page 132 Secure shell commands Secure shell SSH is a protocol for secure remote logon and other secure network services over an insecure network For more information see Secure Shell commands page 142 Secure sockets layer commands Secure sockets layer SSL is a protocol developed for transmitting private documents through the Internet For more information see Secure Sockets Layer commands page 146 System feature commands SMB BSG 8x12 offers a set of system features such as logon services copying or writing facilities and d
65. command Variable Value T1E1Index T1 E1 link identifier Commands Reference 836 Wireless commands clear controller statistics table Use this command to clear the statistics table for the T1 E1 link Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax clear controller statistics table current interval total local remote all lt integer 1 10 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the clear controller statistics table command Variable Value current Specifies the current statistics table interval Specifies the interval statistics table total Specifies the total statistics table local specifies the near end statistics remote Specifies the remote statistics all Specifies all statistics integer 1 10 Specifies T1 E1 link identifier NN47928 100 Wireless commands 837 clock source Use this command to select the clock source for the Time Division Multiplexing TDM Precede this command with no to configure the clock source to its default string Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax clock source local remote throughTiming no clock source Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in clock source command Variable Value local Specifies the local clock source remote Specifies the remote clock source throughTiming Specifies the through timing cl
66. commands Internet protocol IP is an identifier for a computer or device on a transmission control protocol TCP IP network For more information see Internet Protocol commands page 384 Internet group management protocol commands Internet group management protocol IGMP reports group memberships to any immediate neighboring multicast router For more information see Internet Group Management Protocol commands page 411 Route redistribution commands Route redistribution RRD allows different routing protocols to exchange routing information For more information see Route redistribution commands page 427 Virtual router redundancy protocol commands Virtual router redundancy protocol VRRP is an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for one or more virtual routers to the VRRP routers on a LAN For more information see Virtual router redundancy protocol commands page 436 Routing information protocol commands Routing information protocol RIP is a protocol used for managing router information within a self contained network For more information see Routing Information Protocol commands page 447 Open shortest path first commands Open shortest path first OSPF protocol is an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP used for distributing routing information within a single autonomous system For more information see Open Shortest Path First commands page 467 Domain name server commands Use dom
67. commands show vlan show vlan protocols group NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 277 port protocol vlan Use this command to enable port protocol based VLANs Precede this command with no to disable port Protocol based VLANs Command mode Interface configuration Syntax port protocol vlan no port protocol vlan Defaults enabled Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 278 Layer 2 commands ports Use this command to configure a static VLAN entry with the required member ports untagged ports and forbidden ports Command mode Config VLAN Syntax ports lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 C gt port channel lt a b c d gt untagged lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 C interface type 0 a b 0 c gt port channel lt a b c d gt forbidden lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c interface type 0 a b 0 c gt port channel lt a b c d gt name lt vlan name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ports command Variable Value ports Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type interface type lt O a b O c gt Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type port channel lt a b c d gt Specifies the port channel ID
68. critical fail debug wd no debug wlan all rpc fn entry fn exit critical fail debug wd Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug wlan command Variable Value all Specifies all traces rpc Specifies RPC related traces Critical Specifies critical related traces fn entry Specifies the function entry related traces fn exit Specifies the function exit related traces fail Specifies the failure related traces debug Specifies the debug related traces wd Specifies the wd related traces Defaults Debugging is disabled Commands Reference 814 Wireless commands no wlan static wep key encryption Use this command to remove the static WEP keys Precede this command with no to remove the trace Command mode Global configuration Syntax no wlan static wep key encryption wlanId 1 4 lt keyIndex 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the no wlan static wep key encryption command Variable Value wlanid Specifies the WLAN ID Value ranges from 1 to 4 keylndex Specifies the key index Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands show wep default key info NN47928 100 Wireless commands 815 show AP status Use this command to display the AP Status Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ap status Commands R
69. demand circuit ip ospf hello interval passive interface default passive interface vlan Commands Reference 508 Layer 3 commands show ip ospf neighbor Use this command to display OSPF neighbor information list Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf neighbor vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt Interface Type gt lt Interface Index gt Neighbor ID detail Variable definitions This table describes variables used in the show ip ospf neighbor command Variable Value detail Indicates OSPF neighbor information in detail Neighbor ID Indicates neighbor router ID vian Specifies LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the VLAN interface Interface Type Specifies the type of the interface Interface Index Specifies the interface index Related commands neighbor NN47928 100 Layer3commands 509 show ip ospf request list Use this command to display link state request list information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf request list lt neighbor id gt vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt Interface Type gt lt Interface Index gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip ospf request list command Variable Value neighbor id Specifies neighbor router ID vlan Specifies LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to
70. des aes aes 192 Specifies the encryption algorithm aes 256 md5 shat Specifies the authentication algorithm It can be either md5 or shat group1 group2 group5 Specifies the IKE group 1 or 2 or 3 main aggressive Specifies the IKE exchange mode lifetime sec min hrs Specifies the duration of the lifetime in sec min hrs lifetime Specifies the lifetime value in selected time unit in sec min hrs NN47928 100 BSG commands 683 ra vpn username Use this command configures usernames and password to identify remote access users to the device and the no form of this command deletes the existing users from accessing Remote Acess VPN Command mode Global Configuration Syntax ra vpn username lt username gt password lt password gt no ra vpn username lt username gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ra vpn username command Variable Value username Specifies the user name User name can be alphanumeric characters of length 1 to 32 password Specifies the password Password can be alphanumeric characters of length 1 to 32 Commands Reference 684 BSG commands set local identity This command configures the local identity type and its value to be used in IKE Phase 1 It can be IP address email fqdn or key id Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax set local identity ipv4 email fqdn keyId lt id value gt Vari
71. display spanning tree information Command mode Privileged and User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree root address cost forward time hello time id max age port priority detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree root command Variable Value address Specifies root bridge MAC address cost Specifies cost value associated with the port detail Displays details about the port and bridge These include designated bridge details designated port details timer values and root bridge forward time Specifies root bridge forward time hello time Specifies root bridge hello time id Specifies root bridge ID max age Specifies root bridge maximum age port Specifies root port priority Specifies root bridge priority Related commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost spanning tree priority spanning tree timers Commands Reference 62 Layer 2 commands shutdown spanning tree Use this command to shut down spanning tree operation MSTP and RSTP are mutually exclusive and hence the MSTP module must be shutdown to start the RSTP module The bridge module must be enabled to start RSTP Command mode Global configuration Syntax shutdown spanning tree Defaults MSTP is started and enabled Related commands show spanning tree detail active spanning tree mode NN47928 100 La
72. display the configuration properties for scope diagnostics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver SIPMessageDumps DetailedTraces BriefTraces Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver Traces command Variable Value SIPMessageDumps SIP Message Dumps DetailedTraces Detailed Traces BriefTraces Brief Traces Related commands set sipserver SIP Message Dumps NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 571 sip This command enters the SIP configuration mode Command mode Global configuration Syntax sip Commands Reference 572 Layer 3 commands sip enable disable Use this command to enable or to disable the SIP server Command mode SIP configuration Syntax sip enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sip enable disable command Variable Value enable Enables the SIP server disable Disables the SIP server NN47928 100 Layer3commands 573 timer Use this command to enter the timer configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax timer Commands Reference 574 Layer 3 commands trace sip Use this command to configure the SIP trace Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax trace sip on off Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the
73. forward number Use this command to set the call forward number Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs call forward number string 31 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs call forward number command Variable Value string 31 Specifies the call forward number Defaults 0 NN47928 100 BSG commands 747 set fxs codec status Use this command to set the channel based codec status Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs codec status enable disable gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs codec status command Variable Value enable Enables channel based codec disable Disables channel based codec Defaults disable Commands Reference 748 BSG commands set fxs codec type Use this command to set the FXS codec type preference and frame size Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs codec type g711u g711a g723 g726 9729 preference integer 1 5 frame size integer 10 120 milliseconds Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs codec type command Variable Value codec type Specifies the codec type Options e g7iiu e g711a e g723 e g726 e g729 preference Specifies the preference The range is from 1to 5 frame size Specifies the frame size The range is from 1
74. gt no area lt area id gt default cost tos lt tos value 0 30 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area default cost command Variable Value area id Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address default cost Specifies the cost for the default summary route used for a stub area tos Specifies the type of service of the route being configured Defaults default cost 10 tos 0 Related commands area range area stub ip ospf authentication ip ospf cost NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 471 area nssa Use this command to configure an area as a NSSA and other parameters related to that area Command mode Router configuration Syntax area area id nssa no summary default information originate metric value metric type lt Type 1 3 gt tos tos value 0 30 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area nssa command Variable Value area id Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address default information originate Specifies default route into OSPF metric The metric value applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain metric type The metric type applied to the route before it is advertised into the OSPF domain tos type of se
75. hosts connected and transitions to forwarding rapidly port priority Specifies the port priority value Defaults cost 2000000 link type shared portfast not in portfast mode port priority 128 Related commands show spanning tree interface Commands Reference 74 Layer 2 commands spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP Use this command to set the spanning tree properties of an interface for MSTP Precede this command with no to set the spanning tree properties of an interface for MSTP to the default value If all interfaces have the same priority value the MST puts the interface with the lowest interface number in the forwarding state and blocks other interfaces Command mode Interface configuration Syntax spanning tree cost lt value 1 200000000 gt disable link type point to point shared portfast p ort priority lt value 0 240 gt no spanning tree mst lt instance id 1 64 gt cost port priority disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP command Variable Value cost Specifies the pathcost value associated with the port disable Disables the spanning tree on the port instance id 1 64 Specifies the range of spanning tree instances port priority Specifies port priority value Defaults cost 2000000 port priority 128 Related commands
76. iP Hp PACER VEISION coos cede Keke ER HISCRC RESORT EROR ROO REA RO OE d 453 Popi A UNISON oscuros quand dox GU ordi uh Larnaca acter aus Ga bcd rd 454 lp rip Secutlly acsoccxhezuuetessecuuasedbrRa d eee babe Debt Gg ae dE 455 I rp Send VERSION osea bebe Ws E C Pee db E ERR REIS ER ERA 456 Ip rip summan addrESB eus saqenqaupERAA E GREET KSEE SERS TH Adag bx 457 I SOUNONZON uae reri itas ir iratai ERES res aded a Eu de 458 ici qi a CT p T 459 ici rc c 460 OUPO Perm 461 passive nteiTaca WAN usu seus sacks s ERR E ROBUR Rx RR CR IRR ORA ee CR RR 462 ESMDU cuicsuncc sme Dede eme it egg eu DES REG RERO Rd RR 463 p Ip qv cC YO 464 BIG IP MEE d aco QE Sal d Er De Pe e ROC a Pup e gd RE dei b rv med eod 465 timers DOGG ee gk cae ee da Arun RE RA EGRE NHAU bees S RARE RARE RA 466 Open Shortest Path First commands 0 00 c cece een ees 467 Sure S E ES TATIE TETTESTE TTET 469 Sles USSU GOBE Lus uec aa EE AA E 470 Ie CC E E E Mga Roan a A E ED AEA 471 aca TANGE Line boue queri Hebe aen EE x debe E 472 Slee Sai NSIVE is coeds chet 4m TRS oe CEU ER UAR PR OC des QUE 474 Diga SUD c osaaadi amet acannae egos Son REX dede eR ada Kb neues Get 475 arga translati n rolg uiuos ence reed r orn eee oe Ree dep ehm eite d 476 Clea STURN ui abiur E aco sd Ex erus d pelo ak cabra dei ord a ic oes Bowes 477 POBRE HOM Ls dA EE Iq a veneer P EEPd PERO RI PIE RERO EA 479 COmpallle qe 19d arreir i krekr VIRG ER
77. information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp sources Related commands ip igmp static group Commands Reference 426 Layer 3 commands show ip igmp statistics Use this command to view the IGMP statistics information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp statistics Vlan vlan id NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 427 Route redistribution commands Route redistribution RRD allows different routing protocols to exchange routing information Redistribution uses a routing protocol to advertise routes that are learned by other means such as another routing protocol static routes or directly connected routes Running a single routing protocol throughout an entire IP internetwork is efficient but multi protocol routing is often used For example when a company merges multiple departments are managed by multiple network administrators If a single routing protocol cannot be used route redistribution is the only solution Each routing protocol on a network is separated into an autonomous system AS All routers in the same autonomous system running the same routing protocol have complete knowledge of the entire autonomous system A router that connects two or more autonomous systems is known as a border router A border router advertises routing information from one autonomous system to the other autonomous systems You can only redistribute routin
78. interface configuration Syntax ip address negotiated Commands Reference 184 Layer 2 commands ip http port Use this command to set the HTTP port Precede this command with no to the HTTP port Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip http port lt port number 1 65535 gt no ip http port Defaults 80 Related commands set ip http NN47928 100 Layer2commands 185 login authentication Use this command to set the authentication method for user logins Precede this command with no to set the authentication method for user logins to default values Command mode Global configuration Syntax login authentication local radius tacacs fallback_to_local no login authentication Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the login authentication command Variable Value local Specifies the local username database for authentication radius Lists all RADIUS servers for authentication tacacs Specifies the Terminal Access Controller Access Control System Defaults local Related commands show system information username Commands Reference 186 Layer2 commands mac address Use this command to clone a MAC address on this interface Command mode Ethernet interface configuration Syntax mac address aa aa aa aa aa aa no mac address Related commands switchport network type wan NN4792
79. mode SIP configuration Syntax registration NN47928 100 Layer3commands 531 reload dialplan Use this command to reload a dialplan from Data Base DB Command mode SIP configuration Syntax lt dialplanname gt reload dialplan all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the reload dialplan command Variable Value All Specifies all dialplan dialplanname Specifies the dialplan name Related commands add dialplan delete dialplan show sipserver dialplan Commands Reference 532 Layer 3 commands set sipserver Use this command to configure the ports on which the SIP server accepts requests Command mode SIP transport configuration Syntax set sipserver SIPTCPPort SIPUDPPort TLSListenPorts lt 1024 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver command Variable Value SIPTCPPort Specifies the TCP port number on which the SIP server must listen for incoming request SIPUDPPort Specifies the UDP port number on which the SIP server must listen for incoming request TLSListenPorts Specifies the TLS port number on which the SIP server must listen for incoming request 1024 65535 Specifies the valid port number range Related commands show sipserver ActiveWANCallCount NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 533 set sipserver B
80. no ppp authenticate username Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ppp authenticate username command Variable Value user name Specifies the PPP user name to be authenticated password Specifies the PPP Password to be authenticated Commands Reference 638 BSG commands ppp chap hostname Use this command to set the hostname sent in the CHAP challenge packets Command mode PPP interface configuration or Multilink PPP interface configuration Syntax ppp chap hostname lt link hostname gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ppp chap hostname command Variable Value link hostname Specifies the hostname sent in the CHAP challenge packets for the specified link NN47928 100 BSG commands 639 ppp username Use this command to get login details username and password at the calling side Precede the command with no to remove the login details at the calling side Command mode PPP interface configuration or Multilink PPP interface configuration Syntax ppp username lt user name gt password lt password gt no ppp username Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ppp username command Variable Value user name Specifies the PPP user name to be sent for authentication password Specifies the PPP password to be sent for authentication
81. number all Specifies all virtual servers Related commands interface nat ip nat timeout virtual server Commands Reference 656 BSG commands interface nat Use this command to enable or disable interface NAT status Command mode Interface configuration Syntax interface nat enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the interface nat command Variable Value enable Enable interface NAT status disable Disable interface NAT status Defaults Disabled Related commands ip nat show ip nat interface NN47928 100 BSG commands 657 ip nat Use this command to enable NAT Precede this command with no to disable NAT Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip nat no ip nat Related commands show nat config Commands Reference 658 BSG commands ip nat pool Use this command to add global address pools Precede this command with no to delete global address pools Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip nat pool lt global ip gt lt mask gt no ip nat pool lt global ip gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip nat pool command Variable Value global ip Specifies the global IP address mask Specifies the subnet mask Related commands show ip nat NN47928 100 BSG commands 659 ip nat timeout Use this co
82. or rule for the WAN interface Precede this command with no to delete an existing rule in the firewall access list table Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax access list acl name in out filter name gt permit deny priority val log brief detail none fragment permit deny no access list acl name gt in out Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the access list command Variable Value acl name Specifies the Access Control List ACL name injout Specifies the direction of the packet which can be inbound or outbound filter name Enter the filter name permit deny Specifies the action of the rule priority val Specifies the priority value for the ACL The value ranges from 1 to 255 log brief detail none Specifies the level of the log fragment permit deny Specifies the state of the fragmented packets The state can be permitted or denied Related commands show firewall access lists NN47928 100 BSG commands 597 clear global statistics Use this command to clear the firewall global statistics Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax clear global statistics Related commands show firewall interface config Commands Reference 598 BSG commands clear interface statistics Use this command to clear the firewall statistics for a given interface Command mode Firewall configura
83. owen deems nen SESER kee ae 713 MON 1 70 Pm 714 anu vian DUM UOMO ou de uus abd ee us hoses outs cct esc dog i mae Gr da 715 show vian freffic classog ouacecesu eset ek RE acr RRRS AXEE E ERA RE 716 SVU OS ulcere ek E PEG LEE oe YA RR Eq d Y PER NUR Fur switchport priority deraull a 2uaemqes ERES ARR EG E REOR X WA d ERROR RS 718 van MAP ONOMNY viene ca enki er I skee deeds bair EX EI ranie our 719 vian ariex st SUNOS oeo renren eee eaten adc die adii cp m ead 720 Access control listoommanda EESTI tesut 0 11 1 721 HB uuudcue SAX SR PERRA RARGAa IER Seed Shs Eee qx quiddam qu 722 inc acess gO iiec Exe RC BOR ke qoom onc OR Ue Ra A RC ORO OR e BOR BC 724 mac access list extended lcss scie eevee eee seen eee eee e es 725 DST sprekt oe RPS EU 4 4 SRST ROSEN TERE REESE Y Yd bu TELS TA PSP 726 BOW o lg TTL 728 VOIP eom manlie uecosoedEXEr a RR Gucbc Gee EX4AWENERSQEERRS Sq RES 729 POCO OI a a eau S OO een ee bes CSI kaon Dp RUE ets Sead 731 BBC COUN EOU aeu ace xedSe3xqpecq EARS RRTEGGR Ex UR OXSE SURE RES 732 set delaul codec DE a aisucadasd a dv RHERREC REP YeRIQ Y X ERYICTAS4 RES 733 set default g723 encoding rate wna eques gucci casis dea i Ros b eh Reik SEC d d 734 set default silent suppression 002 c eee eee 735 set digital dial NGO usa depu d RE eRe Ws SAREE ERE SOROS TRA Sh eee eee 736 Get Oi IS oso aide 933 San HUP AU V Sd RUE A dada RE cab Nob QUEE do 737 Set dimi rfp payload serr cesse s cem meg Etken Ree s re
84. page 166 default ip address allocation protocol page 167 default management port ip address page 168 default mode page 169 default restore file page 170 default tr69 page 171 default vlan mgmt port ip address page 172 disable login page 173 dump network status page 174 enable login page 175 erase page 176 flowcontrol page 177 jumbo frame support page 178 interface page 179 ip address page 181 ip address DHCP RARP page 182 ip address negotiated page 183 Commands Reference 154 Layer2 commands ip http port page 184 login authentication page 185 mac address page 186 mtu frame size page 187 network type wan page 188 private link page 189 prompt page 190 set bootdelay page 191 set ip http page 192 show authorized managers page 193 show clock page 194 show debugging page 195 show debug logging page 196 show files page 197 show flow control page 198 show http server status page 199 show ip interface page 200 show interface mtu page 201 show interfaces page 202 show interfaces counters page 204 show management vlan page 205 show nvram page 206 show running config page 207 show sub system information page 208 show system information page 209 show tasks page 210 show uplink rate limit status page 211 shutdown physical V LAN port channel tunnel PPP Interface page 212 snmp trap link status page 213 s
85. page 462 redistribute page 463 router rip page 464 e show ip rip page 465 e timers basic page 466 Commands Reference 448 Layer 3 commands auto summary Use this command to enable or to disable the auto summarization feature in RIP Command mode Router configuration Syntax auto summary enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the auto summary command Variable Value enable Enables auto summarization feature in RIP disable Disables auto summarization feature in RIP Defaults Enable Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 449 debug ip rip Use this command to set the debug level for RIP module Precede this command with no to reset the debug level for RIP module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip rip all init data control dump os mgmt failure buffer no debug ip rip all init data control dump os mgmt failure buffer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip rip command Variable Value all Specifies all resources buffer Specifies buffer messages control Specifies control plane messages data Specifies data path messages dump Specifies packet dump messages failure Specifies all failure messages including packet validation init Specifies initializ
86. page 754 e set fxs user number page 755 e set fxs user password page 756 e set gmt offset page 757 e set ip tos page 758 e set ip tos precedence option page 759 e set mailbox ip page 760 e set pstn gateway page 761 e set voice mailbox page 762 Commands Reference 730 BSG commands e show voip codec config page 763 e show voip config page 764 e Show voip firmware version page 765 e show voip status page 766 e shutdown page 767 e voipl1000 page 768 NN47928 100 BSG commands 731 reboot voip Use this command to send the reboot message to VoIP subsystems Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax reboot voip Commands Reference 732 BSG commands set country code Use this command to set the country code for the telephone call progress and error indication tones such as dial tone busy tone and so on Command mode VOIP Configuration Syntax set country code us uk japan china india germany south africa korea brazil australia Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set country code command Variable Value us Specifies the US Country code uk Specifies the UK Country code japan Specifies the Japan Country code china Specifies the China Country code india Specifies the India Country code germany Specifies the Germany Country code south africa Specif
87. phone from a Nortel Solutions Center In North America call 1 800 4NORTEL 1 800 466 7835 Outside North America go to the following Web site to obtain the phone number for your region http www nortel com callus Getting Help from a specialist by using an Express Routing Code To access some Nortel Technical Solutions Centers you can use an Express Routing Code ERC to quickly route your call to a specialist in your Nortel product or service To locate the ERC for your product or service go to http www nortel com erc Commands Reference 30 How to get help Getting Help through a Nortel distributor or reseller If you purchased a service contract for your Nortel product from a distributor or authorized reseller contact the technical support staff for that distributor or reseller NN47928 100 31 Introduction The Commands Reference guide describes the Layer 2 Layer 3 Business Service Gateway BSG and wireless command line interface CLI commands Both the service providers and system administrators use the CLI commands CLI is the interface to the software you use when you access the BSG Install the BSG and configure it If the installer does not have access to a network or a Web UI they must configure the BSG using the CLI You can access the CLI remotely through Telnet with the Telnet server on the equipment Use secure shell for secure CLI access With the CLI you have more flexibility an
88. port gets deleted if no IGMP router control packets are received Precede this command with no to set the IGMP snooping router port purge time out to default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter time out 60 600 seconds no ip igmp snooping mrouter time out Defaults 125 Related commands show ip igmp snooping mrouter Commands Reference 116 Layer 2 commands ip igmp snooping port purge interval Use this command to set the IGMP snooping port purge time interval after which the port gets deleted if no IGMP reports are received Precede this command with no to set the IGMP snooping port purge time to default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping port purge interval 130 1225 seconds no ip igmp snooping port purge interval Defaults 260 Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 117 ip igmp snooping proxy reporting Use this command to enable proxy reporting in the IGMP snooping switch Precede this command with no to disable proxy reporting in the IGMP snooping switch Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping proxy reporting no ip igmp snooping proxy reporting Defaults Proxy reporting is enabled Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals Commands Reference 118 Layer 2 commands ip igmp snooping querier Use this command to co
89. ports Specifies IGMP reports forwarded on router ports of a VLAN Defaults router ports Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 121 ip igmp snooping report suppression interval Use this command to set the IGMP snooping report suppression time interval for which the IGMPv2 report messages for the same group will not get forwarded onto the router ports Precede this command with no to set the IGMP snooping report suppression interval time to the default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping report suppression interval 1 25 seconds no ip igmp snooping report suppression interval Defaults 5 Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals Commands Reference 122 Layer2 commands ip igmp snooping retry count Use this command to set the maximum number of group specific queries sent on a port on reception of a IGMP v2 leave message Precede this command with no to set the number of group specific queries sent on a port on reception of leave message to default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping retry count 1 5 no ip igmp snooping retry count Defaults 2 Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 123 ip igmp snooping version Use this command to set the operating version of the IGMP snooping switch for a specific VLAN Command mode Co
90. related messages Defaults disabled Commands Reference 270 Layer 2 commands Related commands show vlan NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 271 group restricted Use this command to enable or disable restricted group registration on the port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax group restricted enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the group restricted command Variable Value enable Enables restricted group registration disable Disables restricted group registration Defaults disable Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 272 Layer 2 commands mac address table aging time Use this command to set the maximum age of a dynamically learnt entry in the MAC address table Precede this command with no to set the maximum age of an entry in the MAC address table to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax mac address table aging time 10 1000000 seconds no mac address table aging time Defaults 300 Related commands show mac address table aging time NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 273 mac address table static multicast Use this command to configure a static multicast MAC address in the forwarding database Precede this command with no to delete a configured static multicast MAC address from the forwarding database Command mode Globa
91. router ip address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip ospf database summary command Variable Value area id Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address database Displays how many of each type of LSA for each area there are in the database database summary Displays how many of each type of LSA for each area there are in the database and the total number of LSA types self originate Displays only self originated LSAs from the local router adv router Displays all the specified router link state advertisements LSAs If no IP address is included the information is about the local router itself Related commands summary address NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 507 show ip ospf interface Use this command to display OSPF interface information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf interface vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt Interface Type gt lt Interface Index gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip ospf interface command Variable Value vian Specifies LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the VLAN interface Interface Type Specifies the type of interface Interface Index Specifies the interface index Related commands ip ospf cost ip ospf dead interval ip ospf
92. server forwarder zone Commands Reference 588 Layer 3 commands show tftp Use this command to display the trivial file transfer protocol TFTP server IP address current status and the top directory Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show tftp Related commands tftp server NN47928 100 Layer3commands 589 telnet Use this command to open a telnet session to remote host Command mode Privileged Exec Syntax telnet 1 user HostIp Port Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the telnet command Variable Value user Specifies the login name of the user Hostlp Specifies the host IP address Port Specifies the port number Value ranges from 1to 65535 Defaults Port 23 Commands Reference 590 Layer 3 commands tftp server This command enables the TFTP server Precede this command with no to disable the TFTP server Command mode Global Configuration Syntax tftp server no tftp server Related commands tftp server topdir show tftp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 591 tftp server topdir Use this command to change the tftp server directory from where the TFTP clients read or write files Command mode Global Configuration Syntax tftp server topdir lt dirname 128 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ct tp server topdir command
93. server timeout Specifies the number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets by the switch to the authentication server start period Specifies the number of seconds that the supplicant waits between successive retries to the authenticator supp timeout Specifies the number of seconds that the switch waits for the retransmission of packets by the switch to the client tx period Specifies the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an EAP request identity frame from the client before retransmitting the request Commands Reference 94 Layer 2 commands Defaults quiet period 60 seconds reauth period 3600 seconds server timeout 30 seconds supp timeout 30 seconds tx period 30 seconds start period 30 seconds held period 60 seconds auth period 30 seconds Related commands dotix default dotix max req dotix reauthentication show dotix NN47928 100 Layer2commands 95 set nas id Use this command to set the dot1x network access server id Command mode Global configuration Syntax set nas id identifier Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set nas id command Variable Value identifier Specifies the dot1x network access server ID of string length 16 Defaults fsNas1 Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 96 Layer 2 command
94. set the IP RIP version number for transmitting advertisements Precede this command with no to set IP RIP send version number to its default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rip send version 1 2 1 2 none no ip rip send version Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe ip rip send version command Variable Value 1 2 12 none Indicates which version of RIP updates are sent Defaults 12 Related commands ip rip receive version show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 457 ip rip summary address Use this command to command route aggregation for all subnet routes that falls under the specified IP address and mask Precede the command with no form to disable route aggregation with the specified IP address and mask Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rip summary address ip address mask no ip rip summary address ip address mask Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rip summary address command Variable Value ip address Specifies the IP Address of the interface specific aggregation mask Specifies the subnet mask Related commands show ip protocols Commands Reference 458 Layer 3 commands ip spilt horizon Use this command to set the spilt horizon status Precede this command with no to disable the spilt horizon status Command
95. show spanning tree interface show spanning tree mst port specific configuration NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 75 spanning tree timers Use this command to set the spanning tree timers Precede this command with no to set the spanning tree timers to default values Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree forward time lt seconds 4 30 hello time lt seconds 1 2 max age lt seconds 6 40 gt no spanning tree forward time hello time max age Variables definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree timers command Variable Value forward time lt seconds 4 30 Controls how fast a port changes its spanning tree state from blocking state to forwarding state hello time lt seconds 1 2 Determines how often the switch broadcasts its hello message to other switches when it is the root of the spanning tree max age lt seconds 6 40 Specifies the maximum age allowed for the spanning tree protocol information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded Defaults max age 20 seconds forward time 15 seconds hello time 2 seconds Related commands show spanning tree bridge show spanning tree detail active Commands Reference 76 Layer 2 commands spanning tree transmit hold count Use this command to set the transmit hold count value Precede this command with no to set the tran
96. sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed NN47928 100 Layer3commands 545 set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod Use this command to configure the minimum registration period MRP of SIP server Command mode SIP registration configuration Syntax set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod lt integer 1 3600 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod command Variable Value integer Specifies the value of MRP SIP server returns a reject response message 423 Interval Too Brief In Expires Header when a phone registers with an expires value less than this parameter Defaults 60 Related commands show sipserver Registration Commands Reference 546 Layer 3 commands set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName This command configures the name of the global dialplan Command mode SIP Dialplan configuration Syntax set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName dialplanname Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName command Variable Value dialplanname Specifies Normal Mode Global Dial Plan Name Related commands show sipserver dialplan NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 547 set sipserver OrganizationHeader This command configures the organization name Insert this name as organiza
97. switchport priority default Defaults 0 Related commands show vlan port config NN47928 100 Layer2commands 305 switchport pvid Use this command to configure the PVID VLAN Identifier that would be assigned to untagged or priority tagged frames Precede this command with no to set the PVID to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport pvid lt vlan id 1 4094 gt no switchport pvid Defaults vlan id 1 Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 306 Layer 2 commands vian Use this command to configure a VLAN in the switch and is also used to enter into the config VLAN mode Precede this command with no to delete a VLAN from the switch Command mode Global configuration Syntax vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt no vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Defaults vlan id 1 Related commands show vlan NN47928 100 Layer2commands 307 vlan map priority Use this command to map a priority to a traffic class on the specified port The frame received on the interface with the configured priority will be processed in the configured traffic class Precede this command with no to map the default priority to traffic class value on the port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax vlan map priority priority value 0 7 traffic class Traffic class value 0 7 no vlan map priority pr
98. the icmp command Variable Value generate Generates the ICMP message when firewall rejects a packet suppress Suppresses the ICMP message when firewall rejects a packet Defaults Disabled Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 606 BSG commands icmp inspect Use this command to discard ping requests arriving on the WAN interface Precede this command with no to allow the ping requests arriving on WAN interface Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax icmp inspect no icmp inspect Defaults Disabled Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 607 ip filter fragments large Use this command to set the size of IP filter fragmentation Precede this command with no to remove the IP filter fragmentation Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip filter fragments large lt frag size gt no ip filter fragments Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe ip filter fragments large command Variable Value frag size Specifies the fragment size The value ranges from 1 to 65 500 Defaults frag size 30 000 Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 608 BSG commands ip inspect option Use this command to set IP inspect option for the WAN interface Precede this command with no to remove IP options of the packet Comman
99. this command to delete an URL filter from the existing list of URL filters in the firewall Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax url filter delete lt URL String gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the url filter delete command Variable Value URL String Specifies the IP address or URL string of the filter to be delete Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 630 BSG commands url filtering Use this command to enable or disable URL filtering for addition or deletion of URL filters Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax url filtering enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the url filtering command Variable Value enable Enables the URL filtering disable Disables the URL filtering Defaults Disabled Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 631 Point to Point Protocol commands The Point to Point Protocol PPP interface provides a point to point link between two communicating ends for example BSG and the other end of the wide area network WAN connection This interface also provides the front end for getting the statistics of the PPP connection These commands are executed only on BSG 12 platform PPP commands navigation debug ppp page 632 keep alive timeout page 633 layer page 634 mult
100. to disable debugging Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug spanning tree all errors init shut management memory bpdu events timer state machine port info port receive port role selection role transition state transition protocol migration topology change port transmit bridge detection redundancy sem variables no debug spanning tree all errors init shut management memory bpdu events timer state machine port info port receive port role selection role transition state transition protocol migration topology change port transmit bridge detection redundancy sem variables Variable definitions The following table describes the variables used in debug spanning tree command Variable Value all Specifies all RSTP and MSTP debug messages bpdu Specifies BPDU related messages bridge detection Specifies bridge detection messages errors Specifies error code debug messages events Specifies events related messages init shut Specifies initialize and shutdown debug messages management Specifies management messages Memory Specifies memory related messages port info Specifies port information messages port receive Specifies port received messages port role selection Specifies port role selection messages port transmit Specifies port transmission messages protocol migration
101. to enable routing updates on all interfaces Command mode Router configuration Syntax passive interface default no passive interface default Related commands passive interface vlan show ip ospf interface show ip ospf request list NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 497 passive interface vlan Use this command to suppress routing updates on an interface Precede this command with no to enable routing updates on an interface Command mode Router configuration Syntax passive interface vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt no passive interface vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the passive interface vlan command Variable Value vlan id Specifies the LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the VLAN interface Related commands passive interface default show ip ospf interface show ip ospf request list Commands Reference 498 Layer 3 commands redistribute Use this command to configure the protocol from which the routes have to be redistributed into OSPF Precede this command with no to disable redistribution of routes from the given protocol into OSPF Command mode Router configuration Syntax redistribute static connected rip bgp no redistribute static connected rip bgp Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the redistribute command
102. untagged Specifies the untagged ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type interface type 0 a b O c gt Specifies the untagged ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type forbidden Specifies the forbidden ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type interface type 0 a b O c gt Specifies the forbidden ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type name Specifies the administratively assigned string used to identify the VLAN Related commands show vlan NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 279 protocol vian Use this command to enable protocol VLAN based classification on all the ports Precede this command with no to disable protocol VLAN based classification on all ports Command mode Global configuration Syntax protocol vlan no protocol vlan Defaults enabled Related commands show protocol vlan show vlan device info Commands Reference 280 Layer 2 commands set garp timer Use this command to configure the GARP join time leave time and leaveall time in milliseconds Command mode Interface configuration Syntax set garp timer join leave leaveall lt time in milliseconds gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe set garp timer command Variable Value join Configures the
103. value 0 30 gt no ip ospf cost tos lt tos value 0 30 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ospf cost command Variable Value cost Specifies the type 1 external metrics which is expressed in the same units as OSPF interface cost that is in terms of the OSPF link state metric tos Specifies the type of service tos of the route being configured Defaults 0 Related commands area default cost show ip ospf interface Commands Reference 486 Layer 3 commands ip ospf dead interval Use this command to set the interval at which hello packets must not be seen before neighbors declare the router down Precede this command with no to set the default value for the interval at which hello packets must not be seen before neighbors declare the router down Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf dead interval seconds 0 0Ox7fffffff no ip ospf dead interval Defaults 40 Related commands ip ospf hello interval ip ospf retransmit interval ip ospf transmit delay show ip ospf interface NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 487 ip ospf demand circuit Use this command to configure the OSPF to treat the interface as an OSPF demand circuit Precede this command with no to remove the demand circuit designation from the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf demand circuit no ip ospf demand cir
104. 0 0 0 0 port 5060 NN47928 100 BSG commands 761 set pstn gateway Use this command to set the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN line status Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set pstn gateway enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set pstn gateway command Variable Value enable Enables the FXO line disable Disables the FXO line Defaults disabled Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 762 BSG commands set voice mailbox Use this command to enable or disable the voice mail status Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set voice mailbox enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set voice mailbox command Variable Value enable Enables the voice mail status disable Disables the voice mail status Defaults disable NN47928 100 BSG commands 763 show voip codec config Use this command to display the FXS and the Global Codec configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show voip global fxs codec config Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show voip codec config command Variable Value global Specifies the Global codec configuration fxs Specifies the FXS codec configuration Commands Reference 764 BSG comman
105. 0 to 120 milliseconds NN47928 100 BSG commands 749 set fxs display name Use this command to set the FXS display Name Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs display name lt name length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs display name command Variable Value name Specifies the SIP display name Defaults Unknown Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 750 BSG commands set fxs fax option Use this command to set the fax option for FXS Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs fax option disabled transparent foip voice Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs fax option command Variable Value disabled Disables the fax option for FXS transparent Renegotiates SIP for codec change to G711mu Disables silence suppression and echo canceller foip voice Renegotiates SIP for T 38 fax over IP gateway Defaults disabled Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 751 set fxs line Use this command to set the FXS Line Status as enabled or disabled Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs line enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs line command Variable Value enable Enables the FXS Line
106. 2 commands 365 snmp allowed version Use this command to configure the SNMP allowed versions Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp allowed version vlv2v3 vlv2 v3 none authenticated encrypted Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp allowed version command Variable Value v1v2v3 Specifies the allowed SNMP v1 v2 and v3 versions viv2 Specifies the allowed SNMP v1 and v2 versions v3 Specifies the allowed SNMP v3 versions none Specifies that the SNMP version is without security authenticated Specifies the SNMP version for authentication encrypted Specifies the SNMP version for encryption Related commands show snmp agent information Commands Reference 366 Layer 2 commands snmp access Use this command to configure the SNMP group access details Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP group access details Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp access lt GroupName gt v1 v2c v3 auth noauth priv lt ReadView none gt write lt WriteView none gt none gt volatile nonvolatile no snmp access lt GroupName gt v1 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp access command Variable Value GroupName Specifies the name of the SNMP group v1 v2c v3 Specifies the SNMP version auth Spe
107. 41 show vrrp interface vlan Use this command to display the VRRP status information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vrrp interface vlan lt VlanId 1 4094 gt brief detail statistics Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vrrp interface vlan command Variable Value interface vian VRRP information on the given VLAN ID brief Displays information about VRRP in brief detail Displays information about VRRP in detail statistics Displays VRRP statistics Related commands interface vlan router vrrp vrrp ip address Commands Reference 442 Layer 3 commands vrrp interval Use this command to set the advertisement timer for a virtual router Precede this command with no to set the advertisement timer for a virtual router to default value Command mode VRRP interface configuration Syntax vrrp vrid 1 255 timer interval 1 255 secs no vrrp vrid 1 255 timer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vrrp interval command Variable Value timer Specifies the time interval in seconds between sending advertisement messages vrid Specifies the Virtual router ID Defaults 1 second Related commands router vrrp show vrrp vrid NN47928 100 Layer3commands 443 vrrp ip address Use this command to set the associated IP address
108. 6 Layer 3 commands timers basic Use this command to set update route age and garbage collection timers Precede this command with no to set update route age and garbage collection timers to the default values Command mode Interface configuration Syntax timers basic update value 10 3600 routeage value 30 500 gt garbage value 120 180 gt no timers basic Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the timers basic command Variable Value garbage value Specifies time after which the entry is put into garbage collect interval routeage value Specifies interval before deleting an entry after not hearing it update value Specifies interval time between updates Defaults garbage value 120 routeage value 180 update value 30 Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 467 Open Shortest Path First commands Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol is an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP used for distributing routing information within a single AS Routers use link state algorithms to send routing information to all nodes in an internetwork by calculating the shortest path to each node based on a topography of the internet constructed by each node Each router sends that portion of the routing table it keeps track of routes to particular network destinations which describes the state of its own links and it als
109. 7 show controllers page 848 show controller statistics interval page 849 show controller statistics table page 850 show controllers tlel channel groups page 851 Commands Reference 832 Wireless commands cablelength long Use this command to set the Line Build Out of the T1 to various values Precede the command with no to restore the default line configuration to Short Haul DSU This command is for the BSG12 platform Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax cablelength long neg225db negi15db neg75db zerodb no cablelength long Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the cablelength long command Variable Value neg225db Specifies the cable length value of neg225db neg15db Specifies the cable length value of neg15db neg75db Specifies the cable length value of neg75db zerodb Specifies the cable length value of zerodb NN47928 100 Wireless commands 833 cablelength short Use this command to set the Line Length for the T1 DSU line This command is for the BSG12 platform Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax cablelength short 133 266 399 533 655 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the cablelength short command Variable Value 133 Specifies the cable length of 133 266 Specifies the cable length of 266 399 Specifies the cable length of 399 533 Spe
110. 8 100 Layer 2 commands 187 mtu frame size Use this command to configure the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU frame size for the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax mtu frame size 90 9202 Defaults 1500 Related commands show interfaces show interface mtu Commands Reference 188 Layer 2 commands network type wan Use this command to configure the interface as a WAN interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax network type wan no network type wan NN47928 100 Layer2commands 189 private link Use this command to configure that this WAN link connects to a private network so that no default route can add for this link Precede this command with no to specify that this WAN link connects to a public network so that a default route can add for this link Command mode Ethernet interface configuration or PPP interface configuration or multilink interface configuration Syntax private link no private link Related commands network type wan Commands Reference 190 Layer 2 commands prompt Use this command to write the prompt text into NVRAM Precede the command with no to write the default prompt text into NVRAM Command mode Global configuration Syntax prompt prompt text no prompt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the prompt command Variable Value pro
111. AEs CE Re E Ce ELE ER 85 dort CS OBSS 9 cag E erac so DIR GER PORE RERO a aeg ee ond cae C EO ES 86 HOUR MGHEG edeseeneicexG c espantada REOR OP RE ROG Rd E RUPEE RE 87 COU marsa eiaa toe a D CRM Ve HE ERROR a dE a a ERES 88 CONS BOCCONI gasses bse EUTULUTTMTMTUUOMT 89 dotix re authelticale ccna eee ede ke ubeE9 ETE PAGARE REA ur Race 90 adero rea th ntication acp os SO ees Rab EOS CE ROS OR Ros le CR a a ade a aad 91 dortx system allhi poto iau cesa adc CREM DERE WARE DOERR ER ORO ERED A 92 UOLDCBITIGODIE aidera RRERORP EP I RU ESPERE p e RR PLAQUES 93 NN47928 100 Contents 5 Bel Nee Wai ao a dab ra Qaa E Ro ed RES RR Pac S qp debe ETT 95 SW qul auae REVUE ES V RU NUUAM RARE Ed EA EA Ra Ea 96 BB IOUS aie dss errs Sexe Aoi ecu ua Eoi ca our edat eau eei eS 97 Remote Authentication Dial in User Service commands 00 00 98 WOU THUS cox ieqadasctERPI M RERA T ub PARERE RETI ERRARE A4 TER REP 99 Kad P Sere HOSL 1a uro Ed Rp Paid a e dnd i doc ub qoP dre o UR 100 SHOW radis SOIVED ccccce acres ds e ER tiss drest idsi rerai ario 101 show radius SIU SCS e PIE 102 TAGACS CDIT BSPBEB 1a sceau eda ddp XXE EURO aoa MRE ERR Be eRe RE 103 JUOD TOES ia zx RRERXOG E da RU RA EG NOCERE REA ESO CREARE GE 104 BON DAORUE uada 3 ete onus abd d dos Que ho eae ecu dato Lob add uS quad Beads 105 tacacs sorver NOS Loooexegnsecsr n dec REG REACH RUE S RAE ode RARE 106 tacacs server retransmit iziosiuuuueskr e i RR RURAERRAREGX EYE RAR
112. ATM Adaptation Layer 5 Sub Network Access Protocol vcmux Specifies the virtual channel multiplexer Defaults aal5snap Related commands show dsl interface show dsl interface pvc Commands Reference 824 Wireless commands qos set Use this command to set the QOS parameters for the DSL modem CBR 0 VBR 1 or UBR 2 Command mode PVC interface configuration Syntax qos set lt qos_val gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the qos set command Variable Value qos val Specifies the QOS value Range is 0 to 2 Related commands show dsl interface show dsl interface pvc NN47928 100 Wireless commands 825 show dsl interface Use this command to displays the DSL interface configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC User EXEC Mode Syntax show dsl interface Related commands qos set vci value traffic parameters set traffic parameters set encapsulation Commands Reference 826 Wireless commands show dsl interface pvc Use this command to configure PVC Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dsl interface pvc lt ifnum gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in show dsl interface pvc command Variable Value ifnum Specifies DSL PVC Interface Identifier Example is 1 1 Related commands qos set vci value traffic parameters set
113. Address Specifies the IP or IP6 address of the host timeout Specifies the time the SNMP agent waits for a response from the SNMP manager before retransmitting the inform request message retries Specifies the maximum number of times the agent can retransmit the inform request message taglist Specifies the tag identifier volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type host Defaults ParamName internet IPAddress 10 0 0 10 taglist snmp Storage type volatile Related commands show snmp targetaddr NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 375 show snmp targetparam snmp targetparams Commands Reference 376 Layer 2 commands snmp targetparams Use this command to configure the SNMP target parameters Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP target parameters Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp targetparams ParamName user lt UserName gt security model v1 vac v3 auth noauth priv message processing v1 v2c v3 volatile nonvolatile no snmp targetparams lt ParamName gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp targetparams command Variable Value ParamName Specifies the SNMP target parameter name user Specifies the user name security model Specifies the security model auth Specifies the authentication mode It enables Message Digest
114. BSG commands show firewall stats Use this command to display statistics of the packets processed by the firewall Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall stats Related commands access list filter add icmp inspect ip inspect option ip inspect tcp half open NN47928 100 BSG commands 625 show url filters Use this command to display the list of URL filters Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show url filters Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 626 BSG commands trap threshold Use this command to configure the global threshold the maximum packet discard count The SNMP manager receives the trap if the count is more than the global threshold Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax trap threshold lt Max Packet Discard Count gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the trap threshold command Variable Value Max Packet Discard Count Specifies the global threshold count Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 627 untrusted port Use this command to configure the interface type as untrusted to apply firewall on this interface Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax untrusted port interface type 0 a b 0 c gt lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c tppp multilink lt a b c d gt vlan
115. BSGnvram txt Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax system set factory default NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 217 tunnel checksum Use this command to enable end to end check summing of packets Precede this command with no to disable end to end check summing of packets Command mode Tunnel Mode Syntax tunnel checksum no tunnel checksum Defaults disabled Related commands show interfaces Commands Reference 218 Layer 2 commands tunnel mode Use this command to the tunnel interface associated parameters Precede this command with no to delete the tunnel interface associated parameters Command mode Tunnel Mode Syntax tunnel mode gre sixToFour isatap compat ipv6ip config id lt ConfId 1 2147483647 gt source TnlSrcIP IfName dest lt TnlDestIP gt no tunnel mode gre sixToFour isatap compat ipv6ip config id lt ConfId 1 2147483647 gt source TnlSrcIP IfName IflIndex dest TnlDestIP Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the tunnel mode command Variable Value gre Specifies the generic router encapsulation mode sixToFour Specifies the 6to4 encapsulation mode isatap Specifies the ISATAP encapsulation mode compat Specifies the IPv6 auto compatible encapsulation mode ipv6ip Specifies the IPv6 over IPv6 configured encapsulation mode config id Spec
116. Commands Reference 238 Layer 2 commands end Use this command to exit from configuration mode Command mode All Syntax end Related commands ext NN47928 100 Layer2commands 239 exec timeout Use this command to set EXEC timeout in seconds for line disconnection Precede this command with no to clear EXEC timeout for line disconnection Command mode Line configuration Syntax exec timeout lt integer 1 18000 gt no exec timeout Defaults 1800 seconds Related commands line configuration mode Commands Reference 240 Layer 2 commands exit Use this command to exit the current configuration mode to the next highest configuration mode in the CLI Command mode All Syntax exit Related commands end NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 241 group Use this command to add a command group Precede the command with no to delete a group from the CLI group database Command mode Global configuration Syntax group group name system vpn wireless 12 13 security access voice read only read write no access no group lt group name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the group command Variable Value group name Enter the group name system Adds system functional group vpn Adds VPN functional group wireless Adds wireless functional group 12 Adds layer 2 functional group I3 Add
117. Commands Reference 640 BSGcommands uplink rate limit Use this command to configure the output channel rate Command mode Global configuration Syntax uplink rate limit speed 100000 100000000 in bps gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the uplink rate limit command Variable Value speed Specifies the uplink rate which is applied over a specified interface NN47928 100 BSG commands 641 Simple Network Time Protocol commands The Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP module synchronizes the time and date in BSG by contacting the SNTP server SNTP supports different time zones SNTP commands navigation clock summer time recurring page 642 e show sntp clock page 643 e show sntp status page 644 e sntp page 645 e sntp authentication key page 646 e sntp enable disable page 647 e sntp no time zone page 648 e sntp server page 649 e sntp set poll interval page 650 e sntptime zone page 651 Commands Reference 642 BSG commands clock summer time recurring Use this command to enable Daylight Saving Time DST Precede this command with no to disable the DST Command mode SNTP Configuration Syntax clock summer time recurring lt Week gt lt Day gt lt Month gt lt Time in Hours gt lt Week gt lt Day gt lt Month gt lt Time in Hours gt no clock summer time Variable definitions This table des
118. E REA 107 tacacs use server address 0 0 eee nes 108 Internet Group Management Protocol snooping commands 109 debug gmp SIDOBIM e rerress r rde erudite ncdidotenees ter C td 110 JeBe ace RTT EET TE ES OO DL DITS Aes 111 ip igmp Snooping tastleave cioodeas sa rera son ro REG 43 VRERARRE EA 112 ip igmp snooping group query interval lelsesn n 113 ID igmp snooping MOWED ooo cece nce e ete eee esdir Ry RI E Erer krasi 114 ip igmp snooping mrouter time out 0 0 eee 115 ip igmp snooping port purge interval 0 0 cee eee 116 ip igmp snooping proxy reporting lssleessen eee 117 ip IGN shooping qUeriBl 2 uo oluuun sad x RR eee bse RR RA BOR RR AGE 118 ip igmp snooping query interval 000 cee ee eee 119 ip igmp snooping report forward 000 cece eee eee 120 ip igmp snooping report suppression interval 00000 ce eee ee eee 121 ip igmp snooping retny count oc co cc edd ek RR x ee cede eee eee sew 122 ip igmp Sngopiriu version ouadesdea ak e vee ha El se ake c sede EAR RAS 123 Show ip gmp SACOG sesciris ssis axo a RU S COSA saute Maka AR RU cee 124 show ip igmp snooping forwarding database llle 125 show ip igmp snooping GMA ss luu cea due sme Sede ceed ees 126 show IB igmp snooping UEQUES i3 pxes ue e REOR ened bendy Pede e RR US 127 show ip igmp snooping Mrouter 4is cesses rm br RR yREERERAR REX 128 show ip igmp snooping stat
119. E comi auc dc qUX gia UE ttii o RR REA RC RUE E Rr eee 353 snow snmp SNOWED ps5 sa qacexpx eee pERIEO CR dope 3 dCR OR oe RR aep 354 NN47928 100 Contents 11 BOW SUL BEODE o oiEsoo Ro prod CR qd eg ORE Rd dc Geena ogee sas 355 show snmp group deg voxdus EG a re lees beds REA ud Eke ee REA 356 show snmp inform Statistics iuusuus scusa ke ex CR bey Beh had sawed owas 357 SOW SHMP NOUI 2iccccs achat sReu em I eRRERREI RARECR PER IRE EERS 358 show enmp server aS socasaossacxz4 REA CR PARRRYRERee GP 4 REA 359 SOW SHE ESEGEIAOUIE a qe Rd CERO EDS STRE qUE Uto boob geo ds 360 show simp Targetpalam usuescscona exo RR RRERER eR RI EGRE TE Ra rds 361 iow Si Geet MR PE 362 Show Simp VISMIDUEL aque aqqa adque xat ts SdsEad ad Nene qa kb eee sees 363 snmp agent SUUS Luesaexssao d RRIRCURPRCRGO RREG RS EG EKER TORRE ee ESS 364 simp alowed WOON uisu dab bee or os onde edo toad cci des i doa e Gea qaad Dod ed 365 Snmp SCCESS osque oupterqepen P ERUsqE osQEKI SES RQE EG Eddie EQ D aS 366 snmp eoruni NGM vix occhi Gk x oe IEEE SSH ERE dX AUR ER RESO RA 368 snp SNM usas eus Sedsaq qb PRA ERE xa x Ee aet PORES eed 370 SUNS po EP ened namota ee a a aa aa E 371 SAOU Se cC MCCC p E E E 372 snmp server enable traps snmp authentication ananasas 3 3 SNMP ae 2c tease aise ikir a a Ea 374 SMD IGEAN aa eS a ee Re he E A 376 SMMD USS PT 378 SMP MGW eese 64444645 484449045960 EES RUE doe gd ed qe LAT PERS 379 snmnp sarver enable as uuo ew sess RREOR
120. ENS Pag REPE SARA GU RR E qaqedx Ed qq GRAS Ri 829 USD SIUS ead ades dpud ax desde s d aes eod e ade rina iv Ud ie n 830 TVET Commands uates xe Hosen Se ba Peru E REESE ERR REJqevcepBeaass 831 ssi ner MT tas m 832 cablslBnalki SEDE wi accus vara du n RUP Rae ER ORE CRORE xm XR PEE rad 833 Irae M TT 834 Commands Reference 22 Contents Clear CONUICIE oso aces au ede eee ERRORES RODA OEC EROR EER OE 835 clear controller statistics table liliis 836 GOD SOUPE cabo d Edo ec OK eR DR I bos aes dia ore p Uo iro diste lr ans 837 COMMONER uui id LE REI ERES LE ReIE eS EI eh UAqREII SEES qt 838 COMMONS MOUE iaces aue RRGIGCRETUE XE GEESE ESE C aa EES qe Rs 839 QODUD CIS ingaaquiadazes 22d ddp RE e PER HUE does eio out aeo a 840 dump tiet SID GOUnIBl esiescieiecxuxEbeush kikkRuiesehxon Rm race ene a we 841 MUD sisi eae ire EORR DOE iab b ees Rogue E ko ead i bola ood 842 June EMEN EEA EEEE NEA A EET ETIES TEST 843 ine Rie changa Ap acscennceca seers ere ake tenes RERO ca odd 844 LAG r AE ce ee Seed oe eed od ace N E A 845 MOIE cc 28 ease Sexes ENSqESP T era EaR 846 SOMICHOE S ex ph ee ded RR CRA XXe EX REA Xe Oe ORES CRE TAA 847 aou CONUCIIGIS aco xeu bad REGE EX se eed eeeeeu SERS Ee LH ORE ees 848 show controller statistics interval llle 849 show controller statistics table 0 0 0000 ee 850 show controllers t1e1 channel groupS 20 0 ee eee eee eee
121. ER de ni weee oe EREORREAGCREdce QR E Fx Paqed EET ERE d 308 Dynamic host configuration protocol commands 00 cece eee eee 309 DHCP gient command uude osdexEReTeReURxkRgxERAeesEessqe6e3 dd ke hes 311 gebug P oep GIBT foe oe es kad aah cR QUEE quon ee ees qoa tele eee 311 ANGE occ ace E UE Peete bereits di dade Nadu aka did Mews 312 Lir 313 Commands Reference 10 Contents NOW iisssb xGaphdbp4co cbe q ERexa a Rex RR P RS e XC POR DSR ERO 314 show ip dhep ciom Stas 5 hi es ibi ka REY Lees DRE RE UU S GER See ee RRS 315 DHCP relay comfiande liio cowed ecce x uk bon twas Oke a hee ee e a o8 o a aa 316 debug ip dhep relay s cc cene eR mm iist hisni Py RE E Rear one 316 Onis ced Mre T 817 ip dhep relay niormaton ODD uisus qupd s em doe n o b enkres UR 318 PONP SIVE D LOURDES 319 senice I MER MR T TET ET 320 Bon aC SENE eque quada te Sdck deed x RD oa dU sees eee 321 show ip dhep relay information uisi aac eCRGECR CR RGCENCORRdc RE don Ea Rp 322 show ip dhep relay interface uus ud aeu dece qeu o oa eccle eiie ed ek ee d ecd d 323 DHGP server Command 24cc0ceecceeee ase e ek risen tokki EEr LEE GRE 324 debug ip dhop SIVE cus wie6 1 Odi VER RE SG REPE VEER X ER RP dde died 324 GUE eresian eris Sede amb RXRES C EPExG S Ee x Re duet Rd debes 325 d iS SOIVOl ucusascctbrcexRinsmic e E Lx EE deeds PERRA EN ERES PE 326 scq m PP DE 327 rubra c A C ETT 328 host hardwareAype cr p
122. ERU UA RU CERES ON 431 jdn P PE Hr 432 idee oo Aeque PREX dee em awed ae 433 show redistribute TITONBEDUO d ucexewseasxRiRerEA o RECO P dob eR RR d 434 show redistribute poliCy voii ex y e YRGORROURA RESO WO REG RES UA 435 Virtual router redundancy protocol commands sleseselesls eren 436 debug VRRP iliucocneicexicsmeeu e ER Re REPRE GERA UR E qai c dere oun 437 Iuli 2g T V ERE 438 IOulg VID sucrscosueuakksSResuscaad d44d i Een cece pie xpo SOROR Aes 439 SHOW VII WE uosumexeqer e mx istie RE RE ERA rax b ASE Le GER an d 440 show vip iMerface VIAM uisa sw da cU QUEE ion doe S pee ded goa eara 441 WH porns du SUPERNE a Gd 1 EP CER EN PRO E RUE die b a Ud 442 VP MUS qnaa dere obe baceRPRG SSRI TREE OES Paca pc ET 443 NN47928 100 Contents 13 OID pDIresrpl sss adasuexx Ado eee REESE ORES ERROR DERES TEES ER ACA EUR 444 VID DUO isece DIE E PRO a RE Lobb REO d pk A 445 Vip Texteauthientios ON cad a ace dor kem e ra Kom dewey eee exe 446 Routing Information Protocol commands 0 cc eee eee eee 447 SULOSUMMANY rsrsrsrs come REG E Y VERPR EG RR ESE TE RRE REIY Y GR Y RAS 448 GOODUDB ID TIE dade Roscio eco RR CEU DR T sed brew were e Qu 449 defalb maoltlG aunrcuuese wake ERR ERRRRERE ch XR RS eae EE Ea Rd 450 I Dp autenBcation Mode oriris anaimani Ceo eadeni d e e OR e Gee 451 ip rip default route originale sisse ae oes eo Kone Raa RO RUE SORORE CARO 452
123. Gong VLAN MAIS seiere en edve ade oeeseetetestee GR RGgord us ER Ed 41 Liig coniguralon Mod tad ecm ale nara aed Ve ud d acra ande Roa ea arb DA qon iri es 42 Layer 2 CONNMANGS eri ris esist oEErR3eRYERERTSR 4E sE Ewes 43 Spanning Tree Protocol commands iissssio cds a bo e AR RR ERR 44 clear spanning tree counters 0 000 cee eee 46 clear spanning tree detected protocols 000 cece eee eee 47 debug Span lll 2 05 eiav 55 4456490005 ERRE YIiq Eee EEN aE puede 48 I tr ee ee A TTA EN ee re ee ere 50 jj CC an Shaw Glan dd bud Heh bSEe ee eRe eS ERSRE CER EER NS 51 Commands Reference 4 Contents LI DPEETEIS I TEILT Deed eri ILE LEITET 52 show spanning tres bridge cis eser hh Roh RRA RR ERA 53 show spanning tree detail active nnana aaan 54 show spanning tree interface llle ee 55 show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost 56 show spanning tree mst CIST or specified mst Instance b show spanning tree mst configuration 000 eee 58 show spanning tree mst common internal spanning tree or specified mst instance 59 show spanning tree mst port specific configuration 205 60 SOW Spanning Nee TOUT iuasacepiYUGRERRX CAE rr EEEF REA 3 ER CR EORR ag 61 shutdown Spanning wee icis aS qud xxu des up Eta ken due tk e cute tcd da 62 SPANNING TEE uuusucedes hiec kai TRE EE ESAGIGNRESRXEURE QE AA E S 63 spanning tree priori
124. IES 575 Commands Reference 16 Contents WANS acuaussadasuck3TqbgdOoRSWGgckXUWdopA c RGuRG RO PORRO TEETER SRE RD 576 HOA TE SHDSEC IDE x auc CREE PROC eel Pens REESE dU ud 3 d PASA EE 577 Linus tunnel COMMANGS iue cua coc m See s XE hm Red XGA Ee C E OX GR 578 dear dns server cache 2 sisicanccaer ieee eR RI ARR RR ERES 579 CODY 22 60869464 GR Ea RPG TALES RA qY e RR GO GREG X RERO XO e TESA ERS 580 CON reres de s Od Pac Rd de Padre qp et p qud doo renters bre a 581 debug linus ike Rs REX ECLEPRREREFCHESREGSSE qe EG RES 582 dis solver forwarder iu oaa reie ads sx bdo ERROR oC CR OR a E a OR Ge A 583 dns server forwarder enable disable 0000 ccc eee eee 584 dns server forwarder Zone 0 00 cee eee 585 set dns server cache timeout llli 586 SOW Cie ahead oie RESUS eee EWuasCicqQE E RA eee GRE SENE ESAE ERAS 587 ST ew ETT 588 NG EEEE rera upE Seas Wa t e S Rpqectun E bpoJdeenes exc ecd 589 up s dics ade ite tciotsssetadetiiosteleede isan a 590 REUSE TOMO egeris Swe ede Soe ead eel ae cdc eas BR es 591 BSG comman Se searen iaaa seas RETRessBbaeRA Esa B M EMEe S 593 Firewall commas coccae eee gets one SG RqSes equo WS Gee d xdqbe PRU 594 relia ee E AEE te ae Re A S dti Mp LIS UE EE Etui tucked TRS qul ou 596 clear debat JAUSI gt aua aca axe pq xp ad S okek a doa dcm ped kb kee ACCRUE 597 Clear interface SUIES GS udo REA E UE RUPEE ERR Radeon doe d REC RES 598 DOTEM ird adus casada RR dares du cl th
125. LAN VLANs are configured through software rather than hardware which makes them extremely flexible VLANs provide the following benefits for switched LAN e improved administration efficiency e optimized broadcast multicast activity e enhanced network security VLAN commands navigation e debug vlan page 269 e group restricted page 271 e mac address table aging time page 272 e mac address table static multicast page 273 e mac address table static unicast page 275 e map protocol page 276 e port protocol vlan page 277 e ports page 278 e protocol vlan page 279 e set garp timer page 280 e set gmrp page 281 e set gvrp page 282 e set port gmrp page 283 e set port gvrp page 284 e show garp timer page 285 e show mac address table page 286 e show mac address table aging time page 287 e show mac address table count page 288 show mac address table dynamic multicast page 289 e show mac address table dynamic unicast page 290 e show mac address table static multicast page 291 show mac address table static unicast page 292 e show protocol vlan page 293 e show vlan page 294 e show vlan device capabilities page 295 e show vlan device info page 296 Commands Reference 268 Layer 2 commands show vlan port config page 297 show vlan protocols group page 298 shutdown garp page 299 switchport acceptable frame type page 300 switchport ingress filte
126. Layer 2 commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost Use this command to display spanning tree information This command holds good for both RSTP and MSTP Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost method Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost command Variable Value blockedports Specifies blocked ports in the system pathcost method Specifies pathcost method configured for a bridge summary Displays summary of port states Defaults Spanning tree is enabled with MSTP operating in the switch Related commands show spanning show spanning spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree spanning tree tree bridge tree interface priority compatibility mode path cost method Properties of an interface mst Properties of an interface for MSTP timers transmit hold count NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 57 show spanning tree mst CIST or specified mst Instance Use this command to display multiple spanning tree information for the Common Internal Spanning Tree CIST instance or specified MST instance The MST option is available only when MSTP is the operational mode of the spanning tree Command mode
127. P Rer RR owed 620 show firewall interface statistics llle 621 show The walls 2n ics SIME SNR POSUER 9 Ses Kore ee Qoa E Spain S ond 622 show firewall stateful table 0 000 eee 623 Siow Vial SIS erria eee a dares GEPEetaPeuXRERIAWaqe Sees 624 BOW UC MtelS Me Tr rU 625 trap threshold iusccoee eua e mh ER dbeeisheeesbet serorei riS 626 LTO oues Sates cce acabe gus Vosa Ke Dat eq Mna b iot aor eae 627 ey EID ae aieo eor Sb p dix gon a basis Oho os iR A Qd ao Vb do a wae 628 Werdol ccc eee eredi RUE Ga RN adco EPA RS d 629 RUPE THN cout add Ree ep Sapa ER ard ty eco oat dcs nica Pod i lanae ea ia d Be dd 630 Point to Point Protocol commands iseco socle cx Rm Rx enc ym m ni 631 Bie sho ae ae ee re GR GUI ee YR UR RUE E dg AU eee ee 632 kospsalve BOO ousdeudiedqexqbpQPaxdrPEPd3ExgpexbaxdedasdseLqeEkyae 633 ro Me TTL AUT TUTUTTT 634 a el a osc okie lta nce eee A ard ha dee ee Rond dequo ie o 635 POG sok adackanaderq Es E TRS CSTE dC CC Rb ARR eee eT eR wes 636 ppp authenticate username si iass cee voces sc awd seers deeee beds eews 637 Pop chap hosa jc ener Sted eee T D E D LS 638 POO MESES 2 ici stata eog cR R RO ES d hoe Eb edd endet xa E Pbeaeranee 639 DE ats NOM Cr rrr 640 Simple Network Time Protocol commands 20020 eee eee eee 641 clock summertime recurring 2 cseec dee vine key xh RR ERE RR 642 BOW SIT DIDOM ais duced docu ga end dosi Ese doe atico a n d da Goin 643 SON SUID SIGS zsosesessedexdziwd ga SE QEGG
128. Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree mst lt instance id 1 64 gt detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree mst CIST command Variable Value instance id Specifies the range of spanning tree instances detail Specifies the spanning tree mst instance specific details Related commands instance spanning tree priority spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP Commands Reference 58 Layer 2 commands show spanning tree mst configuration Use this command to display multiple spanning tree instance configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree mst configuration Related commands instance name revision NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 59 show spanning tree mst common internal spanning tree or specified mst instance Use this command to display multiple spanning tree information for the Common Internal Spanning Tree CIST instance or specified MST instance Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree mst lt instance id 1 64 gt detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree mst common internal spanning tree or specified mst instance command Variable Value detail Specifies spanning tree MST instance specific details instance id Specifies
129. RIP is classified by the Internet Engineering Task Force IETF as one of several Internal Gateway Protocols IGP RIP sends routing update messages at regular intervals and also when the network topology changes When a router receives a routing update that includes changes to an entry it updates its routing table to reflect the new route The metric value for the path is increased by one and the sender is identified as the next hop RIP routers maintain only the best route the route with the lowest metric value to a destination After updating its routing table the router immediately begins transmitting routing updates to inform other network routers of the change These updates are sent independently of the regularly scheduled updates that RIP routers send RIP uses a hop count to determine network distance Each host with a router in the network uses the routing table information to determine the next host to route a packet to for a specified destination RIP navigation e auto summary page 448 e debug ip rip page 449 e default metric page 450 e ip rip authentication mode page 451 e ip rip default route originate page 452 e ip rip receive version page 453 e ip rip retransmission page 454 e ip rip security page 455 e ip rip send version page 456 e ip rip summary address page 457 e ip spilt horizon page 458 e neighbor page 459 e network page 460 e output delay page 461 e passive interface vlan
130. RIP process connected Indicates connected routes redistribution ospf Advertises routes learned by OSPF in the RIP process static Indicates statically configured routes to advertise in the RIP process Related commands default metric show ip rip Commands Reference 464 Layer 3 commands router rip Use this command to enter the router configuration mode Precede this command with no to disable RIP on all the interfaces Command mode Global configuration Syntax router rip no router rip Related commands network show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 465 show ip rip Use this command to IP RIP protocol database or statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip rip database Variable definitions lt ip address gt lt ip mask gt statistics This table describes the variables used in the show ip rip command Variable Value database Specifies the RIP protocol database for the specified IP address and IP mask of the RIP interface entry statistics Specifies the RIP statistics on the router Related commands debug ip rip default metric ip ip ip ip ip ip rip authentication mode rip receive version rip retransmission rip security rip send version spilt horizon neighbor network output delay passive interface vlan redistribute router rip timers basic Commands Reference 46
131. RORI RERO PEU acad 480 SOPOS ID OS iu bodied EGO Aenea ies Dag doc Dad deco do ind ied Seed 481 default information originate always leeren 482 ip dept Seres IDE 2c ceicss sop RECTE ERI ORPERRRRPS GR CRS RRS d eed equas 483 ip ospi SUIDSCTHERTIOHSKBN 226 825 boe duplo S RC e dU p ra ters ORES ROS 484 DOSP c ME 485 i ospi episc ri pr Me NE 486 ip ospi OOrTiatid pIEGUIU s ausa que ER pi UR RR Ure RU PRU Rap UR ound Mews 487 Ij Sep HEIDE uusos cade Epi qeIpu HERES er3daeeemberAqpresdE 488 Commands Reference 14 Contents ip ospi miessqgedigest Key sacidiieaued shape Rude eee Rede cR ae 489 Peer NEIN wem ne 490 jebsch Dono Meere E M ruta a a a Sonal 491 ip ospi retransmil int rval iulio RR beens eae ete ees same 492 p Ospi ransmikdelay 2c cccedcs bare C REP steno d ase eeeoneseeienane dens 493 1 11 HC cheapo Lanes A Tm 494 i i WP TRUE 495 passive interface default 2s oris suu cR us acm ks e MORE e E Ro RR ee 496 passive interface WAN se sceaensnESQAPGRRRREQGGESEAGRG EUREN RECEN qs 497 perg qe OH 498 PEEING a iuda puoi ps Sape ER oe eed oral dc nica dol lanae Gea RS kesh aba 499 psu E P LLEGUE 500 is ilEo e TERT 501 set nssa asbr default route translator sasa sasaaa aea 502 SHOWIB OBD i l22nrleme Ron see 9 ti e REIHE S PEOR SR ES RECIPE 503 show ip ospf DOMGSEIOUIENS 0 6 nos causae c uper DR RE m cee dads 504 SOW ID DSDI dated ON 429 decidir e PURO CURES BEEN eR
132. RP iuaaceada eder RACE COR RR RR HR CER 182 NN47928 100 Contents 7 padd r Sne ON CCCII Cr 183 POP E ET 184 lagi authehtiaglb 6m cud Cleat wap kg Re exa Ce BE Ra a ie eens oes 185 Qi erp P EET 186 Eri ICE SIZE ial eap rop RERO P RE REARRETQX RE EOReSCEPe ad X RSS 187 aci ueri i TET 188 private link co coche cse dee dee RI TERRERERScRRRRIGXqebeRR a EG 189 PO Me M I pP wee Ke ede ee ek ee TT 190 Ge OGG ey nck dude qa ed p ED 39S SdcR UE ER EA RD TTET TTT 191 c Wn 192 show E iigel a eg prio ie PEPPER 193 SHOW COCK coade cc eke wake n ux Eek eRe ak GCmERSRxEEr EEG E RARE 194 SNOW GODUOUIHU 6 reraukvskiexAEkQG E E oe EAS RR Eq dg Y PR NUR 195 Show debDOOgHOGUDUINE vexduibsdbexessetacitesexrasxesumRe r44dc eee 196 BOW THOS E 197 SPON TON vt unc MERIT FREI 198 Son BU SODVBF SDUUS ud sse oy eap CURRED RE RO Ode a aA UP ql debo ca 199 Sow IB IDIBITRDS a deaur nd bled IRURE CIR OEC bess BOR RUR CER oso RR RR 200 show Merna U eR NR PE 201 SHOW IMGNACES P k EC REE EEE PAGES ROME 202 show interfaces counters isisezarkcexa eem eR re XR E ERR EAR ERA 204 show management VaN PTET Ir 205 SOW TIVEEUTI 1i Soka cee i sieneen e E DEE EAR 206 Show UNNNG CONO orrs ost Cees E ee oes E 207 show sub system information sexsasexaacexaRbecrkkeekzredakdb wed xs 208 Show system IOS 5 sued acs hxa dee tees t eee R ckRdor Pep eben vias 209 EG leet cmt PM dbs ns R
133. Red ad 760 BOT pS ONENG ocius pru stews debe eee io OU Ed E RES SER S Rde ESQ PAGS 761 Bot Valeo io ee z cux X REG X E oe ERGOURRLUE EE qd m Y P UE 762 BOW voli codec CONND ug Sad crm LEER XR Ke RR GRE RAE ES 763 SOW VOIP OO 2c icc a ceed ageiventiseieieads PUR Rd Er RES P 764 show voip firmware VERSION iua oie sce x edi mi dnko UR stp m oh Cc 765 BOW VOID SEES a cadi eu va dac SOS S Rr d d UO eco s aub d e awe 766 SO book ey eee CURA E RObRCE RARE ED RR AO RO CIR E o Peed aes 767 Ver eua p o ee E EU ene 768 Technical Report 069 commands 0 cece ee 769 BOB Loss cse S509 F424 RERO RAE REOS Re dox EP e LARES 770 CONNGCION POOL idqeq uad do RC Rer e EC EE Pe dS ME PI bene Y as 771 pericdic ING qui sou rere kh Ru FIERE REXSa REN RR eotwei sees RE 772 p riodic inform interval 24220252 las rx RR AE 3 ORDRE AC GR T ods 773 Sele IGH cy eat Sacs Ead d QC eOr EAN SEEE x aRpe qut WOKE qd 774 show mgmi Server CO ucesoshacadeRietRXRRXRRAEYeRCdGReY4k Rre adrd4 Rs 775 GW TES Se 4 8 Laud 3 3h d unie uoi end elo Rad Pod e REE de D A E EUM Ud 776 HOD oulouxassaAkespetedauesadd Pad cd E E FGdcapeseX de Races 777 Wireless COMMANGS irai sincere anise seer ae ae eean ee eee nea 779 Wireless local area network commands 02 2000 e eee ee eee eee 780 COMO AY COUNTY sco eck ce ean greece eters cede see Reade Peewee Same 782 COME dar T ngbBNOEK cavceseeeeeseet noe RR X CEU UR AUR eR sted 783 Gong gau T Deaconpellod 22 pow Ge eb RERERE P REC Re bane
134. SCRS de ERN E eaa 380 BUSIGITEODIODE spiror re ronssar levees RE E gerd eee S dee xS E sass 381 Crus pH ec D oii Enh s ed dhe TITOLI ILS TENET 382 Layer gt COMMANGS ou 5264 de des Ni sh A ERI RE FERES E RE RE ra RS 383 Intemet Protocol commands 1 2ccc ccc ces e e cens xe diete nese ps 384 BNO WP eeann i MR mEr PI 386 BID e E a a E POOR Ip RR Ra ct de a aboard y db ds 387 yp UD EB HOUSE duse iced RE ORG GN perso Cesk e SEXE Sq EAR AE 388 tee NEAT DM Gee es NEU RUN RE 389 Dispo PPM R 390 paleco DIOS d dal sao doa eRRPGGERQOCRRQ eed E up HERE POR Rd 391 DENOU coos sub a mieu QE erid E IP eR beens ME EE Nd 392 ip aasieteplr as cad s ceed aeee eee she Ado bcu EE ewer DESEE ORAE SERE ERES 393 Ae iu Wu MR REL PITT Gage teed tenes ones 394 p Cali MUTIGCHUE skcetcaceiinded is ookeeeadae sd ehusne dk SeReE saad 395 OR CN seas soe Sea AREE deen eeeiedess eases sonedsqretags canes 396 Prap Ce nee CEN 397 DELATI CX UU 398 TOU vei Res ead Cede a er MERI ex arido dEte e EE RAS 399 iP TOU oons isni ER P RaFeRPUDEEGE EE RR RW hose QE FE PE PN qu 400 ip unreachables uuieuns eee rece x9 x xc RR REG S RR RR EX RE RG came 401 Commands Reference 12 Contents Mai palit cis d ECRIRE UR abe d eee P dg awd 402 DIE cee ere ee eee eee eee ere Ed a DEO B SUR ares NIA 403 Et M TERRE EIS TU T E E LIT I 404 show Ip Infor fmatigh 2 ones censos em Pie ERI RARECO PR REGE EROR RE Some 405 Sow IB ITI cus pega xCE E Rio PRAG REP Ye RQPbeux ReRICR
135. SYN packets 50 Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 611 ip inspect tcp syn wait Use this command to set TCP SYN timeout interval in seconds Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip inspect tcp syn wait lt seconds gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip inspect tcp syn wait command Variable Value seconds TCP SYN timeout interval Defaults 1 Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 612 BSG commands ip verify reverse path Use this command to enable IP spoof filtering mechanism Precede this command with no to disable IP spoof filtering mechanism Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip verify reverse path no ip verify reverse path Defaults Enabled Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 613 netbios filtering Use this command to enable or disable netbios filtering Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax netbios filtering enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the netbios filtering command Variable Value enable Enables netbios filtering disable Disables netbios filtering Defaults Disabled Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 614 BSG commands no filter Use this command to del
136. Service Gateway BSG For more information see Wireless local area network commands page 780 Digital subscriber line commands The digital subscriber line DSL module controls the configuration and control of the DSL modem connected to the BSG For more information see Digital Subscriber Line commands page 821 T1 E1 commands TI E1 is a digital WAN carrier facility For more information see T1 E1 commands page 831 Commands Reference 28 New in this release NN47928 100 29 How to get help This section explains how to get help for Nortel products and services Getting Help from the Nortel Web site The best way to get technical support for Nortel products is from the Nortel Technical Support Web site http www nortel com support This site provides quick access to software documentation bulletins and tools to address issues with Nortel products More specifically the site enables you to e download software documentation and product bulletins e search the Technical Support Web site and the Nortel Knowledge Base for answers to technical issues sign up for automatic notification of new software and documentation for Nortel equipment e open and manage technical support cases Getting Help over the phone from a Nortel Solutions Center If you don t find the information you require on the Nortel Technical Support Web site and have a Nortel support contract you can also get help over the
137. UGG aucauegesa adeps pe etd e d iba deere Se du 667 show port trigger reserved list 12 sssecc cce Rom mns 668 SHOW VIDUSL SI VEI dca oh ce a hgh pP ie deu Mori aono du tole o DO ol 669 BISUG TIME uuu qo ad sanded qeq md beate Sdck E ded ETTET 670 XAITUS GRUB a osacioaeqaERX OUR HERRERA Yd CREE Yd p Rd NOR P ARMES 671 Virtual private network policy commands llesseeeseless 672 rr CC gekenee bess hice eb esge beg bes Reh obeeenaes 673 e al e dob ha RT 674 COI See MOJE aa deed wa ep RR RARO RER XM ERE Xa Rx e xx E SX R4 ET 675 ypt KEY NONE e Pr 676 CPIDIOUBB parir redke d EORR acd ee RR Rn eek o ee pb aac C 677 Crypts Ma Inte Tube assa our ecerbued ud bu ROGER x Ri Ee RUE S Ox nbn 678 EPDM IDE e creado eoe X OIL Sd XE Fo ACIER DR rbd 679 Jess aiccs MNT M KE DRE TE RUE 680 isakmp peor WEN iuo cent cdear ce mmc key EP S REI EXE E RE uaii 681 isakmp policy enc DEDIT a cccce tb ed ne RSA RSSRE SOPRA RRS ORE Ree Ae 682 r vpi DSBIIBITIS uasa es pack E Y ERE OR REOR RR d PRSE TREE HE REE CERES 683 Ser local idgnliby iucsoce uer RR asi kratki Eua RR ERR ERO CS Ee 684 BODDBBE cui eek oce eed RAE be ERG SKS Bu e Bal E EORR OR o 685 Bet Sess Kev cat AETS TASSA EAST TTT 686 BOA VBIT a Lasso Peed eee FHSS EEA TEER RAGO OSES gx EPIS TAA GO RR Y 687 ibl COMO E IR 688 SHOW TAVONUSEIS oou decr RECEN EREERIRA AU SR EXEdeRd Eae ds 689 show ravpn addressS pool nck s clad haben axe ARREPETSEESRRR EA 690 BOW VO GOD cpgakeeyace
138. USE TBE ED foes cco RR iot gk ie don doc ee i boi a eed 233 sung ECCE Pr ETMTTRT 234 HEBEL Lacan ddura di PARERE E do ERE TER d EUER dE quc soon de E depo does 235 EM a a gah E ee deal INR E Soe a andan icai eye are hoa uot ee 236 enable password o ceed esoe donee eee bee des eetesees beens wees Seas 237 SHG exci dba Gp Sud Re ERE RE SER RR dC RR aco RE Pr E SUE 238 e E 2 vasa bud wd ar PORE E MUS PR RE RE ER S dE d X x AO Ro 239 a E E L AT A EE EE E E EE EEEE 240 3 m CC LT 241 Qj MF rrr 242 libb sex be ER se Ped tied Cae pee ce Rd do OCA E qe hee ees 243 ine configuration IO co eas cox dcs x ebooks Fo UR ED aU Den quB e OE RA GS ead 244 Inl ETT 245 cL 246 lOO aodio d uod PRAES dab EANTA EA AET a in Ad tque eet 247 WOU c2ussds Aron RRRXEREE n IURE see Ee HEU RYE CREE Y RE SERE dd 248 pue Lic MESE RT ET CU EO TOC E ICI ILL TITEL 249 Pa MOTON oosten stire Irin ATENEO r ERTELE AARON EESTE TR P 250 crono e EEE E FOE E E a E EE TEE 251 PU SO MMC ME rp En 252 SHOW allasos o cock conde ke WaweseRia qa hu ERE ARAaSARO RARE Races 253 BW HIS use des QR CR dod be EUER RF AC ew Cd HE EE REA 254 CV 2005 IPC rU 255 SHOW privilege iius cux aon wma tx eR rnk E ace oe Rae dp ere eie aen d 256 CHOW GETS uasa ERE dea GE E des BUE do abu ap mde UTE quet CO A RUN UE EU ee 257 accu MCCC oe Re he Peet dawew se end Re ew 258 RMON CONES 464 eR ree
139. Wireless commands dsl operating mode Use this command to set the operating mode of the DSL modem Command mode DSL interface configuration Syntax dsl operating mode auto t1413 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dsl operating mode command Variable Value auto Specifies the auto DSL operating mode The operation mode will be negotiated with the DSLAM t1413 Specifies the t1413 DSL operating mode Operates at 8 Mbps Downstream speed and 1Mbps Upstream speed gdmt Specifies the gdmt DSL operating mode Operates at 8 Mbps Downstream speed and 1Mbps Upstream speed glite Specifies the glite DSL operating mode Operates at 1 5 Mbps Downstream speed and 0 5Mbps Upstream speed adsl2 Specifies the adsl2 DSL operating mode Operates at 12 Mbps Downstream speed and 1Mbps Upstream speed adsl2plus Specifies the adsl2plus DSL operating mode Operates at 24 Mbit s Downstream rate and 1Mbit s Upstream rate Defaults auto Related commands show dsl traffic NN47928 100 gdmt glite adsl2 adsl2plus Wireless commands 823 encapsulation Use this command to set the protocol encapsulation Command mode PVC interface configuration Syntax encapsulation aal5snap vcmux Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the encapsulation command Variable Value aai5snap Specifies the
140. able Value permit deny apply Permit or Deny or Apply the Access list any tcp udp icmpv4 ahproto esppr Any protocol or oto TCP protocol or UDP protocol or ICMPvA protocol or AH protocol or ESP protocol source lt ip address gt Source IP Address Source lt subnet mask gt Source IP Subnet Mask destination lt ip addrress gt Destination IP Address destination lt subnet mask gt Destination IP Subnet Mask Commands Reference 674 BSG commands clear vpn logs This command clears the log file contents of the VPN subsystem Command mode Privileged User Exec Syntax clear vpn logs NN47928 100 BSG commands 675 crypto ipsec mode Use this command to configure the IPSEC mode Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax crypto ipsec mode tunnel transport Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the crypto ipsec mode command Variable Value tunnel Specifies the tunnel Mode transport Specifies the transport Mode Commands Reference 676 BSG commands crypto key mode Use this command to specify the type of VPN used Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax crypto key mode ipsec manual preshared key cert xauth ravpn preshared key Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the crypto key mode command Variable Value ipsec manual Specifies manual IPSEC
141. able definitions This table describes the variables used in the set local identity command Variable Value ipv4 email fqdn keyld Identitifies the local identity type which are as follows e Pv4 Address E mail address e Fully Qualified Domain Name e String id value Specifies the ildentity value corresponding to the selected Identity NN47928 100 BSG commands 685 set peer Use this command to set the destination address in the packet during authentication and encryption of outbound datagrams Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax set peer lt peer ip gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set peer command Variable Value peer ip Destination Address Commands Reference 686 BSG commands set session key This command specifies the mode of VPN along with the authentication and encryption algorithm with inbound and outbound SPI Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax set session key authenticator ah esp hmac md5 hmac shal auth key esp des cipher key triple des cipher lt key1 gt lt key2 gt lt key3 gt aes aes 192 aes 256 cipher lt key gt outbound spi 256 2147483647 gt inbound lt spi 256 2147483647 gt anti replay Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set session key command
142. ace mode Syntax ip address ip address lt subnet mask gt no ip address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in ip address command Variable Value ip address Specifies the IP address subnet mask Subnet mask for the associated IP subnet Defaults IP Address specified in nvram txt Related commands show ip interface release renew Commands Reference 182 Layer 2 commands ip address DHCP RARP Use this command to configure the current VLAN OOB interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from the RARP DHCP Server Precede this command with no to reset the IP Address for the interface Command mode Interface configuration mode This command is applicable in VLAN interface mode and OOB interface mode Syntax ip address dhcp rarp no ip address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip address DHCP RARP command Variable Value dhcp Specifies the DHCP server rarp Specifies the RARP server Defaults IP Address specified in nvram txt Related commands release renew show ip dhcp client stats NN47928 100 Layer2commands 183 ip address negotiated Use this command to acquire IP address by negotiation and erases the previously configured IP for PPP virtual link and multilink PPP bundles Command mode Multilink PPP interface configuration or PPP
143. ackupModeGlobalDialPlanName Use this command to configure the name of the global dialplan used in backup mode Command mode SIP dialplan configuration Syntax set sipserver BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName lt dialplanname gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName command Variable Value dialplanname Specifies the name of global dialplan to be used in backup mode Defaults None Related commands show sipserver dialplan Commands Reference 534 Layer 3 commands set sipserver Brief Detailed Traces Use this command to configure whether all the SIP messages processed by the SIP server are traced in brief or detail Command mode SIP trace configuration Syntax set sipserver BriefTraces DetailedTraces ALG CAC Registrar CallServer RoutingEngine CarrierMonitoring All None gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver Brief Detailed Traces command Variable Value BriefTraces Specifies the brief trace messages DetailedTraces Specifies the detailed trace messages Related commands show sipserver Traces NN47928 100 Layer3commands 535 set sipserver CDRDirectoryPath Use this command to configure the directory for storing old CDR in a remote host Command mode SIP CDR configuration
144. adex REG qqed wudop amp d dus 644 BID 2eagasckereperb Racor4RRacheedesRAY esPequ Ra ERGO perdon A ERA 645 anta Soto mme QUODRROY ais nc ducere acere Radon d RR ari dee ese Sd dcn Rod 646 Ssnip enabledisable 2 2 000 2ecke davies RIEN EUR RE A Ere XR EORR Re 647 BD HO TURO ZONE coca euadoe be REX E RE AA RR ARE ET ESPERA 648 SMP SOME isussa EEG RARO RROREEGRURGOR RUE A ORO RUN e OR RE DORE ALCRGR 649 sntp set poll intarVal 22s sme tm m mk mace eS tbn deperit mod 650 Sr ME SONG TC PE p as 651 Network Address Translation commands 00 0c eee eee eee eee 652 DORIS MA ok rU 653 disable Vital Salve 1 cus eee why wes Eua dos eee Bo E EA 654 enable viriual Servel ccc cceicasene sari teres Im eR er hem re Ras 655 noaee Amr QN 656 IRE a eedoxe diae d Bue meee E d cic S RR dpa Beta PG Umi Sea 657 phat POA 2 2 ssuscsmexcestnukuRre qu ebodRPR NYSE eR S dde pe da Ea eq 658 jesus e RR 659 NO VIS SOS vase sa xaadeonb e Nard d d RP E aede vade qid Sows 660 pO REB asd eer ka ERG OERERRCUERIOORA HE Y Ra cQ SORE ERE Go 661 Commands Reference 18 Contents eeun eo oo deg pedi deP exp TENET PRERERESe SORS keh shoes aes 662 Bp I OR 49 3 ooh YA kN UE E BIO ac LR RE ON RE pd REA VR 663 show pratenda auos Suus eee bos dada Ese op batis dob heres be 664 SHOW hiat CODO 22 2 nee0n nhs re Rx exe IRE RC RARECR PG RR X ES ERES pd 665 BOW DOS ductae xctspa RR eee es dared REP YR RPX ERI Tad ES 666 BOW DIL
145. afe net wifi Indicates wireless LAN voip Indicates voice over IP safenet Indicates safenet NN47928 100 Layer2commands 209 show system information Use this command to display system information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show system information Related commands orage login authentication uplink rate limit Commands Reference 210 Layer 2 commands show tasks Use this command to display the task control block information Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax show tasks NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 211 show uplink rate limit status Use this command to display the uplink rate limit information Command mode Privileged or User EXEC Syntax show uplink rate limit status Related commands uplink rate limit enable disable Commands Reference 212 Layer 2 commands shutdown physical VLAN port channel tunnel PPP Interface Use this command to disable a physical interface VLAN interface port channel interface tunnel interface or OOB interface Precede this command with no to enable a physical interface VLAN interface port channel interface tunnel interface or OOB interface Command mode Interface configuration mode for a physical interface port channel tunnel interface or OOB interface VLAN interface mode for a VLAN interface Syntax shutdown no shutdown Defaults Physical interface ethO is enabled
146. ain name server DNS commands to configure the DNS NN47928 100 New in this release 27 Firewall commands A firewall is a complete security solution For more information see Firewall commands page 594 Point to point protocol commands The Point to point protocol PPP interface provides a point to point link between two communicating ends For more information see Point to Point Protocol commands page 631 Simple network time protocol commands The simple network time protocol SNTP module synchronizes the time and date in BSG For more information see Simple Network Time Protocol commands page 641 Network address translation commands Network address translation NAT provides a mechanism for a privately addressed network to access registered networks such as the internet without requiring a registered subnet address For more information see Network Address Translation commands page 652 Virtual private network policy commands Virtual private network VPN policy commands are used to authenticate the VPN For more information see Virtual private network policy commands page 672 Remote access commands The remote access commands are used to configure remote access settings For more information see Diffserv commands page 697 Wireless local area network commands The wireless local area network WLAN module controls the configuration of the wireless access point AP connected to the Business
147. all Enables all the RADIUS server messages errors Enables error code debug messages events Enables events related messages packets Enables the packets related messages responses Enables the server response related messages timers Enables the timer related messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show radius server Commands Reference 100 Layer 2 commands radius server host Use this command to configure the RADIUS client with the parameters which include host timeout key and retransmit Precede this command with no to delete the RADIUS server configuration Command mode Global configuration Syntax radius server host lt ip address gt timeout lt 1 120 gt retransmit lt 1 254 gt key lt secret key string gt no radius server host lt ip address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the radius server host command Variable Value timeout Specifies the time period in seconds for which a client will wait for a response from the server before re transmitting the request retransmit Specifies the maximum number of attempts the client undertakes to contact the server key Specifies the per server encryption key Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all RADIUS communications between the authenticator and the RADIUS server The string length is 46 Defaults timeout 10 seconds retransmit 3 attempt
148. ame lt user name gt Variable definitions password lt password gt lt groupname This table describes the variables used in the username command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name password Specifies the password groupname Specifies the group name of the user Related commands enable password NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 259 RMON commands Remote Monitoring RMON is a standard monitoring specification5 that enables various network monitors and console systems to exchange network monitoring data The RMON specification defines a set of statistics and functions that can be exchanged between RMON compliant console managers and network probes RMON provides network administrators with comprehensive network fault diagnosis planning and performance tuning information RMON commands navigation e rmon alarm page 260 e rmon collection history page 262 e rmon collection stats page 263 e rmon event page 264 e set rmon page 265 e show rmon page 266 Commands Reference 260 Layer 2 commands rmon alarm Use this command to set an alarm on a Management Information Base MIB object The alarm group periodically takes statistical samples from variables in the probe and compares them to thresholds configured before Precede this command with no to delete the alarm configured on the MIB object Command mode Global configuration Syntax rmo
149. ameters and Service Set Identifier SSID based parameters in the AP The authentication mode WiFi Protected Access WPA mode and pass phrases are configured in the AP using this module This module also provides the front end for getting station and radio based statistics from the wireless AP WLAN commands navigation config ap country page 782 e config dot11 network page 783 e config dot11 beaconperiod page 784 config dot11 channel page 785 e config dot11 dtim page 786 config dot11 fragmentation page 787 config dot11 mode page 788 config dot11 preamble page 789 config dot11 profile clients page 790 e config dot11 protection page 791 e config dot11 rts threshold page 792 config dot11 supported rates page 793 e config dot11 turbo page 794 e config dot11 txpower page 795 e config dot11 wmm page 796 e config dot1 1 wmm acknowledge policy page 797 e config dot11 wmmparam page 798 config macfilter page 799 config wlan page 800 config wlan broadcast ssid page 801 config wlan create page 802 config wlan delete page 803 config wlan interface page 804 config wlan mac filtering page 805 config wlan pmksa timeout page 806 config wlan security cipher suite page 808 config wlan security preauth page 809 config wlan security pre shared key page 810 config wlan security static wep key encryption page 811 config wlan wep de
150. and mode Global configuration Syntax config macfilter add del Mac Address allow deny Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config macfilter command Variable Value add del Add or delete the mac filter table entry Mac Address Specifies the station MAC address allow deny Allow or deny the station Related commands show mac filter info Commands Reference 800 Wireless commands config wlan Use this command to enable or disable WLAN Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan enable disable lt Wlan Id 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan command Variable Value enable disable Enable or disable WLAN Wlan ld WLAN identifier Range is from 1 to 4 Related commands config wlan create show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 801 config wlan broadcast ssid Use this command to configure broadcast SSID status Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan broadcast ssid enable disable lt Wlan Id 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan broadcast ssid command Variable Value enable disable Enable or disable SSID broadcast Wlan ld WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 Defaults config wlan broadcas
151. and mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax lease days 0 365 gt hours 0 23 lt minutes 0 59 gt infinite no lease Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the 1ease command Variable Value days Specifies the number of days in lease hours Specifies the number of hours in lease minutes Specifies the number of minutes in lease infinite Specifies that the duration of the lease is unlimited Defaults 3600 seconds Related commands service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics NN47928 100 Layer2commands 337 netbios name server Use this command to set the NetBIOS WINS name servers in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the NetBIOS name server from the DHCP configuration parameters Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax netbios name server lt ip address gt no netbios name server Related commands network service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics Commands Reference 338 Layer 2 commands netbios node type Use this command to set the NetBios node type in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the NetBios node type from the DHCP serve
152. ands show mac address table Use this command to display the static and dynamic unicast and multicast MAC address table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt address lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table command Variable Value vlan Specifies the VLAN ID address Specifies the MAC address interface Specifies the interface type and ID Related commands mac address table static multicast mac address table static unicast ports vlan NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 287 show mac address table aging time Use this command to display the MAC address table ageing time Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table aging time Related commands show mac address table mac address table aging time Commands Reference 288 Layer 2 commands show mac address table count Use this command to display the number of MAC addresses present on all the VLANs or on the specified VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table count vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table count command Variable Value vlan Specifie
153. apping Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport map protocols group Group id vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt no switchport map protocols group Group id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the switchport map protocols group command Variable Value Group id Specifies the group ID to map vlan Specifies the VLAN ID Related commands map protocol show protocol vlan show vlan protocols group NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 303 switchport mode Use this command to configure the VLAN port mode Precede this command with no to configure the default VLAN port mode Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport mode access trunk hybrid no switchport mode Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the switchport mode command Variable Value access Specifies the access port mode trunk Specifies the trunk port mode hybrid Specifies the hybrid VLAN port mode Defaults hybrid mode Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 304 Layer 2 commands switchport priority default Use this command to set the default user priority for the port Precede this command with no to set the default user priority for the port to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport priority default priority value 0 7 no
154. aqe SESS 406 BOW I m TTE 407 Show ip WAMNG soorcumexe wages badge bod beeisheeeddes ERE Pese Ee ee 408 Te IEG Meme Tr 409 VAN NANO oc tens qi a dada dp e xpi Sd RO dee d NOR Resa Rob eee eaGon 410 Internet Group Management Protocol commands 000 lessen 411 JOBS D BIO rire icu age te ere ds at PN rerio E dog tf tac eR dd 412 ip igmp immediate leave sssiiesa eese RR RR ee eee 413 ip igmp last member query interval 0 002 eee 414 ip iomp guey Imeall isasseduesdqaupd aded P EC Sd e rdquA E weaned dX 415 ip igmp query max response time 0 0 ee ees 416 eRe TOONS iad RM DDR 417 PINE Stale OOU NN EE E Ee C ER E Oo wee ashe aoe 418 ECHO VEISIIU ad eves cued EREMO taster eke AU Pa REGE AN DS bean deed 419 ard ede cds E D EUR UN 420 SOUIPIOMP peTCPET rwm 421 Show ip iomp global CU dada exe rxc Red E RUE RR Gee Xd REAPER 422 SOW IB TORO OD usd d ei obe SY eO C E draco dde qaad 423 snow ip igmp Interface 2 cccce see eae ke REcE RR RR gees RR Rx cn n Re e isai 424 snow IIO BOUES sa Bk ees Eua doe ewe food See 425 Show ID IGMP SANCS sioseeen pew eadee Kent eite b RE washes aes 426 Route redistribution commands iiscsua sese RR RR RUE REIR ARA RS 427 SEE Shek kaki abet ROBORE deinde cR a RR d NO pog eo dE dob e RS RO p a oO e a 428 default redistribute pollgy i2slsnse zur RERO RR EEG RR nds 429 SAPO opor eae be aad eh eae d SC LAORE do SCR eee ERR d 430 rad IDUOLG DUE d uuu Shot a ARR qs ORE s d e
155. are Use this command to enable traffic sharing load sharing of IP packets Precede this command with no to disable traffic sharing Command mode Global configuration Syntax traffic share no traffic share Defaults disable Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 411 Internet Group Management Protocol commands Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP is a group membership management protocol It helps you to report group memberships to any immediate neighboring multicast router This protocol implements the IGMP router functionalities required by Multicast Routing Protocols MRPs such as PIM and Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol DVMRP The IGMP router can be used within any routing domain that uses MRP In addition to the group membership reports it also informs the leave reports to MRP IGMP commands navigation e debug ip igmp page 412 e ip igmp immediate leave page 413 e ip igmp last member query interval page 414 e ip igmp query interval page 415 e ip igmp query max response time page 416 e ip igmp robustness page 417 e ip igmp static group page 418 e ip igmp version page 419 e no ip igmp page 420 e set ip igmp page 421 e show ip igmp global config page 422 e show ip igmp groups page 423 e showipigmp interface page 424 e showipigmp sources page 425 Commands Reference 412 Layer 3 commands debug ip igmp Use
156. area translation role command Variable Value area id Specifies the area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address translation role Specifies a NSSA border router s ability to perform NSSA translation of Type 7 LSAs to Type 5 LSAs Defaults candidate Related commands area nssa NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 477 area virtual link Use this command to an OSPF virtual link and its related parameters Precede this command with no to remove an OSPF virtual link Command mode Router configuration Syntax area area id virtual link router id authentication message digest null hello interval value 1 65535 gt retransmit interval lt value 0 3600 gt transmit delay lt value 0 3600 gt dead interval lt value gt authentication key key 8 gt message digest key Key id 0 255 gt md5 lt key 16 gt no area lt area id gt virtual link lt router id gt authentication hello interval retransmit interval transmit delay dead interval authentication key message digest key Key id 0 255 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area virtual link command Variable Value area id Specifies the transit area that the virtual link traverses It is specified as an IP address authentication Indicates the authentication type for an interface authenticati
157. articular trap Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp server enable traps firewall limit linkup linkdown sip states sip cfg change coldstart poe power dhcp pool limit dsx1 line no snmp server enable traps firewall limit linkup linkdown sip states sip cfg change coldstart poe power dhcp pool limit dsx1 line Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp server enable traps command Variable Value firewall limit Specifies the firewall limit traps linkup Specifies linkup traps linkdown Specifies linkdown traps sip states Specifies sip states traps sip cfg change Specifies sip cfg change traps coldstart Specifies coldstart traps poe power Specifies poe power traps dhcp pool limit Specifies dhcp pool limit traps dsx1 line Specifies dsx1 line traps Defaults Generation of authentication traps is disabled NN47928 100 Layer2commands 381 system contact Use this command to configure the system contact information Command mode Global configuration Syntax system contact lt contact info gt Related commands show system information Commands Reference 382 Layer 2 commands system location Use this command to configure the system location Command mode Global configuration Syntax system location lt location name gt Related commands show syst
158. ash Defaults logging on console enabled timestamp enabled trap critical buffered 50 facility mail Related commands show logging NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 137 mailserver Use this command to set the mail server IP address to be used for sending email alert messages Precede this command with no to reset the mail server IP address used for sending email alert messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax mailserver lt ip address gt no mailserver Related commands logging show email alerts Commands Reference 138 Layer 2 commands receiver mail id Use this command to set the receiver mail id Precede this command with no to delete the configured receiver mail id Primarily the mailserver must be configured for this command The sender and receiver email ids are mandatory to send email alert messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax receiver mail id lt mail id 100 gt no receiver mail id Defaults admin domainname com Related commands logging mailserver sender mail id show email alerts show logging NN47928 100 Layer2commands 139 sender mail id Use this command to set the sender mail id Precede this command with no to delete the configured sender mail id Primarily the mailserver must be configured for this command The sender and receiver email ids are mandatory to send email alert messages Command mod
159. atic wep key encryption wlanId 1 4 64 128 152 hex ascii key lt keyIndex 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan security static wep key encryption command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 64 128 152 Specifies the value of the key length hex ascii key Specifies the value as hexadecimal 0 9 A F ASCII or any printable characters keylndex Specifies the wep key index Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands show wep default key info Commands Reference 812 Wireless commands config wlan wep default key Use this command to configure the WEP default key index of the particular SSID Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan wep default key lt Wlan Id 1 4 gt lt key index 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan wep default key command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 key Index Specifies the wep key index Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 813 debug wlan Use this command to display current trace or add new trace Precede this command with no to remove the trace Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug wlan all rpc fn entry fn exit
160. ation Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan security preauth enable disable lt Wlan id 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan security preauth command Variable Value enable disable Enables or disables 802 11i pre authentication Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 Defaults config wlan security preauth enable Related commands show wlan Commands Reference 810 Wireless commands config wlan security pre shared key Use this command to provide options to enter the PSK Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan security pre shared key lt Wlan Id 1 4 gt hex ascii lt key gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan security pre shared key command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 hex ascii lt key gt Specifies the value for the key Value can be hexadecimal 0 9 A F of maximum length 64 ASCII or any printable characters whose length can be in the range of 8 to 63 Related commands show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 811 config wlan security static wep key encryption Use this command to configure static WEP keys and indexes Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan security st
161. ation and shutdown messages mgmt Specifies management messages os Specifies OS resource messages Defaults init Related commands show ip rip Commands Reference 450 Layer 3 commands default metric Use this command to set the RIP default metric Precede this command with no to set the RIP metric to its default value Command mode Router configuration Syntax default metric value no default metric Defaults 3 Related commands redistribute show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 451 ip rip authentication mode Use this command to configure authentication mode and key Precede this command with no to disable authentication Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rip authentication mode text md5 key chain lt key chain name 16 gt no ip rip authentication Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rip authentication mode command Variable Value key chain Specifies the authentication key value md5 Indicates key Message Digest 5 MD5 authentication More than one entry can be configured for an interface text Clears text authentication Defaults No authentication Related commands show ip rip Commands Reference 452 Layer 3 commands ip rip default route originate Use this command to configure the metric to be used for default route propagated over the interface Precede thi
162. authenitication algorithm mode of transaction and lifetime as parameters Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax crypto map ipsec encryption esp null des triple des aes aes 192 aes 256 authentication esp ah md5 shal pfs groupl group2 group5 lifetime secs mins hrs days lt lifetime gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the crypto map ipsec command Variable Value encryption esp null des triple des aes aes 192 aes 256 Specifies the encryption algorithm authentication esp ah Authentication algorithm can be either Encapsulating security Payload or Authentication Header md5 shat Specifies the authentication algorithm which can be either md5 or sha1 pfs group1 group2 group5 Specifies the IKE group 1 or 2 or 3 lifetime sec min hrs days Specifies the lifetime Commands Reference 680 BSG commands ip ra vpn pool Use this command to configure the IP address pool for assigning IP addresses for remote users Precede this command with no to delete the IP address pool for remote users Command mode Global Configuration Syntax ip ra vpn pool lt poolname gt lt start_ip gt lt end_ip gt no ip ra vpn pool lt poolname gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ra vpn pool command Variable Value poolname Specifies the IP Ad
163. ayer 2 commands service dhcp relay Use this command to enable the DHCP Relay agent in the switch Precede this command with no to disable the DHCP relay agent Command mode Global configuration Syntax service dhcp relay no service dhcp relay Defaults Disabled Related commands show dhcp server show ip dhcp relay information NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 321 show dhcp server Use this command to display the DHCP server information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dhcp server Related commands ip dhcp relay information option ip dhcp server service dhcp relay Commands Reference 322 Layer2 commands show ip dhcp relay information Use this command to display the DHCP relay information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp relay information Related commands ip dhcp relay information option ip dhcp server service dhcp relay NN47928 100 Layer2commands 323 show ip dhcp relay interface Use this command to view the DHCP relay status on interfaces Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp relay interface Vlan lt vlan id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip dhcp relay interface command Variable Value vian id Enter the VLAN ID Related commands ip dhcp relay Commands Reference 324 Layer 2 com
164. bebe taeda tienes Same 286 show mac address table aging time 2c cee eee ee 287 show mac address table COUNL os ccces eek e Wa Ress cae Gd acil o d 288 show mac address table dynamic multicast llli 289 show mac address table dynamic unicast s s s aaaeeeaa 290 show mac address table static multicast llle 291 show mac address table static unicast 000 ees 292 SOW DratoepP S Idi sh2eG eae qaot p IE am Rr schemes se End AREA bee Saws 293 SHOW MAN aucaunrceeE RE RARE RARE PAEEIRQEEREqAGONERSSAEE REGE ARE 294 show vlan device capabilities llli 295 SOW vu GOVE IO quud saca qicce dad dp d ede Re qued woken Sees 296 Show vian POM CONG 2466025054406 qve ERHERRCRE Y vRIQ Y SERIA TAdaXRRd 297 show vian protocols group errean rardi ves Race Dodo dais de die posu eh Reik SEC AR 298 enutdoawn Gap auccscexeacesscte pa br ERE ERE ARACrAS e REEden dee ar ESS 299 switchport acceptable frame type 0 eee ees 300 SWICK POR ingresser cc ua aace acer 3p Soke ed IURE RoR e OR Rb we Ome RS Ke 301 switchport map protocols group 2 cee eee 302 PRC POU aue ik owt ccd pe Seeks Shad eee a enameled Be 303 SMUG Ber piony eau uad dota Re EROR RE dC QC Seer e dE d 304 SWILCHROIDDUII lt 6 eoa RE CUBE ELIT Hebe TERE SRE eek HEE R Re Gea V Res 305 iN uaotcdusd gu Sh thd a el eee EE ks dd Ga ind CAI ond 306 vla map poly ucoeceicexecossiesoenk smi rc eR RARUS GR E e Rer oad 307 Visi ISSU
165. between two communicating applications a client and a server and authenticates the server and the client optional SSL requires a reliable transport protocol for example TCP for data transmission and reception The advantage of the SSL protocol is that it is application protocol independent A higher level application protocol such as Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP File Transfer Protocol FTP or Telnet can layer on top of the SSL protocol transparently The SSL protocol can negotiate an encryption algorithm and session key as well as authenticate a server before the application protocol transmits or receives its first byte of data All of the application protocol data is transmitted encrypted which ensures privacy SSL commands navigation e debug ssl page 147 e ip http secure page 148 e show ip http secure server status page 149 e show ssl server cert page 150 e ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn page 151 e sslserver cert page 152 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 147 debug ssl Use this command to set the given debug levels for SSL Precede this command with no to reset the given SSL debug level Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ssl all shut mgmt data ctrl dump resource buffer no debug ssl all shut mgmt data ctrl dump resource buffer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ssl command
166. ce 194 Layer 2 commands show clock Use this command to display the system date and time Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show clock Related commands clock set NN47928 100 Layer2commands 195 show debugging Use this command to display the state of each debugging option Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show debugging Related commands debug dotix debug ip dhcp client debug ip dhcp relay debug ip dhcp server debug ip igmp snooping radius server host debug spanning tree debug ssh debug ssl debug vlan Commands Reference 196 Layer 2 commands show debug logging Use this command to display the debug logs stored in file Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show debug logging Defaults manual Related commands debug logging NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 197 show files Use this command to display list of files present in the flash Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax show files Commands Reference 198 Layer 2 commands show flow control Use this command to display flow control information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show flow control Variable definitions interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt This table describes the variables used in the show flow control command Variable Value interface Specifies gigabit
167. cessing for a specific VLAN Precede this command with no to disable fast leave processing for a specific VLAN Command mode Config VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping fast leave no ip igmp snooping fast leave Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip igmp snooping NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 113 ip igmp snooping group query interval Use this command to set the time interval after which the switch sends a group specific query on a port Precede this command with no to set the group specific query interval time to default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping group query interval lt 2 5 seconds gt no ip igmp snooping group query interval Defaults 2 Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals show ip igmp snooping groups show ip igmp snooping statistics Commands Reference 114 Layer 2 commands ip igmp snooping mrouter Use this command to configure statically the router ports for a VLAN Precede this command with no to delete the statically configured router ports for a VLAN Command mode Config VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface type 0 a b 0 c no ip igmp snooping mrouter interface type 0 a b 0 c gt Related commands show ip igmp snooping mrouter NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 115 ip igmp snooping mrouter time out Use this command to set the IGMP snooping router port purge time out after which the
168. cifies the amount of time the DHCP server entity would wait for the DHCP request from the client before reusing the offer binding Deletes the specified address from binding Defaults ping packets enabled server offer reuse 10 Related commands service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics NN47928 100 Layer2commands 331 ip dhcp bootfile Use this command to set the boot file name in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the boot file name from the DHCP server configuration parameters Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp bootfile bootfile 63 gt no ip dhcp bootfile Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp bootfile command Variable Value boot file Name of the file that specifies the boot image Related commands service dhcp server show ip dhcp server information Commands Reference 332 Layer 2 commands ip dhcp device Use this command to configure the DHCP device name Precede the command with no to delete the existing DHCP device name Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp device lt device name 63 gt enable disable no ip dhcp device lt device name 63 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp dev
169. cifies the authentication The authentication enables Message Digest MD5 or Secure Hash Algorithm SHA packet authentication noauth Specifies the no authentication mode priv Specifies both authentication and privacy read Specifies a read view identifier write Specifies a write view identifier notify Specifies a notification view identifier volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type NN47928 100 notify lt NotifyView v2c v3 auth noauth priv Layer2commands 367 Defaults GroupName iso Read Write Notify view iso StorageType volatile GroupName initial Read Write Notify view restricted StorageType non volatile GroupName initial Read Write Notify view iso StorageType non volatile Related commands show snmp group show snmp group access show snmp viewtree snmp group snmp view Commands Reference 368 Layer 2 commands snmp community index Use this command to configure the SNMP community details Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP community details Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp community index Communityl lt SecurityName gt context lt ContextName none gt transporttag TransportTagIdentifier none gt no snmp community index lt CommunityIndex gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp community index command Variable
170. cifies the cable length of 533 655 Specifies the cable length of 655 Commands Reference 834 Wireless commands channel group Use this command to define the time slots that belongs to each group on the T1 or E1 circuit Precede this command with no to delete the channel group from the T1 E1 link The maximum number of channel groups that can be created is 16 This command is for the BSG12 platform Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax channel group group id timeslots range no channel group lt group id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the channel group command Variable Value group id Specifies the group identifier range Specifies the range of time slots e T1i The values ranges from 1 to 24 e E1 The values ranges from 2 to 32 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 835 clear controller Use this command to reset the T1 or E1 controller to default mode T1 This command deletes all HDLC interfaces created On execution of this command the specified T1 E1 controller is set to its default configuration and all the HDLC interfaces created on the controller are unstacked and deleted from the PPP interfaces This command is only for the BSG12 platform Command mode Global configuration Syntax clear controller t1 e1 T1E1Index Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the clear controller
171. command Variable Value key id Specifies the Key Identifier integer value The value ranges from 1 to 65535 MD5 Specifies the message digest algorithm key Specifies the key value string value Related commands show sntp status NN47928 100 BSG commands 647 sntp enable disable Use this command to start or stop the SNTP client Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sntp enable disable command Variable Value enable Starts the SNTP client disable Stops the SNTP client Related commands show sntp status Commands Reference 648 BSG commands sntp no time zone Use this command to reset system time zone to GMT It resets the time zone difference to 00 00 Forward Time Zone Hours Minutes Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp no time zone Related commands show sntp clock NN47928 100 BSG commands 649 sntp server Use this command to specify the IP address of the SNTP server Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp server lt server ip gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sntp server command Variable Value server ip Server IP address Related commands show sntp status Commands Reference 650 BSG commands sntp set poll in
172. command with no to reset the baud rate to the default setting Command mode Line configuration Syntax speed lt baud rate 50 460800 gt no speed Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the speed command Variable Value baud rate Specifies the baud rate Bits per second of the connection Range is from 50 to 460800 Defaults 9600 Related commands databits parity NN47928 100 Appendix A Target based commands 861 stopbits Use this command to set the number of stopbits for the console connection Precede this command with no to reset the default settings Command mode Line configuration Syntax stopbits 1 2 no stopbits Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the stopbits 1 2 command Variable Value Specifies one stopbit 2 Specifies two stopbits Defaults 1 Related commands speed databits parity Commands Reference 862 Appendix A Target based commands NN47928 100
173. commands deny mac access group show access lists permit Commands Reference 726 BSG commands permit Use this command to specify the forwarded packets based on the MAC address and the associated parameters This command allows non IP traffic to be forwarded if the conditions are matched Command mode ACL MAC configuration Syntax permit any host lt mac address gt any host lt mac address gt aarp amber dec spanning decnet iv diagnostic dsm etype 6000 etype 8042 lat lavc sca mop console mop dump msdos mumps netbios vines echo vines ip xns id protocol 0 65535 gt encaptype lt value 1 65535 gt Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt priority lt value 1 255 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the permit command Variable Value any host lt mac_addr gt Specifies the source MAC address to match with the packet any host lt mac_addr gt Specifies the destination MAC address to match with the packet aarp Specifies the Ethertype AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol mapping a data link address to a network address amber Specifies the EtherType DEC Amber dec spanning Specifies the EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation DEC spanning tree decnet iv Specifies the EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol diagnostic Specifies the EtherType DEC Diagnostic dsm Specifies th
174. commands 583 dns server forwarder Use this command to set primary or secondary or both IP addresses for dns forwarder Precede this command with no to remove primary or secondary IP addresses for dns forwarder Command mode Global configuration Syntax dns server forwarder primary lt unicast_ip_addr gt secondary lt unicast_ip_addr gt no dns server forwarder primary lt unicast_ip_addr gt secondary lt unicast_ip_addr gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dns server forwarder command Variable Value primary Specifies primary IP address for dns forwarder secondary Specifies the secondary IP address for dns forwarder unicast_ip_addr Specifies the unicast IP address Related commands show dns Commands Reference 584 Layer 3 commands dns server forwarder enable disable Use this command to enable or disable the dns forwarder functionality Command mode Global configuration Syntax dns server forwarder enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dns server forwarder enable disable command Variable Value enable Enables dns forwarder functionality disable Disables dns forwarder functionality Defaults Disable Related commands show dns NN47928 100 Layer3commands 585 dns server forwarder zone Use this command to add a zone an
175. creates a tree that spans all the switches in an extended network forcing redundant paths into a standby or blocked state For proper functioning of an Ethernet network only one active path must exist between two stations Multiple active paths between stations in a bridged network can cause loops in which Ethernet frames can endlessly circulate STP can logically break such loops and prevent looping traffic from clogging the network The dynamic control of the topology provides continued network operation in the presence of redundant or unintended looping paths STP navigation clear spanning tree counters page 46 clear spanning tree detected protocols page 47 debug spanning tree page 48 instance page 50 name page 51 revision page 52 show spanning tree bridge page 53 show spanning tree detail active page 54 show spanning tree interface page 55 show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost page 56 show spanning tree mst configuration page 58 show spanning tree mst common internal spanning tree or specified mst instance page 59 show spanning tree mst port specific configuration page 60 show spanning tree root page 61 shutdown spanning tree page 62 spanning tree page 63 spanning tree priority page 64 spanning tree compatibility page 65 spanning tree mode page 66 spanning tree auto edge page 67 spanning tree mst configuration page 68 spanning tree mst hello time page 69
176. cribes the variables used in the clock summer time recurring command Variable Value Week Day Month Specifies the format as First Sun Mar Time in Hours Enter the value as 20 minutes NN47928 100 BSG commands 643 show sntp clock Use this command to display the current time Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sntp clock Related commands sntp no time zone sntp time zone Commands Reference 644 BSG commands show sntp status Use this command to display SNTP status Running or Not Running SNTP server s IP Address SNTP authentication type and GMT Time Difference Hours Minutes Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sntp status Related commands sntp sntp authentication key sntp enable disable sntp server sntp set poll interval NN47928 100 BSG commands 645 sntp Use this command to enter SNTP configuration mode Command mode Global configuration Syntax sntp Related commands show sntp status Commands Reference 646 BSG commands sntp authentication key Use this command to set the authentication parameters Precede this command with no to disable authentication Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp authentication key lt key id gt MD5 lt key gt no sntp authentication Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sntp authentication key
177. cribes the variables used in the interface command Variable Value cpuO Specifies the OOB management interface vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier vlanMgmt Specifies the VLAN management entity only available when WGS is enabled in the switch port channel Specifies the port channel identifier tunnel Specifies the tunnel identifier interface type Specifies the interface type The interface type can be a gigabitethernet or a fastethernet interface interface id Specifies the physical interface ID including type slot and port number radio Specifies the radio interface ppp Specifies the point to point protocol interface pvc Specifies the private virtual connection interface dsl Specifies the digital signal line multilink Specifies the multilink PPP interface Commands Reference 180 Layer 2 commands Variable Value fxo channel Specifies the Foreign eXchange Office channel fxs channel Specifies the Foreign eXchange Subscriber channel Defaults Vian 1 interface type ethO Related commands show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 181 ip address Use this command to set the IP address of an interface Precede this command with no to reset the IP address for the given Interface Command mode Interface configuration mode This command is applicable in VLAN interface mode and OOB interf
178. cuit Related commands show ip ospf interface Commands Reference 488 Layer 3 commands ip ospf hello interval Use this command to specify the interval between hello packets sent on the interface Precede this command with no to set the default value for the interval between hello packets sent on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf hello interval lt seconds 1 65535 gt no ip ospf hello interval Defaults 10 Related commands ip ospf dead interval ip ospf retransmit interval ip ospf transmit delay show ip ospf interface NN47928 100 Layer3commands 489 ip ospf message digest key Use this command to enable OSPF MDS authentication Precede this command with no to remove an old MDS key Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf message digest key lt Key ID 0 255 gt md5 lt md5 Key 16 gt no ip ospf message digest key lt Key ID 0 255 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ospf message digest key command Variable Value Key ID Identifies the secret key which is used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet md5 Specifies the secret key which is used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet Related commands ip ospf authentication summary address show ip ospf Commands Reference 490 Layer 3 commands ip ospf networ
179. d add or remove the host entries Precede the command with no to remove a zone and its all host entries Command mode Global configuration Syntax dns server forwarder zone lt zone_name gt addRR lt host_name gt host unicast ip addr removeRR host name host unicast ip addr no dns server forwarder zone zone name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dns server forwarder zone command Variable Value zone name Adds a zone name addRR Adds host entries removeRR Removes host entries host name Adds a host name host unicast ip addr Specifies unicast IP address of the host Related commands show dns Commands Reference 586 Layer 3 commands set dns server cache timeout Use this command to set the dns cache time Command mode Global configuration Syntax set dns server cache timeout seconds Related commands show dns NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 587 show dns Use this command to show domain name server DNS server and list local host entries Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dns listRR Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show dns command Variable Value listRR Specifies the DNS server and list local host entries Related commands dns server forwarder enable disable dns server forwarder dns
180. d commands show controllers Commands Reference 844 Wireless commands line status change trap Use this command to set the trap state for the line status change for the T1 E1 link Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax line status change trap enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Line Status Change Trap command Variable Value enable Enables trap state for line status change for the T1 E1 link disable Disables trap state for line status change for the T1 E1 link NN47928 100 Wireless commands 845 loopback Use this command to loop an entire T1 E1 line including all channel groups defined on the controller towards loop back mode Precede this command with no to remove the T1 E1 loop back mode Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax loopback local remote liu remote framer dual no loopback Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the loopback command Variable Value local Specifies local loopback mode remote framer Specifies remote loopback framer mode dual Specifies dual loopback mode remote liu Specifies remote loopback LIU mode Commands Reference 846 Wireless commands mode Use this command to set the T1 Line Mode to either CSU Long Haul or DSU Short Haul Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax
181. d control than with the Web user interface UI You can configure all of the available parameters in the CLI But you cannot configure all the parameters in the Web UI CLI is also faster than the GUI Navigation Command modes page 33 e Layer 2 commands page 43 e Layer 3 commands page 383 e BSG commands page 593 e Wireless commands page 779 e Appendix A Target based commands page 853 Logging on to the CLI Use the following procedure to log on to the CLI using Telnet or SSH Prerequisites Use the web GUI to enable Telnet Step Action 1 Launch the Telnet or SSH application from your PC When prompted enter the IP address of the BSG you want to access Enter your user name First time users must enter nnadmin for the user name 4 Enter your password First time users must enter PlsChgme for the password 5 The BSG or command prompt appears Commands Reference 32 Introduction NN47928 100 33 Command modes This section describes the command modes available in the Small and Medium Business SMB Business Services Gateway BSG 8ew and BSG12ew aw tw 1 0 Command modes navigation e Layer 2 command modes page 34 e Layer 3 command modes page 37 Hierarchy of command modes page 38 Commands Reference 34 Command modes Layer 2 command modes The following command modes are available in Layer 2 e Command modes page 34 Protocol specific modes page 35
182. d mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip inspect option srcroute recordroute timestamp any trcroute no ip inspect option Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip inspect option command Variable Value srcroute Specifies the source route IP option recordroute Specifies the record route IP option timestamp Specifies the timestamp IP option any Specifies any type of IP option trcroute Specifies the trace route IP option Defaults Any Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 609 ip inspect tcp enable Use this command to enable examining the TCP SYN packets Precede this command with no to disable TCP SYN packets examination Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip inspect tcp enable no ip inspect tcp Defaults Enabled Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 610 BSG commands ip inspect tcp half open Use this command to set the number of TCP connection requests that enters firewall module Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax ip inspect tcp half open lt no of TCP SYN packets gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip inspect tcp half open command Variable Value no of TCP SYN packets Specifies the number of TCP connection requests entering the firewall module Defaults no of TCP
183. d mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver ActiveWANCallCount NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 555 show sipserver CDRDirectoryPath Use this command to display the configuration properties of CDR directory path Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver CDRDirectoryPath Commands Reference 556 Layer 3 commands show sipserver CDRGeneration Use this command to display the configuration properties of CDR generation Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver CDRGeneration NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 557 show sipserver dialplan Use this command to display the dialplan configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver dialplan dialplanname dest file path Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver dialplan command Variable Value dialplanname Displays dialplan name dest file path Displays path of the destination file Related commands delete dialplan add dialplan reload dialplan Commands Reference 558 Layer 3 commands show sipserver DynamicSubscriber Use this command to display the configuration properties of the dynamic subscriber Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver AddDynamicSubscriber DeleteDynamicSubscriber Variable definitions
184. d to display the engine identifier Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp engineid Related commands snmp engineid NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 355 show snmp group Use this command to display the configured SNMP groups Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp group Related commands snmp group snmp user Commands Reference 356 Layer 2 commands show snmp group access Use this command to the configured SNMP group access details Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp group access Related commands snmp agent status snmp view NN47928 100 Layer2commands 357 show snmp inform statistics Use this command to display the inform message statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp inform statistics Commands Reference 358 Layer 2 commands show snmp notif Use this command to display the configured SNMP notification types Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp notif Related commands snmp notify snmp targetparams NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 359 show snmp server traps Use this command to display the set of traps that are currently enabled Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp server traps Commands Reference 360 Layer 2 commands show snmp targetaddr Use this command to dis
185. dancy protocol commands Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP is an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for one or more virtual routers to the VRRP routers on a LAN This allows several routers on a multiaccess link to utilize the same virtual IP address A VRRP router is configured to run the VRRP protocol in conjunction with one or more routers attached to a LAN In a VRRP setup one router is elected as the master router with the other routers acting as backups in case of the failure of the master router VRRP eliminates the single point of failure inherent in the static default routed environment VRRP navigation e debug VRRP page 437 e interface vlan page 438 router vrrp page 439 e show vrrp vrid page 440 e show vrrp interface vlan page 441 e vrrp interval page 442 e vrrp ip address page 443 vrrp preempt page 444 e vrrp priority page 445 e vrrp text authentication page 446 NN47928 100 Layer3commands 437 debug VRRP Use this command to enable the trace for the VRRP module Precede this command with no to disable the trace for VRRP module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug VRRP no debug VRRP Defaults Debugging is disabled Commands Reference 438 Layer 3 commands interface vlan Use this command to select an interface to configure Precede this command with no to delete the virtual router entries on the given interface
186. de This table describes the variables used in the host hardware type command Variable Value type Specifies the host hardware address type client identifier Specifies the host MAC address ip Specifies the IP address identifier Specifies the IP address identifier which is a string of maximum length 63 option Specifies the tag octet of the DHCP option ascii Specifies the ASCII string hex Specifies the Hex string ip Specifies the IP address integer Specifies the integer Related commands service dhcp server ip dhcp pool Commands Reference 330 Layer 2 commands ip dhcp Use this command to set the DHCP server parameters such as enabling ICMP echo mechanism or offer reuse timeout Precede this command with no to set the DHCP server parameters like disabling ICMP echo mechanism or server offer reuse to its default value or removing a bind entry from the server binding table Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp ping packets server offer reuse lt timeout 1 120 gt no ip dhcp ping packets server offer reuse binding lt ip address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp command Variable Value ping packets Enable icmp echo s prior to assigning a pool address The no form of this command option prevents the server from pinging pool addresses server offer reuse Spe
187. dge Use this command to display spanning tree information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree bridge address forward time hello time id max age protocol priority detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree bridge command Variable Value address Specifies bridge address detail Displays bridge detail forward time Specifies bridge forward time hello time Specifies bridge hello time id Specifies bridge ID max age Specifies bridge maximum age priority Specifies bridge priority protocol Specifies spanning tree protocol Related commands show spanning tree detail active spanning tree mode spanning tree timers Commands Reference 54 Layer 2 commands show spanning tree detail active Use this command to display spanning tree information Command mode Privileged and User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree detail active active detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree detail active command Variable Value active Displays the bridge and details of the active ports active ports are those ports that are participating in the spanning tree detail Displays details about the port and bridge These include designated bridge details designated port details timer values and root bridge
188. dress pool name which is a string of length from 1 to 32 start ip end ip Specifies the range of the IP address The start and end IP must belong to the same subnet NN47928 100 BSG commands 681 isakmp peer identity Use this command to configure the peer identity type and its value to be used in IKE Phase 1 It can be IP address email fqdn or key id Command mode Crypto map configuration Syntax isakmp peer identity ipv4 email fqdn keyId lt id value gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the isakmp peer identity command Variable Value ipv4 email fqdn keyld Identitifies the peer type as follows IPv4 Address E mail address Fully Qualified Domain Name String id value Identity value corresponding to the selected Identity Commands Reference 682 BSG commands isakmp policy encryption Use this command to specify the IKE Phase I proposal with encryption and authenitication algorithm mode of transaction and lifetime as parameters Command mode Crypto map configuration Syntax isakmp policy encryption des triple des aes aes 192 aes 256 hash md5 shal dh groupl group2 group5 exch main aggressive lifetime secs mins hrs lt lifetime gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the isakmp policy encryption command Variable Value des triple
189. ds show voip config Use this command to display the configurations of VoIP Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show voip global fxo fxs config Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show voip config command Variable Value global Specifies the Global codec configuration fxo Specifies the FXO Configuration fxs Specifies the FXS codec configuration Related Commands set fxs user number set fxo ring count set fxo ring count set fxs user number set fxs display name set fxs user password set fxs fax option set gmt offset reboot voip NN47928 100 BSG commands 765 show voip firmware version Use this command to display the firmware version Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show voip firmwareversion Commands Reference 766 BSG commands show voip status Use this command to display the firmware version Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show voip status NN47928 100 BSG commands 767 shutdown Use this command to shutdown the admin status of the VoIP module You can configure the FXO FXS and VoIP only when the admin status is shutdown Command mode VoIP1000 configuration Syntax shutdown no shutdown Commands Reference 768 BSGcommands voip1000 Use this command to enter the VOIP configuration mode Command mode Global Configura
190. ds end exit show line NN47928 100 Layer2commands 245 listgroups Use this command to list all the valid groups with their associated functional groups Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax listgroups Related commands show users Commands Reference 246 Layer 2 commands listuser Use this command to list all valid users along with their permissible mode Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax listuser Related commands show users NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 247 lock Use this command to lock the CLI console You may want to lock the console to prevent unauthorized users from gaining access to the CLI command shell Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax lock Commands Reference 248 Layer 2 commands logout Use this command to exit from Privileged EXEC or User EXEC mode to SMB BSG login prompt in case of console session Command mode User EXEC Syntax logout NN47928 100 Layer2commands 249 moduser Use this command to modify the parameters groups password for a user Command mode Global configuration Syntax moduser lt user name gt password lt passwd gt groups grp namel grp name2 grp name3 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the moduser command Variable Value user name Modifies the user name password Modifies the password groups Modifies the command
191. ds 807 config wlan security auth type Use this command to set the authentication type Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan security auth type open shared wpa wpa2 wpa wpa2 mixed wpa psk wpa2 psk wpa wpa2 psk mixed openix lt wlan Id 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan security auth type command Variable Value open shared Specifies the authentication mode open or shared Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands show wlan Commands Reference 808 Wireless commands config wlan security cipher suite Use this command to configure the encryption cipher suite Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan security cipher suite aes ccmp tkip wep aes ccmp tkip aes ccmp tkip tkip wep aes ccmp tkip wep lt integer 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan security cipher suite command Variable Value aes ccmp tkip wep Specifies the encryption types aes ccmp tkip aes ccmp tkip tkip wep aes ccmp tkip wep integer Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 809 config wlan security preauth Use this command to enable or disable 802 111 preauthentic
192. e Global configuration Syntax sender mail id lt mail id 100 gt no sender mail id Defaults syslog domainname com Related commands logging mailserver receiver mail id show email alerts show logging Commands Reference 140 Layer 2 commands show email alerts Use this command to display email alerts related configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show email alerts Related commands mailserver receiver mail id sender mail id NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 141 show logging Use this command to display logging status and configuration information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show logging Related commands logging Commands Reference 142 Layer 2 commands Secure Shell commands Secure Shell SSH is a protocol for secure remote logon and other secure network services over an insecure network It consists of three major components e The Transport Layer Protocol TLP provides server authentication confidentiality and integrity e The User Authentication Protocol UAP authenticates the client side user to the server It runs over the TLP e The Connection Protocol CP multiplexes the encrypted tunnel into several logical channels It runs over the UAP The client sends a service request after a secure transport layer connection is established A second service request is sent after user authentication i
193. e 337 netbios node type page 338 network page 339 option page 340 service dhcp server page 341 show ip dhcp server binding page 342 show ip dhcp server devices page 343 show ip dhcp server information page 344 show ip dhcp server pools page 345 show ip dhcp server statistics page 346 show snmp server traps page 347 utilization threshold page 348 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 311 DHCP client commands debug ip dhcp client Use this command to set the debug level for tracing the DHCP client module Precede this command with no to disable the debug level for the DHCP client Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip dhcp client all event packets errors bind no debug ip dhcp client all event packets errors bind Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip dhcp client command Variable Value all Specifies the all trace messages event Specifies the trace management messages packets Specifies the packets related messages errors Specifies the trace error code debug messages bind Specifies the trace bind messages Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip dhcp client stats Commands Reference 312 Layer 2 commands ip address Use this command to configure the current virtual LAN VLAN or OOB interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from the DHCP server Precede the command wit
194. e Ere ids 738 set fxo emergency NUMDEF sc ck ee resns reniras Das uded iik anat EEEE ERA 739 pelo PONa DDOBSHTB uoa aix ware b EROR RE d tends Geers RT RE dS 740 Bot MO hook detect BIB 44 a6 sels d debe LOSS SRE UE ERU EE kis iei 741 Set 120 ehannebnamDel cus chee cux es Ex dopo eee C dos o eed 742 Set Txo phone numbel iilens ccena en Img 9r puer e wurde Er one 743 Bot OWN COUME i uloade xoc boy eke s RPG ERR O eed IE RIaqrx RE TA DAQEE RES 744 rr cxelienv p ILC TT 745 set 1xs call forward n mbor cossen cune eR wx 9 RR ERR eee eras 746 EE COCs SIUS su cR E doris eh Oe qon disci uices da dedo GE ad 747 Get AS COSC IS paucos base naQ CREE QE SERA SER Ee FE Ed Xd 748 Bot 46 CEDIA ucc dace Rp c RIOOPERQGUCCXG dor v gpl ER e ERAS 749 Commands Reference 20 Contents Gel TAS DEDOODUDE 4d orant doo SCR E RUE e EORR hse b SdC UP Rep rd eee 750 Bot ee Lu awe Re xAREX UR D BR a RE TRO RUE ON RE dp RR WR 751 Set iss mallbox mOMDOE ciscus nicus e nies Era EO Do en AR E Sepe iE oa ld 752 set iks mailbox password 2 llonases elm RR I RR m rar one 753 Bot e E EE ee E E GC REP Y EE E EE 754 Get AS USEING cheese seh TT ERNS aN hen EAER 755 Set 1X9 USEMPASSWOId cos coke cece see i kde RRERE RR RRIZSqEEesd Rae 756 eT RI eC rer 757 BBUID OS cue wegdcqd e qadq eda anne qais dch qiue xm ba xb PEE Nd 758 set ip tos precedence option siusaacakei cR R OR RGCR RGGCR Red RO EG Y nas 759 BET i EE iri iod scuto aot iade dox Qua dose outil eoe ang fa tae d
195. e EtherType DEC DSM DDP etype 6000 Specifies the EtherType 0x6000 etype 8042 Specifies the EtherType 0x8042 lat Specifies the EtherType DEC LAT lavc sca Specifies the EtherType DEC LAVC SCA mop console Specifies the EtherType DEC MOP Remote Console mop dump Specifies the EtherType DEC MOP Dump msdos Specifies the EtherType DEC MSDOS mumps Specifies the EtherType DEC MUMPS NN47928 100 BSG commands 727 Variable Value netbios Specifies the EtherType DEC Network Basic Input Output System NETBIOS vines echo Specifies the EtherType Virtual Integrated Network Service VINES Echo from Banyan systems vines ip Specifies the EtherType VINES IP xns id Specifies the EtherType Xerox Network Systems XNS protocol suite identifier encaptype Specifies the encapsulation type vlan Specifies the VLAN ID to be filtered priority Specifies the priority of the L2 filter which is used to decide the applicable rule when the packet matches more than one filter rule Higher value of filter priority implies a higher priority single tag Specifies the filter to be applied on single VLAN tagged packets This parameter is specific to metro package double tag Specifies the filter to be applied on double VLAN tagged packets This parameter is specific to metro package Defaults vlan id 0 priority 1 Related commands mac access group mac
196. e describes the variables used in the show vpn logs command Variable Value page count Specifies the number of pages to display at a time NN47928 100 BSG commands 695 show vpn remote ids Use this command to display the VPN remote identities existing in the system For instance you specify the ipv4 as a remote identity type all the ipv4 identities are displayed Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show vpn remote ids ipv4 fqdn email key id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vpn remote ids command Variable Value ipv4 Specifies the IPv4 address email Specifies the e mail address fqdn Specifies the fully qualified domain name keyld Specifies the string to uniquely identify the peer Commands Reference 696 BSG commands vpn remote identity Use this command to configure the remote identity information It is a preshared key Precede this command with no to delete the remote identify and its preshared key mappings Command mode Global configuration Syntax vpn remote identity ipv4 email fqdn keyId id value psk lt preshared key gt no vpn remote identity ipv4 email fqdn keyId lt id value gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vpn remote identity command Variable Value ipv4 Specifies the IPv4 addres
197. e number of bits that comprise the address prefix Prefix is an alternative way of specifying the network mask of the client The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash end ip Specifies the end IP address of the pool Related commands service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics Commands Reference 340 Layer 2 commands option Use this command to the pool specific DHCP server option Precede this command with no to delete the pool specific DHCP server option Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax option lt code 1 2147483647 gt ascii lt string gt hex lt Hex String gt ip lt address gt integer 0 4294967295 no option lt code 1 2147483647 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the option command Variable Value code Specifies the value of the option code The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 ascii Specifies the ASCII string hex Specifies the hexadecimal string ip Specifies the IP address integer Specifies the integer Related commands network ip dhcp option lp dhep pool service dhcp server show ip dhcp server pools NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 341 service dhcp server Use this command to enable the DHCP server Precede this command with no to disable the DHCP server
198. e phone number for which incoming calls to the FXO lines are forwarded Defaults 1001 Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 741 set fxo hook detect time Use this command to set the OnHook Detection time of the FXO Channel Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set fxo hook detect time lt integer 100 10000 gt milliseconds Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxo hook detect time command Variable Value integer 100 10000 Specifies the duration in milliseconds for which the FXO line needs to be kept on hook for the PSTN exchange to recognise an hook event This varies from exchange to exchange The range is from 100 to 10000 in milliseconds Defaults 2000 Commands Reference 742 BSG commands set fxo channel number Use this command to set the Foreign Exchange Office FXO channel number Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set fxo channel number lt channel length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxo channel number command Variable Value channel Specifies the FXO channel number Defaults 1003 Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 743 set fxo phone number Use this command to set the Foreign Exchange Office FXO phone number Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set f
199. e the virtual server configuration Command mode Interface configuration Syntax virtual server lt localip gt lt local port number gt auth dns ftp pop3 pptp smtp telnet http nntp snmp other lt global port number gt tep udp any lt description gt no virtual server lt local ip gt lt local port number gt all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the virtual server command Variable Value local ip Specifies the local IP address for the virtual server local port number Specifies the local port number for the virtual server auth dns ftp pop3 pptp smtp telnet Specifies the application mode for the virtual server http nntp snmp other global port number Specifies the external port number for the virtual server tcp udp any Specifies the transport protocols description Specifies the description of the internal host all Specifies all virtual servers Related commands show virtual servers Commands Reference 672 BSG commands Virtual private network policy commands The Virtual Private Network VPN policy commands are used to configure remote access with IPSec or Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol L2TP A VPN is a private communications network used by companies or organizations to communicate confidentially over a public network VPN traffic is carried over a public networking infrastr
200. e the domain name of the SIP server Command mode SIP domain name configuration Syntax set serverdomainname lt domain name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver domain name command Variable Value domain name Specifies the domain name of the SIP server NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 539 set sipserver Dynamic Subscriber Use this command to enable or disable the dynamic subscriber addition or deletion Command mode SIP registration configuration Syntax set sipserver AddDynamicSubscriber DeleteDynamicSubscriber TRUE FALSE Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver Dynamic Subscriber command Variable Value AddDynamicSubscriber Specifies addition of dynamic subscriber DeleteDynamicSubscriber Specifies deletion of dynamic subscriber TRUE Enables the dynamic subscriber addition or deletion FALSE Disables the dynamic subscriber addition or deletion Commands Reference 540 Layer 3 commands set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations Use this command to configure the property EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations that performs the session timer handling by the proxy server The SIP server only controls the session timer periods requested by endpoints it does not start the timer and keep track of sessions Actual control of the session depends o
201. e this command to display command list history Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show history NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 255 show line Use this command to display TTY line information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show line console vty integer 1 10 gt summary Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show 1ine command Variable Value console Displays the console vty Displays the virtual terminal line summary Displays the summary Related commands line configuration mode Commands Reference 256 Layer 2 commands show privilege Use this command to show current user privilege level Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show privilege NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 257 show users Use this command to display information about terminal lines Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show users Related commands show users Commands Reference 258 Layer 2 commands username Use this command to create a user with specific group permission Use double quotation marks around username if the username is a combination of alphanumeric and special characters Precede this command with no to delete a user and disable the enable password for that user Command mode Global configuration Syntax username lt user name gt no usern
202. e this command with no to delete the excluded pool Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax excluded address lt low address gt lt high address gt no excluded address lt low address gt lt high address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the excluded address command Variable Value low address Specifies the excluded IP address or first IP address in an excluded address range high address Specifies the last IP address in the excluded address range Related commands network service show ip show ip show ip show ip dhcp dhep dhcp dhcp dhcp SOrver Server Server server SeLyVyeE binding information pools statistics NN47928 100 Layer2commands 329 host hardware type Use this command to specify the hardware address of a DHCP client and host specific DHCP options Precede this command with no to delete the host option Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax host hardware type lt type 1 2147483647 gt client identifier lt mac address gt ip lt address gt lt identifier gt option lt code 1 2147483647 gt ascii lt string gt hex lt Hex String gt ip lt address gt integer lt 0 4294967295 gt no host hardware type host hardware type 1 2147483647 gt p 1 2147483647 Variable definitions client identifier client mac address ip option co
203. ead 784 comig dart channel c2i ciecnscedeee ices ewee ERRORES n SR bem A 785 eiie seu Rr Ra eae ener E EET T T TE LLL TE 786 COMI doti T WAQINGTIANGH acces akcnduas ge okecacdee Pereonnss Soke Sees 787 CONG GANT RUGS Lua ca ede stan deb in dass ees hdesoawat nie daaseess 788 comig dorii pIGSInbIG cia Cia a eee ees caia Ree eke dees 789 contig dotl1 profile clients isis osuere RR eee ewes 790 COMMA MAH T proleclion s idR sear ste REA EX GDERGASGQGESGSSAS EAR 791 Gg HCN nsAhreshold usasensmesuexts EEG vpRE ends bas orkuni 792 comig dotl1 supported rates sencede ec rc RR RR RR RR XR 793 NN47928 100 Contents 21 CODI BOT T Me ao qicbcrd qo P oa ERR eR ORE RES Sic P Rd p eda ead 794 coru gari IXDOWOE oou bias o PRORA ERN Yu RUE RN RE Rd RAN RR 795 PE E UI MEE EU T OL LI T Sed 796 config doti 1 wmm acknowledge policy 00 0 eee ee eee eee 797 COME GANT IHE 5609554540 ree sy dened ese Y RRP YE AER e aded bes 798 sape li rr HUM 799 comig MAT iusuukocemeR mq r9 RR ARI dbeeisheaedtetegeiedeesimes 800 config wian broadcastssid ius cage gua ier xh RR RO dre d a dd Re P 801 COG wian CNG eR CI LL UPETTMT 802 cong wiTOSISUE au osaoxoeqacrd EAE GO c CRUCE CR RacENORR ROREM OR RR 803 comig Lips ce dG at ok heh E HP 804 config wlan mac filteriig 22 s2s eces ecev ee Eme RETE TRE RE 805 cong wian pmkea UImegll sas icici ceeds Ios be eee eee ieee Y RE RARE RUE 806 config wlan security auth type 0 2 00 eee 807 config wlan secu
204. ecifies destination IP address DestRange Specifies destination range ospf Specifies open shortest path first permit Sets the default rule for all prefixes to permit rip Routing information protocol static Indicates static routes Defaults Permit all Related commands show redistribute policy Commands Reference 432 Layer 3 commands router id Use this command to set the ID address for the router Command mode Global configuration Syntax router id lt addr gt Related commands show redistribute information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 433 show ip protocols Use this command to display information about the active routing protocol process Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip protocols Related commands export ospf Commands Reference 434 Layer 3 commands show redistribute information Use this command to display Route Table Manager RTM RRD status for registered protocols Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show redistribute information Related commands as num router id NN47928 100 Layer3commands 435 show redistribute policy Use this command to display route redistribution filters Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show redistribute policy Related commands redistribute policy default redistribute policy Commands Reference 436 Layer 3 commands Virtual router redun
205. ed commands show power detail Commands Reference 228 Layer 2 commands show power detail Use this command to display the POE power supply status Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show power detail Related commands set poe NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 229 show power inline Use this command to display the power status for all or the specified POE interface Command Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show power mode inline Variable definitions lt interface type gt lt interface id gt This table describes the variables used in the show power inline command Variable Value interface type Specifies the type of interface fastethernet or gigabitethernet interface id Specifies the interface ID Related commands power inl power inline priority ine Commands Reference 230 Layer 2 commands System commands Use the system commands to manage access permissions mode access and terminal configurations on BSG System commands include the following e alias page 231 e clear screen page 232 close line vty page 233 configure terminal page 234 e disable page 235 e enable page 236 e enable password page 237 e end page 238 e exec timeout page 239 e exit page 240 e group page 241 e help page 242 e Jine page 243 e line configuration mode page 244 e istgroups
206. ed in CAS SIP module is responsible for routing the calls between endpoints and for the NAT ALG translation SIP module hosts features like extension dialing short number dialing and routing the calls to gateways etc SIP commands navigation add dialplan page 518 add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed page 519 add subscriber page 520 bsg page 521 CDR Mode page 522 delete dialplan page 523 delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed page 524 delete subscriber page 525 dialplan page 526 domain page 527 protocolheader page 528 proxypolicy page 529 registration page 530 reload dialplan page 531 set sipserver page 532 set sipserver BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName page 533 set sipserver Brief Detailed Traces page 534 set sipserver CDRDirectoryPath page 535 set sipserver CDRGeneration page 536 set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut page 537 set sipserver domain name page 538 set sipserver Dynamic Subscriber page 539 set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations page 540 set sipserver ForkingPolicy page 541 set sipserver max min default timers page 542 set sipserver max min default timers page 542 set sipserver MaximumRegistrationPeriod page 543 set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed page 544 set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod page 545 set sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName page 546 set sipserver OrganizationHeader page 547 set sipserver PolledServ
207. eference 816 Wireless commands show client ap global Use this command to display information about stations Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show client ap global NN47928 100 Wireless commands 817 show dot11 Use this command to display all or specific 802 11 configurations Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dot11 radio arbitrary index gt Related commands config dot beaconperiod config dot channel config dot dtim config dot fragmentation config dot mode config doti1 network config dot preamble config dot supported rates config dot wmm acknowledge policy config dot wmmparam Commands Reference 818 Wireless commands show mac filter info Use this command to display the MAC filter table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac filter info Related commands config macfilter config wlan mac filtering NN47928 100 Wireless commands 819 show wep default key info Use this command to display WEP default key table per SSID Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show wep default key info lt Wlan Id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show wep default key info command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN ID Related commands config wlan security static wep key encryp
208. em information NN47928 100 383 Layer 3 commands This section describes the command modes and commands available in Layer 3 Layer 3 commands navigation Internet Protocol commands page 384 e Internet Group Management Protocol commands page 411 e Route redistribution commands page 427 e Virtual router redundancy protocol commands page 436 e Routing Information Protocol commands page 447 e Open Shortest Path First commands page 467 e Session Initiation Protocol commands page 516 e Linux tunnel commands page 578 Commands Reference 384 Layer 3 commands Internet Protocol commands Internet Protocol IP is an identifier for a computer or device on a Transmission Control Protocol TCP IP network Networks using the TCP IP protocol route messages based on the IP address of the destination The format of an IP address is a 32 bit numeric address written as four numbers separated by periods Each number ranges from 0 to 255 Example 10 5 25 180 Every computer that communicates over the Internet is assigned an IP address that uniquely identifies the device and distinguishes it from other computers on the Internet Within an isolated network IP addresses can be assigned at random as long as each one is unique However to connect a private network to the Internet the registered IP addresses must be used called Internet addresses to avoid duplicates The four numbers in an IP address are used
209. emon eee 210 show uplink rate limit status llle 211 shutdown physical VLAN port channel tunnel PPP Interface 212 snmp tap link Status nx ces chen neeegoehs HORSE DARREN ERS ERE eRe eRe 213 cj M U 214 SEO riui aug 8 aie SE dh Se Sn hs BE a de ut nae 215 Lcd sel lactory delali sores PCT ee seed bends Geers eer eens 216 Lie CUCCKSUN scorri ee ee eA debe TERE REEL Geek Heb Reh pease RRS 217 Ie ENDE ooo three eae dea umb rax ace Donde Geel Ge ee eee 218 tunnel path mtu discovery oni cose eee cemere hee eoe deren 219 Te BOE 26 esce ede race PEE IERI GI RICO REP Cesare desea yas REST 220 WOME TG IT wer cuererend Jie cc T 221 uplink rate limit enable disable lille 222 WIE coi soe dae EG bee dca dr ae eee ee end ae ee alg eps 223 Power over Ethernet commands 2 00 e eee eee eee eee 224 povesr BAM soa cui 5955s 5844 09 802 CERIGERGUOR E Quac SEC EP FANE RSs 225 Commands Reference 8 Contents puer MING PHONY since sage ein gy ey oGeew seers eede heen OR EE aqu 226 BOLDOS siressa eG SEEMS PX Ade eee P AWORAORORR EER ROG Odea aw eS 227 show Power detall yo dus Gad Cee ies Cue hea aoa iors boil 228 show power NING iuocicexk cse mm kisat hisni PR ade tienes come 229 Systemi COMMAS auus dece ERPRETOEP bored booed esonatesiegeagless 230 CICER TE TEE E TS T shines eee eee T 231 CIA SOIGEN ss soe kun hese aec beh EG RKILERRRKEREEPEDZUsRRSE Ee RE EE RSS 232 Q
210. ent so the ISP can dynamically assign IP addresses and control other network settings Another use is for laptop computers which can be connected to more than one network for example a network in the office and a network at home This is an ideal use for DHCP as the laptop does not need to be manually reconfigured for use in these two different networks In this case there must be a DHCP server both on the office network and the home network and the laptop requires a DHCP client DHCP client commands navigation e debug ip dhcp client page 311 e ip address page 312 release page 313 renew page 314 e show ip dhcp client stats page 315 DHCP relay commands navigation e debug ip dhcp relay page 316 e ip dhcp relay page 317 e ip dhcp relay information option page 318 e ip dhcp server page 319 e service dhcp relay page 320 e show dhcp server page 321 e show ip dhcp relay information page 322 e show ip dhcp relay interface page 323 DHCP server commands navigation e debug ip dhcp server page 324 e default router page 325 e dns server page 326 e domain name page 327 e excluded address page 328 e host hardware type page 329 ip dhcp page 330 e ip dhcp bootfile page 331 Commands Reference 310 Layer 2 commands ip dhcp device page 332 ip dhcp next server page 333 ip dhcp option page 334 ip dhcp pool page 335 lease page 336 netbios name server pag
211. entication server database with user name and password Precede this command with no to delete an entry from the dot1x authentication server database Command mode Global configuration Syntax dotix local database username password password permission allow deny lt auth timeout value 1 7200 gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface list gt no dotix local database username Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x local database command Variable Value auth timeout Specifies the number of seconds between authentication attempts interface Specifies the port list of the interface on which dot1x authentication can be applied password Specifies the password permission Specifies whether the user is allowed or denied access on a set of ports username Specifies user name Defaults permission allow interface list all the physical interfaces Related commands aaa authentication dotix default show dotix NN47928 100 Layer2commands 87 dot1x max req Use this command to set the maximum number of Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP retries to the client before restarting authentication process Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of EAP retries to the client to default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix max req count 1 10 no dotix max req
212. eout Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the keep alive timeout command Variable Value keep alive timeout value Specifies the keep alive timeout value for a PPP link in seconds Value ranges from 0 to 600 Defaults 10 Commands Reference 634 BSG commands layer Use this command to attach a virtual PPP link to a physical ethernet serial or PVC interface Precede this command with no to detach a virtual PPP link from the physical interface to which it is attached Command mode PPP Interface Configuration Syntax layer serial lt interface index gt pvc lt interface index gt interface name lt interface id gt no layer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the layer command Variable Value serial Specifies the serial interface to attach to the virtual PPP link pvc Specifies the PVC channel to attach to the virtual PPP link interface name Specifies the ethernet interface name to attach to the virtual PPP link interface id Specifies the interface identifier NN47928 100 BSG commands 635 multilink group Use this command to enable the multilink capability on a PPP link and to add it to the specified multilink bundle Precede this command with no to disable the multilink capability on a PPP link and to remove it from the multilink bundle to which it is added Command mode PPP In
213. er priority Defaults vlan id 0 priority 1 Related commands mac access group mac access list extended permit show access lists Commands Reference 724 BSG commands mac access group Use this command to apply a MAC ACL to a Layer 2 interface Precede this command with no to remove the MAC ACLs from the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax mac access group lt access list number 1 65535 gt in no mac access group lt access list number 1 65535 gt in Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the mac access group command Variable Value access list number Specifies the access list number in Specifies the inbound packets Related commands deny mac access list extended permit show access lists NN47928 100 BSG commands 725 mac access list extended Use this command to create the Layer 2 MAC ACLs This command creates a MAC ACL and returns the MAC ACL configuration mode to the user Precede this command with no to delete the MAC ACL Command mode Global configuration Syntax mac access list extended access list number 1 65535 gt no mac access list extended short 1 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the mac access list extended command Variable Value access list number Specifies the access list number Related
214. erated or will be manually configured Defaults metric value 10 metric type asExttype2 tag manual Related commands redistribute Commands Reference 1 16777215 gt 500 Layer 3 commands router id Use this command to set the router id for the OSPF process Command mode Router configuration Syntax router id router ip address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the router id command Variable Value router ip address Specifies the OSPF router ID as an IP address Related commands router ospf show ip ospf route NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 501 router ospf Use this command to enable the OSPF routing process Precede this command with no to disable the OSPF routing process Command mode Global configuration Syntax router ospf no router ospf Related commands network router id show ip ospf database show ip ospf route Commands Reference 502 Layer 3 commands set nssa asbr default route translator Use this command to enable or disable setting of P bit in the default Type 7 LSA generated by NSSA internal ASBR Command mode Router configuration Syntax set nssa asbr default route translator enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set nssa asbr default route translator command Variable Value enab
215. ers page 548 NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 517 set sipserver ServerHeader page 549 set sipserver SIP Message Dumps page 550 set sipserver TFTPServerAddress page 551 set sipserver timer page 552 show sipserver ActiveWANCallCount page 554 show sipserver CDRDirectoryPath page 555 show sipserver CDRGeneration page 556 show sipserver dialplan page 557 show sipserver DynamicSubscriber page 558 show sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName page 559 show sipserver OrganizationHeader page 560 show sipserver Port page 561 show sipserver Registration page 562 show sipserver scope bsg page 563 show sipserver serverdomainname page 564 show sipserver Session Timer page 565 show sipserver status page 566 show sipserver subscriber details page 567 show sipserver TFTPServerAddress page 568 show sipserver Timer page 569 show sipserver Traces page 570 sip page 571 sip enable disable page 572 timer page 573 trace sip page 574 traces page 575 transport page 576 update subscriber page 577 Commands Reference 518 Layer 3 commands add dialplan Use this command to upload a new dialplan Command mode SIP configuration Syntax add dialplan dialplanname dest file path Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the add dialplan command Variable Value dialplanname Specifies the dial plan na
216. es for the virtual router Precede this command with no to delete the associated IP addresses for the virtual router Command mode VRRP interface configuration Syntax vrrp vrid 1 255 ipv4 lt ucast_addr gt no vrrp lt vrid 1 255 gt ipv4 lt ucast_addr gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vrrp ip address command Variable Value ipv4 Specifies the IP address vrid Specifies the Virtual router ID Related commands router vrro show vrrp vrid Commands Reference 444 Layer 3 commands vrrp preempt Use this command to enable the preemption of state change from either backup to master or vice versa based on the election process Precede this command with no to disable the preempt mode Command mode VRRP interface configuration Syntax vrrp lt vrid 1 255 gt preempt no vrrp lt vrid 1 255 gt preempt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vrrp preempt command Variable Value preempt Enables preemption of VRRP router states vrid Specifies the virtual router ID Defaults Preemption is enabled Related commands router Vrep show vrrp vrid NN47928 100 Layer3commands 445 vrrp priority Use this command to set the priority for the virtual router Precede this command with no to set the priority for the virtual router to default value Command mode VRRP
217. es the variables used in the show ip ospf summary address command Variable Value area range Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address summary address Specifies aggregate addresses for OSPF Related commands area range summary address NN47928 100 Layer3commands 513 show ip ospf virtual links Use this command to display OSPF virtual link information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf virtual links Related commands area virtual link Commands Reference 514 Layer 3 commands summary address Use this command to create aggregate addresses for OSPF Precede this command with no to delete the external summary address Command mode Router configuration Syntax summary address Network Mask Areald allowAll denyAll advertise not advertise Translation enabled disabled no summary address Network Mask Areal Variable definitions d This table describes the variables used in the summary address command Variable Value advertise When set to advertise and associated areald is 0 0 0 0 aggregated Type 5 are generated Otherwise if associated areald is x x x x other than 0 0 0 0 aggregated Type 7 is generated in NSSA x x x x allowAll When set to allowAll and associated areald is 0 0 0 0 aggregated Type 5 are generated for the s
218. escribes the variables used in the set sipserver max min default timers command Variable Value MaximumSessionTimer Specifies the maximum session timer supported by proxy MinimumSessionTimer Specifies the minimum session timer supported by proxy DefaultSessionTimer Specifies the default session timer supported by proxy Defaults MaximumSessionTime 3600 seconds MinimumSessionTimer 90 seconds DefaultSessionTimer 1800 seconds Related commands show sipserver Session Timer NN47928 100 Layer3commands 543 set sipserver MaximumRegistrationPeriod Use this command to configure properties of the SIP server like MaximumRegistrationPeriod DefaultRegistrationPeriod and MaxContacts per AoR Command mode SIP registration configuration Syntax set sipserver MaximumRegistrationPeriod DefaultRegistrationPeriod MaxContactsPerAOR lt integer 1 4294967295 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver MaximumRegistrationPeriod command Variable Value MaximumRegistrationPeriod Specifies the maximum registration period for any phone when the BSG is in the backup mode When a phone registers with an expires value greater than this parameter will register with the same value as its expires parameter Keep this value small 30 seconds so that when the central SIP server becomes active and the BSG switches to the
219. ess Resolution Protocol that maps a data link address to a network address amber Specifies the EtherType DEC Amber dec spanning Specifies the EtherType Digital Equipment Corporation DEC spanning tree decnet iv Specifies the EtherType DECnet Phase IV protocol diagnostic Specifies the EtherType DEC Diagnostic dsm Specifies the EtherType DEC DSM DDP etype 6000 Specifies the EtherType 0x6000 etype 8042 Specifies the EtherType 0x8042 lat Specifies the EtherType DEC LAT lavc sca Specifies the EtherType DEC LAVC SCA mop console Specifies the EtherType DEC MOP Remote Console mop dump Specifies the EtherType DEC MOP Dump msdos Specifies the EtherType DEC MSDOS mumps Specifies the EtherType DEC MUMPS NN47928 100 BSG commands 723 Variable Value netbios Specifies the EtherType DEC Network Basic Input Output System NETBIOS vines echo Specifies the Ether type Virtual Integrated Network Service VINES Echo from Banyan systems vines ip Specifies the Ether type VINES IP xns id Specifies the Ether type Xerox Network Systems XNS protocol suite identifier encaptype Specifies the encapsulation type vlan Specifies the VLAN ID to be filtered priority Specifies the priority of the L2 filter which is used to decide the applicable rule when the packet matches more than one filter rule Higher value of filter priority implies a high
220. ete a filter in the firewall Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax no filter lt filter gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the no filter command Variable Value filter Specifies the filter name Related commands filter add show firewall filters NN47928 100 BSG commands 615 show firewall access lists Use this command to display the access lists configured in the firewall Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall access lists Related commands access list Commands Reference 616 BSG commands show firewall config Use this command to display the current firewall configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall config Related commands disable ip filter fragments large lp inspect option ip inspect tcp half open NN47928 100 BSG commands 617 show firewall dmz host Use this command to display the configured DMZ hosts Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall dmz host Related commands dmz Commands Reference 618 BSG commands show firewall filters Use this command to display the filters configured in the firewall Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall filters Related commands filter add NN47928 100 BSG commands 619 show firewall half open connectio
221. ete addresses These addresses are converted into legal addresses before packets are forwarded onto the registered network designated as outside The translation function is compatible with standard routing the feature is required only on the router connecting the inside network to the outside domain NAT command navigation e debug nat page 653 e enable virtual server page 655 e interface nat page 656 e ip nat page 657 e ip nat pool page 658 ip nat timeout page 659 e no virtual server page 660 e port trigger page 662 e show ip nat page 663 e show ip nat interface page 664 e show nat config page 665 e show portrange page 666 e show port trigger page 667 e show port trigger reserved list page 668 e show virtual servers page 669 e static nat page 670 e virtual server page 671 NN47928 100 BSG commands 653 debug nat Use this command to set the NAT module trace level Precede this command with no to reset the NAT module trace level Command mode Privileged Exec Syntax debug nat all fn entry fn exit packet flow dns ftp http smtp icmp pptp memory no debug nat all fn entry fn exit packet flow dns ftp http smtp icmp pptp memory Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug nat command Variable Value all Specifies all traces fn entry Specifie
222. ethernet or fastethernet interface Specifies physical interface ID including type slot and port number Related commands flowcontrol show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer2commands 199 show http server status Use this command to view the http server status Command mode Privileged EXEC or user EXEC Syntax show http server status Related commands lp http port set ip http Commands Reference 200 Layer 2 commands show ip interface Use this command to display the IP interface configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip interface Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in show ip interface command Variable Value Vian Specifies the Vlan identifier The value ranges from 1 to 4094 Related commands interface show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 201 show interface mtu Use this command to show the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU of ports in the switch Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show interface mtu Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt port channel port channel id 1 65535 gt interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show interface mtu command Variable Value vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier port channel Specifies the port chan
223. fault key page 812 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 781 debug wlan page 813 no wlan static wep key encryption page 814 show AP status page 815 show client ap global page 816 show dot11 page 817 show mac filter info page 818 show wep default key info page 819 show wlan page 820 Commands Reference 782 Wireless commands config ap country Use this command to set the country code Command mode Global configuration Syntax config ap country lt country string gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config ap country command Variable Value country string Enter country code NN47928 100 Wireless commands 783 config dot11 network Use this command to enable or disable the radios Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 enable disable network Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 command Variable Value enable disable Enable or disable the radios Related commands show dotll Commands Reference 784 Wireless commands config dot11 beaconperiod Use this command to configure the beaconperiod for radios Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil beaconperiod beaconperiod 20 1000 Related commands show dotl11 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 785 config dot11 channel
224. fied time interval Precede this command with no to disable the history collection on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax rmon collection history index 1 65535 buckets bucket number 1 65535 gt interval seconds 1 3600 gt owner ownername 127 gt no rmon collection history index 1 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the rmon collection history command Variable Value index Enter the value of history table index buckets The maximum number of buckets desired for the RMON collection history group of statistics interval Enter the number of seconds in each polling cycle owner This is optional field It allows the user to enter the name of the owner of the RMON group of statistics Defaults bucket number 50 interval 1800 seconds owner monitor Related commands show rmon NN47928 100 Layer2commands 263 rmon collection stats Use this command to enable RMON statistics collection on the interface Precede the command with no to disable RMON statistics collection on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax rmon collection stats lt index 1 65535 gt owner lt ownername 127 gt no rmon collection stats lt index 1 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the rmon collection stats command Va
225. g config vlan indicates Config VLAN mode bsg config line indicates Line Configuration mode Privileged Exec mode Use the Privileged Exec mode to configure general operating parameters on the BSG system Using Privileged Exec mode Procedure steps Step Action 1 Log on to the BSG system using Telnet or SSH 2 The CLI defaults to Privileged Exec mode The prompt displayed for this mode is BSG 3 At the prompt enter a command To exit this mode enter logout End Global configuration mode Use the Global Configuration mode to configure system wide settings Using Global configuration mode Procedure Steps Step Action Commands Reference 40 Using command modes Log on to the BSG system using Telnet or SSH The CLI defaults to Privileged Exec mode The prompt displayed for this mode is BSG At the prompt enter the following command configure terminal The system changes to Global Configuration mode and displays the following prompt BSG config At the prompt enter a command Enter exit to return to the Privileged Exec mode End Interface configuration mode Use the Interface Configuration mode to configure specific interface settings Using Interface configuration mode Procedure steps Step 1 2 Action Log on to the BSG system using Telnet or SSH The CLI defaults to Privileged Exec mode The prompt displayed for this mode is BSG At the prompt enter the following comma
226. g information for like routed protocols Different routing protocols have different and often incompatible algorithms and metrics RRD navigation e as num page 428 e default redistribute policy page 429 e export ospf page 430 e redistribute policy page 431 e router id page 432 e show ip protocols page 433 e show redistribute information page 434 e show redistribute policy page 435 Commands Reference 428 Layer 3 commands as num Use this command to set the AS number for the router Command mode Global configuration Syntax as num lt value 1 65535 gt Defaults 0 Related commands show redistribute information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 429 default redistribute policy Use this command to set the default behavior of RRD control table Command mode Global configuration Syntax default redistribute policy permit deny Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x control direction command Variable Value deny Sets the default rule for all prefixes to deny permit Sets the default rule for all prefixes to permit Related commands show redistribute policy Commands Reference 430 Layer 3 commands export ospf Use this command to enable redistribution of Open Shortest Path First OSPF area or external routes to the protocol Precede this command with no to disable redistribution of OSPF area or
227. gate routes to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip aggregate route value 5 4095 gt no ip aggregate route Defaults 10 Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 389 ip arp max retries Use this command to set the maximum number of ARP request retries Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of ARP request retries to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip arp max retries lt value 2 10 gt no ip arp max retries Defaults 3 Related commands show ip arp Commands Reference 390 Layer 3 commands ip default ttl Use this command to set the Time To Live TTL value Precede this command with no to set the TTL to the default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip default ttl lt value 1 255 gt no ip default ttl Defaults 64 seconds Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 391 ip directed broadcast Use this command to enable forwarding of directed broadcasts Precede this command with no to disable forwarding of directed broadcasts Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip directed broadcast no ip directed broadcast Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip information Commands Reference 392 Layer 3 commands ip echo reply Use this command to enable sending ICMP echo reply messa
228. gers NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 159 base mac Use this command to configure the base MAC address for the switch in the NVRAM Command mode Global configuration Syntax base mac mac address Defaults 00 01 02 03 04 05 Related commands show nvram Commands Reference 160 Layer 2 commands cli console Use this command to enable the console CLI through a serial port Precede this command with no to disable console CLI Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax cli console no cli console Defaults enable NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 161 clock set Use this command to manage the system clock Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax clock set hh mm ss day month year Related commands show clock Commands Reference 162 Layer2 commands copy Use this command to copy the configuration from a remote site to flash Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax copy flash filename ftp username password tftp lt server_ip gt file name gt startup config Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in copy command Variable Value flash filename Specifies flash or remote site ftp username password Specifies username and password to use ftp tftp Specifies the TFTP server server_ip Specifies the IP address or host name of the server to receive the file file name Specifies name assigned to the file on the server
229. ges Precede this command with no to disable sending ICMP echo reply messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip echo reply no ip echo reply Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 393 ip mask reply Use this command to enable sending ICMP mask reply messages Precede this command with no to disable sending ICMP mask reply messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip mask reply no ip mask reply Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip information Commands Reference 394 Layer 3 commands ip path mtu Use this command to configure the MTU for usage in PMTU discovery Precede this command with no to remove MTU for usage in PMTU discovery Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip path mtu dest ip tos mtu 68 65535 no ip path mtu dest ip tos Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip path mtu command Variable Value dest ip Specifies the destination IP Address Tos Specifies the Type of Service Tos of the configured route Mtu Specifies the Maximum Transmission Unit Related commands ip path mtu discover show ip pmtu NN47928 100 Layer3commands 395 ip path mtu discover Use this command to enable path Maximum Transmission Unit MTU discovery Precede this command with no to disable path MTU discovery Com
230. groups Related commands group listgroups Commands Reference 250 Layer 2 commands pagination Use this command to enable pagination Precede the command with no to disable the pagination Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax pagination no pagination Related commands show line NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 251 password Use this command to enable or to disable the user login prompt Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax password enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the password command Variable Value enable Enables the user login prompt disable Disables the user login prompt Related commands username Commands Reference 252 Layer2 commands run script Use this command to run CLI commands from the specified script file Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax run script script file output file gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the run script command Variable Value script file Specifies the script file to be executed output file Specifies the output file NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 253 show aliases Use this command to display the aliases Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show aliases Related commands alias Commands Reference 254 Layer 2 commands show history Us
231. guration done in the default ip address allocation protocol command manual Specifies the manual mode If manual mode is selected then the default interface takes the issDefaultAddr configured in the system Defaults manual Related commands show nvram default ip address allocation protocol Commands Reference 170 Layer 2 commands default restore file Use this command to configure the default restoration file Command mode Global configuration Syntax default restore file filename Defaults BSG conf Related commands show nvram NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 171 default tr69 Use this command to enable or disable the TR69 module automatically turns on Command mode Global configuration Syntax default tr69 enabled disabled Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the default tr69 command Variable Value enable Enables the TR69 module disable Disables the TR69 module Defaults enabled Commands Reference 172 Layer 2 commands default vlan mgmt port ip address Use this command to configure the IP address and subnet mask for the default vlan interface Command mode Global configuration Syntax default vlan mgmt ip address ip address subnet mask subnet mask Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the default vlan mgmt port ip address
232. h Related commands NN47928 100 Layer3commands 581 copy ftp Use this command to receive a file from the remote location Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax copy ftp lt user name gt lt password gt lt ip_addr gt lt RemoteFile gt lt LocalFile gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the copy ftp command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name to access the remote location password Specifies the password ip_addr Specifies the IP address RemoteFile Specifies the remote file path LocalFile Specifies the path of the local file Related commands Commands Reference 582 Layer 3 commands debug linuxtun Use this command to enable the trace messages for linuxtun related applications Precede this command with no to disable the trace messages Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug linuxtun all tftp ftp dns telnet secure no debug linuxtun all tftp ftp dns telnet secur Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug linuxtun command Variable Value all Specifies all linux tunnel traces tftp Specifies TFTP related traces ftp Specifies FTP related traces dns Specifies DNS related traces telnet Specifies Telnet related traces secure Specifies security related traces NN47928 100 Layer3
233. h a spanning tree instance Defaults VLANs mapped for instance 0 1 1024 1025 2048 2049 3072 3073 4094 Related commands show spanning tree mst configuration NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 51 name Use this command to set the configuration name for the MST region Precede this command with no to delete the configuration name The name string is case sensitive Command mode MSTP configuration Syntax name string optional max length no name Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the name command Variable Value string optional max length Indicates maximum string length of 32 characters Defaults The default configuration name is 00 00 00 00 00 00 Related commands show spanning tree mst configuration Commands Reference 52 Layer 2 commands revision Use this command to set the configuration revision number for the MST region Precede this command with no to delete the configuration revision number Command mode MSTP configuration Syntax revision lt value 0 65535 gt no revision Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the revision command Variable Value lt value 0 65535 gt Sets the configuration revision number Defaults Configuration name is 0 Related commands show spanning tree mst configuration NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 53 show spanning tree bri
234. h no to reset the IP address for the interface Command mode Interface configuration VLAN interface or OOB interface Syntax ip address dhcp no ip address Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip address command Variable Value dhcp Indicates the DHCP server which provides the IP address Defaults dhcp Related commands show ip dhcp client stats release renew NN47928 100 Layer2commands 313 release Use this command to immediately release the DHCP lease on the interface specified Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax release dhcp vlan lt vlan id gt 1 4094 gt lt interface name gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the release command Variable Value vlan id Specifies the VLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4094 lt interface name gt lt interface id gt Specifies the interface type and interface identifier Defaults Disabled Related commands ip address show ip dhcp client stats show ip interface Commands Reference 314 Layer 2 commands renew Use this command to immediately renew the DHCP lease on the interface specified Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax renew dhcp vlan vlan id 1 4094 gt interface type lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the renew comma
235. he real time transport protocol info Specifies the information none Specifies no relay option Defaults none Commands Reference 738 BSG commands set dtmf rtp payload Use this command to set the RTP payload type Command mode VoIP configuration Syntax set dtmf rtp payload integer 96 127 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set dtmf rtp payload command Variable Value integer 96 127 Specifies the RTP dynamic payload type used for relaying DTMF digits over RTP The range is 96 to 127 Defaults 101 NN47928 100 BSG commands 739 set fxo emergency number Use this command to set the FXO emergency number for contact Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set fxo emergency number lt number length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxo emergency number command Variable Value number Specifies the FXO emergency number Defaults 911 Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 740 BSG commands set fxo forward phone no Use this command to set the FXO forwarding phone number Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set fxo forward phone no lt phone number length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxo forward phone no command Variable Value phone number Specifies th
236. his command to create a multi field classifier Precede this command with no to delete the classifier entry Command mode Global configuration Syntax class map lt classifier id gt permit tcp udp source host lt source address gt source net lt source network source mask gt dest host lt destination address gt dest net lt destination network gt lt destination mask gt source port source port gt dest port destination port gt dscp lt dscp value gt interface lt Interface Type gt lt Interface Index gt vlan lt vlan id gt no class map lt classifier id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the class map command Variable Value classifier id Specifies class identifier The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 permit Allows the TCP UDP packets to be forwarded source host Specifies the source Host address source net Specifies the source network address dest host Specifies the destination host address dest net Specifies the destination network address source port Specifies the source port The value ranges from 1 to 65535 dest port Specifies the destination port Value r anges from 1 to 65535 dscp Specifies the incoming diffserv code point DSCP value interface Type Type of the Ingress L3 Interface This interface can be either virtual interface or router port interface Index Specif
237. how many of each type of LSA for each area there are in the database asbr summary Displays information only about the Autonomous System Boundary Router ASBR summary LSAs external Displays information only about the external LSAs network Displays information only about the network LSAs nssa external Displays information only about the NSSA external LSAs opaque area Displays information about the Type 10 LSAs opaque as Displays information about the Type 11 LSAs opaque link Displays information about the Type 9 LSAs router Displays information about the router LSAs summary Displays information about the summary LSAs link state id Portion of the internet environment that is being described by the advertisement The value entered depends on the type of the LSA The value must be entered in the form of an IP address adv router Displays all the specified router link state advertisements LSAs If no IP address is included the information is about the local router itself self originate Displays only self originated LSAs from the local router Related commands network router ospf Commands Reference 506 Layer 3 commands show ip ospf database summary Use this command to display OSPF LSA database summary Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf area id database database summary self originate adv
238. how sipserver ActiveWANCallCount 00 00 eee 554 show sipserver CDRDirectoryPalh isse Rr ph RE ERROR RR ans 555 show sipserver CDRGeneration 000 00 eee eee eee 556 show sipserver dialplan sius seus sez wi wee RARE Ea ee x RE ee BOR 557 show sipserver DynamicSubscriber 0000 0c cence eee 558 show sipserver NormalModeGlobalDialPlanName sese 559 show sipserver OrganizationHeader liliis elei 560 show sipservars POW cocosacossna ka cEREREERI HR REP dee anaes 561 show sipserver Registration 0 0 c eee eee eee 562 SHOW sipserver scope Dag asessueesasss ERRARE nano wees ake es eae 563 show sipserver serverdomainname eee eee ee 564 show sipserver Session Timer 000 0c eee eee eens 565 BOW Spooner SIMS 224s ocean aren y Reb REP ERE QE C P Ee nauk sans 566 show sipserver subscriber details 0 000 cee eee eee eee 567 show sipserver TFTPServerAddress llli ses 568 show sipserver TIMO eioocciceneneezk e 9 oem eI Re ueber der cans 569 show sipserver ITMOBB secs ssacraqeRig Dad R ORURA Eae Rd CX XR QUE eens 570 DD aga aos da eden ERR ES VS ded adc e soe eode adea bd acsi pup dicii 571 sip enable disable 2a choece bake oue RI ER wu RR IER RE Rd 572 WR 2c ike eee eo DN E id e i uS da dd E 573 ea PEENES EATS Qd PR EE ES one ERU die meadow opi red 574 MACES 36 8556454 oS SESSLER TALES ED RE AXE E Y Edom Gp REEDS CR
239. icast PIM component mode to configure the PIM component Use the global configuration mode command ip pim comp lt componentid gt to enter the PIM component mode Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode Router configuration mode Use the router configuration mode to configure the router protocol Use the global configuration mode command router router protocol to enter the router configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is bsg config router Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode or use the end command to exit to the Privileged EXEC mode VRRP router configuration mode Use the VRRP router configuration mode to configure the virtual router Use the global configuration mode command router vrrp to enter the virtual router redundancy protocol VRRP router configuration mode Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode or use the end command to exit to the Privileged EXEC mode VRRP interface configuration mode Use this mode to configure the VRRP interfaces Use the global configuration mode command interface Vlan lt vlan id gt toenter the VRRP router configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is bsg config vrrp if Use the exit command to return to the VRRP router configuration mode or use the end command to exit to the Privileged EXEC mode Technical Report 69 mode Use this mode to configure Technical Report TR 69 related parameters
240. ice command Variable Value device name Enter the DHCP device name to configure Maximum length of the device name string is 63 enable Enables the DHCP service to the specified device disable Disables the DHCP service to the specified device Defaults none Related commands show ip dhcp server devices NN47928 100 Layer2commands 333 ip dhcp next server Use this command to set the next boot server in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the next boot server from the DHCP server configuration parameters Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp next server lt ip address gt no ip dhcp next server Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp next server command Variable Value ip address Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server Related commands service dhcp server show ip dhcp server show ip dhcp server show ip dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding information pools statistics Commands Reference 334 Layer 2 commands ip dhcp option Use this command to set the DHCP server options Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp option lt code 1 2147483647 gt ascii lt string gt hex lt Hex String gt ip lt address gt integer lt integer 0 4294967295 no ip dhcp option code 1 2147483647 gt Variab
241. ies the South Africa Country code korea Specifies the Korea Country code brazil Specifies the Brazil Country code australia Specifies the Australia Country code Defaults us Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 733 set default codec type Use this command to set the default codec type preference and frame size Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set default codec type g711u g711a g723 g726 g729 preference integer 1 5 gt frame size integer 10 120 milliseconds Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set default codec type command Variable Value codec type Specifies the codec type Options e g7iiu e g711a e g723 e g726 e g729 preference Specifies the preferences The range is from 1 to 5 frame size Specifies the frame size The range is from 10 to 120 milliseconds Commands Reference 734 BSG commands set default g723 encoding rate Use this command to set the g723 default encoding rate Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set default g723 encoding rate e5dot3 e6dot3 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set default g723 encoding rate command Variable Value e5dot3 Specifies the e5dot3 encoding rate e6dot3 Specifies the e6dot3 encoding rate Defaults e5dot3 NN47928 100 BSG commands 735 se
242. ies the value of the interface index vian id Specifies the VLAN identifier The value ranges from 1 to 4094 Commands Reference 700 BSG commands Related commands show class map class NN47928 100 BSG commands 701 no policy map This command deletes the policer entry Command mode Global configuration Syntax no policy map lt policer id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the no policy map command Variable Value policer id Specifies Policer Identifier The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 Related commands show policy map police Commands Reference 702 BSG commands police Use this command to create a policer entry Command mode Global configuration Syntax police lt policer id gt type trtcm PIR lt Peak Information Rate bytes per second MAX value 133000000 gt CIR Committed Information Rate Bytes per second MAX value 133000000 PBS Peak Burst Size In Bytes CBS Committed Burst Size Bytes gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the police command Variable Value policer id Specifies policer identifier Value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 type Specifies the policer type PIR Specifies Peak Information Rate PIR value in bytes per second CIR Specifies Commit
243. ifies an identifier to distinguish between multiple tunnels of the same encapsulation method with same end points source Specifies the address of the local end point of the tunnel dest Specifies the address of the remote end point of the tunnel Related commands show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 219 tunnel path mtu discovery Use this command to enable path MTU discovery on tunnel Precede this command with no to path MTU discovery on tunnel Command mode Interface configuration Syntax tunnel path mtu discovery age timer lt integer 5 254 gt infinite no tunnel path mtu discovery Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the tunnel path mtu discovery command Variable Value age timer Specifies the timeout in minutes after which the estimate of the PMTU is considered stale infinite Specifies that detection in the PMTU increase is not done Defaults disabled Related commands show interfaces Commands Reference 220 Layer2 commands tunnel udir Use this command to associate tunnel with a unidirectional interface Precede this command with no to associate tunnel with a bidirectional interface Command mode Tunnel Mode Syntax tunnel udlr receive only send only no tunnel udlr Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the tunnel udir command Variable Value receive
244. ilink group page 635 peer page 636 ppp authenticate username page 637 ppp chap hostname page 638 ppp username page 639 uplink rate limit page 640 Commands Reference 632 BSG commands debug ppp Use this command to set the debug level for tracing PPP module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ppp all initshut mgmt data ctpl dump os failall buffer none Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ppp command Variable Value all Specifies all traces initshut Specifies the initialization and shutdown traces mgmt Specifies the management traces data Specifies the data traces ctpl Specifies the control plane traces dump Specifies the dump messages os Specifies the Operating System OS related traces failall Specifies the failure traces buffer Specifies the buffer related traces none Specifies not to remove traces Defaults Debugging NN47928 100 BSG commands 633 keep alive timeout Use this command to set the keep alive timeout value for a PPP link The keep alive timeout value denotes that the connection will be lost if no Echo response packet is received within the timeout value The no form of the command disables the keep alive checks Command mode PPP Interface Configuration Syntax keep alive timeout lt keep alive timeout value 1 600 gt no keep alive tim
245. ilities Commands Reference 296 Layer 2 commands show vlan device info Use this command to display the VLAN related global status variables Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan device info Related commands port protocol vlan ports ser gmrp set gvrp set port gmrp ser port gvrp show protocol vlan vlan NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 297 show vlan port config Use this command to display the VLAN related parameters specific for ports Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan port config port interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vlan port config command Variable Value port Specifies the interface type and port ID Related commands port protocol vlan set port gmrp set port gvrp switchport acceptable frame type switchport ingress filter switchport pvid vlan restricted Commands Reference 298 Layer 2 commands show vlan protocols group Use this command to display the protocol group database Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan protocols group Related commands map protocol show protocol vlan switchport map protocols group NN47928 100 Layer2commands 299 shutdown garp Use this command to command shut down the GARP module Precede this command with no to start and enables the GARP m
246. ined in the TACACS client and to force the TACACS client use the specified server Precede this command with no to disable the TACACS active server Command mode Global Configuration mode Syntax tacacs use server address lt ip address gt no tacacs use server Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the tacacs use server address command Variable Value ip address Enter the IP address of the specified server Related Commands show tacacs NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 109 Internet Group Management Protocol snooping commands Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP is the protocol a host uses to inform a router when it joins or leaves an Internet multicast group IGMP is only used on a local network A router must use another multicast routing protocol to inform other routers of group membership With the IGMP Snooping IGS feature the switch can listen in on the IGMP conversation between hosts and routers In IGS a host computer uses IGMP to inform a router that it intends to listen to a specific multicast address If another computer snoops the IGMP data packets of the host computer the other computer can learn the multicast sessions to which other computers on the local network are listening IGMP snooping significantly reduces traffic from streaming media and other bandwidth intensive IP multicast applications IGMP commands navigation debug ip igmp snooping page
247. initions priority lt priority value 0 255 gt priority This table describes the variables used in the neighbor command Variable Value neighbor id Specifies the neighbor router ID priority Indicates a number value that specifies the router priority Defaults priority 1 Related commands ip ospf network ip ospf priority show ip ospf neighbor NN47928 100 Layer3commands 495 network Use this command to define the interfaces on which OSPF runs and the area ID for those interfaces Precede this command with no to disable OSPF routing for interfaces defined and to remove the area ID of that interface Command mode Router configuration Syntax network Network number area lt area id gt unnum Vlan lt PortNumber gt no network Network number area area id unnum Vlan PortNumber Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the network command Variable Value Network number Specifies the network type area Specifies the area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address unnum Vlan VLAN ID for which no ip address is configured Related commands router ospf show ip ospf database show ip ospf interface Commands Reference 496 Layer 3 commands passive interface default Use this command to suppress routing updates on all interfaces Precede this command with no
248. initions This table describes the variables used in the set rmon command Variable Value enable Enables the RMON feature in the system disable Disables the RMON feature in the system Defaults RMON module is disabled Related commands show rmon Commands Reference 266 Layer 2 commands show rmon Use this command to view the RMON statistics alarms events and history configured on the interface Command mode Privileged EXEC or User Exec Syntax show rmon statistics lt stats index 1 65535 gt alarms events history history index 1 65535 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show rmon command Variable Value statistics Enter the configured stats index value alarms Specifies the configured alarm events Specifies the configured events history Specifies the configured history index Related commands set rmon rmon collection history rmon collection stats rmon event rmon alarm NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 267 Virtual local area network commands Virtual Local Area Network VLANs is a group of devices on different physical LAN segments which communicate with each other as if they were all on the same physical LAN segment for example a network of computers that behave as if they are connected to the same wire even though they may be physically located on different segments of a
249. interface Precede this command with no to remove the authentication type for an interface and set it to NULL authentication Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf authentication message digest null no ip ospf authentication Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ospf authentication command Variable Value message digest Specifies message digest authentication null Indicates NULL authentication Defaults null Related commands area default cost area range area stub area virtual link ip ospf authentication key ip ospf message digest key Commands Reference 484 Layer 3 commands ip ospf authentication key Use this command to specify a password for the neighboring routers that are using the OSPF simple password authentication Precede this command with no to remove any existing assigned OSPF password Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf authentication key lt password 8 gt no ip ospf authentication key Related commands ip ospf authentication show ip ospf summary address NN47928 100 Layer3commands 485 ip ospf cost Use this command to specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface Precede this command with no to reset the path cost to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf cost lt cost 1 65535 gt tos lt tos
250. interface configuration Syntax vrrp vrid 1 255 priority lt priority 1 255 gt no vrrp vrid 1 255 priority Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vrrp priority command Variable Value priority Specifies the priority used for the virtual router master election process vrid Speicfies virtual router ID Defaults 100 Related commands router vrrp show vrrp vrid Commands Reference 446 Layer 3 commands vrrp text authentication Use this command to set the authentication type for the virtual router to simple password Precede this command with no to set the authentication type for the virtual router to none Command mode VRRP interface configuration Syntax vrrp vrid 1 255 text authentication password no vrrp vrid 1 255 text authentication Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vrrp text authentication command Variable Value text authentication Indicates authentication password vrid Specifies virtual router ID Related commands router vrrp show vrrp vrid NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 447 Routing Information Protocol commands Routing Information Protocol RIP is a widely used protocol for managing router information within a self contained network such as a corporate Local Area Network LAN or an interconnected group of such LANs
251. ions This table describes the variables used in the debug dot1x command Variable Value all Specifies all dot1x debug messages errors Specifies dot1x error code debug messages events Specifies dot1x event debug messages packets Specifies dot1x packet debug messages redundancy Specifies redundancy related messages state machine Specifies state machine related event debug messages Defaults Events debugging is enabled by default Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 80 Layer 2 commands dot1x access control Use this command to configure the supplicant access control Precede this command with no to set the access control to inactive Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix access control active inactive no dotix access control Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Gotx access control command Variable Value active Set the port status as a combined port status of the authenticator and the supplicant inactive Set the port status to the port status of the authenticator Defaults Access control is inactive by default Related commands show dotix NN47928 100 La yer2commands 81 dot1x control direction Use this command to configure port control direction Precede this command with no to set the authenticator port control Command mode Interface configuratio
252. iority value 0 7 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vlan map priority command Variable Value traffic class Specifies the traffic class value Defaults vlan map priority Default traffic class 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Commands Reference 308 Layer 2 commands vian restricted Use this command to enable or disable restricted VLAN registration on the port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax vlan restricted enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vlan restricted command Variable Value enable Enables restricted VLAN registration disable Disables restricted VLAN registration Defaults disable Related commands show vlan port config NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 309 Dynamic host configuration protocol commands Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP allows dynamic configuration of a host computer When a DHCP client is turned on it initially does not have an IP address assigned to it It issues a broadcast message to any DCHP servers that are on the network An exchange takes place during which the DHCP server assigns an IP address to the client and transmits certain key network configuration parameters to the client Many Internet service providers ISPs require that their customers use a DHCP cli
253. ip routing Use this command to enable IP routing Precede this command with no to disable IP routing Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip routing no ip routing Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 401 ip unreachables Use this command to enable sending ICMP unreachable message Precede this command with no to disable sending ICMP unreachable messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip unreachables no ip unreachables Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip information Commands Reference 402 Layer 3 commands maximum paths Use this command to set the maximum number of multipaths Precede this command with no to set the maximum number of multipaths to its default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax maximum paths value 1 16 gt no maximum paths Defaults 2 Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 403 ping Use this command to send echo messages Command mode User EXEC Syntax ping ip destination address size packet_size 0 2080 count packet count 1 10 timeout time out 1 100 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ping command Variable Value count packet_count Specifies the number of times the given node address is to be ping ip Specifies the IP address of the node
254. istics 2 22 2 eur I mmm nx 129 shutdown SNGOPING 2220 exec e ek ew mer RERGRCR otr der e mdr one 130 snooping multicast forwarding mode eseeee serere 131 Sylo POIDS rodir s Rea REA Ub REDE S Rica dol pu acu d uo dno 132 cear logs isis sque koe ke dares ee be dad eue ERI Gad caepbaldqKbesdPaus que 133 TINEST EE E An E da I Mod ee doi deu ENSE NT 134 OOO cs pores Puen beaten bed Lupi tr dr E ara die Nba ded apu a did Rd d 135 dp csc cen 137 Commands Reference 6 Contents PSCSIVer MGI dues idco e E ERE e RE eb he tendo b uid ages diu 138 candor DISIPId 3654855 koe D PAG RES YR RUE RS RE NE PERLE VA 139 show emal SEITE seders Sad SOON SUR Poi addc Cua op Sas deo Deae Verb QE RS Sates 140 SHOW IGgO Ig audeo cen Rene T bunt ade tienedeons 141 Secure Shell commands iessoaesckrryskRREe tered ine EARE SESE OES OHS RA 142 scd Merc e rr Shbbieweeeeekoe deere geueenGs 143 rop P 144 Lip Ei RTT P PIC CT 145 Secure Sockets Layer commands 0000 0c cece eee teen eens 146 USD BEL cod eer aches steer eek end nebo E eeu RR AREUMDE E EE 147 Wr ix Pee T RD c RU 148 show ip http secure server status 00000 eee 149 Show esl SOIVEPDUIU a 255 SENS REA XX NRERRAL PER dad PE add 150 ssl gen certreg algo SA SN ouueosa e aki TERRE EG EE REG R3WAd SORE P RR 151 Bel SOrVOl COIT LiucleeeccekRdesmerc e E IER EEIGAE GR pote REA EE REI I E 152 System fea
255. join time leave Configures the leave time leaveall Configures the leaveall time Defaults join 20 leave 60 leaveall 1000 Related commands show garp timer NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 281 set gmrp Use this command to enable or disable GMRP globally on the device Command mode Global configuration Syntax set gmrp enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set gmrp command Variable Value enable Enables GMRP on the device disable Disables GMRP on the device Defaults enable Related commands show vlan show vlan device info Commands Reference 282 Layer2 commands set gvrp Use this command to enable or disable GVRP on a global basis Command mode Global configuration Syntax set gvrp enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set gvrp command Variable Value enable Enables GVRP in the switch disable Disables GVRP in the switch Defaults enable Related commands show vlan show vlan device info NN47928 100 Layer2commands 283 set port gmrp Use this command to enable or disable GMRP on the port Command mode Global configuration Syntax set port gmrp lt interface type gt lt interface id gt enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set p
256. k Use this command to configure the OSPF network type to a type other than the default for a given media Precede this command with no to set the OSPF network type to the default type Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf network broadcast non broadcast point to multipoint point to point no ip ospf network Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip ospf network command Variable Value broadcast Specifies the networks supporting many more than two attached routers together with the capability to address a single physical message to all of the attached routers broadcast non broadcast Specifies the networks supporting many more than two routers but having no broadcast capability point to multipoint Treats the non broadcast network as a collection of point to point links point to point Specifies a network that joins a single pair of routers Related commands lp ospf priority neighbor show ip ospf interface NN47928 100 Layer3commands 491 ip ospf priority Use this command to configure the router priority Precede this command with no to set default value for router priority Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf priority lt value 0 255 gt no ip ospf priority Defaults 1 Related commands ip ospf network neighbor Commands Reference 492 Layer 3 commands ip ospf retra
257. l configuration Syntax mac address table static multicast aa aa aa aa aa aa vlan vlan id 1 4094 recv port interface type interface id interface lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt interface type 0 a b 0 c port channel lt a b c d gt forbidden ports lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt interface type 0 a b 0 c gt port channel lt a b c d gt status permanent deleteOnReset deleteOnTimeout no mac address table static multicast aa aa aa aa aa aa vlan vlan id 1 4094 recv port interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the mac address table static multicast command Variable Value aa aa aa aa aa aa Specifies the destination MAC address vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier recv port Specifies the received port s interface type and ID interface Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type interface type lt O a b O c gt Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type port channel Specifies the port channel ID forbidden ports Specifies the forbidden ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type interface type 0 a b O c gt Specifies the forbidden ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type
258. lay the port trigger configurations Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show port trigger Related commands port trigger Commands Reference 668 BSG commands show port trigger reserved list Use this command to display the port trigger reserved list Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show port trigger reserved list Related commands port trigger NN47928 100 BSG commands 669 show virtual servers Use this command to display the current virtual server configurations Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show virtual servers Related commands virtual server Commands Reference 670 BSG commands static nat Use this command to add a static mapping between local and global address on the specified interface Precede this command with no to delete the static mapping for the given local IP on the specified interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax static nat lt local ip gt lt translated local ip gt no static nat lt local ip gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the static nat command Variable Value local ip Local IP address translated local ip Translated local IP address Related commands show ip nat NN47928 100 BSG commands 671 virtual server Use this command to configure a virtual server Precede this command with no to delet
259. le When set to enabled P Bit is set in the generated Type 7 default LSA disable When set disabled P Bit is clear in the generated default LSA Defaults Disabled Related commands ASBR Router NN47928 100 Layer3commands 503 show ip ospf Use this command to display general information about the OSPF routing process Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf Related commands area stability interval area virtual link debug ip ospf ip ospf authentication key Commands Reference 504 Layer 3 commands show ip ospf border routers Use this command to display OSPF border and boundary router information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf border routers Related commands abr type ASBR Router NN47928 100 Layer3commands 505 show ip ospf database Use this command to display OSPF database summary for the LSA type Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip ospf area id database asbr summary external network nssa external opaque area opaque as opaque link router summary link state id Variable definitions adv router lt ip address gt self originate This table describes the variables used in the show ip ospf database command Variable Value area id Specifies the area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address database Displays
260. le definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp option command Variable Value code Specifies the option code ascii Specifies the ASCII string hex Specifies the hexadecimal string ip Specifies the IP address integer Specifies the integer Related commands option service dhcp server show ip dhcp server pools NN47928 100 Layer2commands 335 ip dhcp pool Use this command to create a DHCP server address pool and to place the user in the DHCP pool configuration mode Precede this command with no to delete the DHCP server address pool Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp pool lt index 1 2147483647 gt no ip dhcp pool lt index 1 2147483647 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp pool command Variable Value index Specifies the pool number Defaults Address pools are not created Related commands default router dns server domain name excluded address host hardware type lease netbios name server netbios node type network option show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools Commands Reference 336 Layer 2 commands lease Use this command to configure the duration of the lease for an IP address that is assigned from the Nortel DHCP server to a DHCP client Precede this command with no to restore the default value of 3600 seconds Comm
261. less commands vendorid Use this command to set the T1 E1 hardware transmission vendors circuit identifier Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax vendorid T1E1 hardware vendor Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vendorid command Variable Value T1E1 hardware vendor Specifies the T1 E1 hardware vendor string NN47928 100 Appendix A Target based commands 853 Appendix A Target based commands This section describes all the target based commands The commands described in this section can be run on any target but not on a linux environment Target based commands navigation negotiation page 854 e speed page 855 e duplex page 856 e mac address table aging time page 857 e databits page 858 e parity page 859 e speed console page 860 e stopbits page 861 Commands Reference 854 Appendix A Target based commands negotiation Use this command to enable the auto negotiation on the interface Precede this command with no to disable the auto negotiation on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax negotiation no negotiation NN47928 100 Appendix A Target based commands 855 speed Use this command to set the speed of the interface Precede this command with no to set the speed of the interface to its default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax speed
262. liliis 29 Getting Help over the phone from a Nortel Solutions Center Ln 29 Getting Help from a specialist by using an Express Routing Code 29 Getting Help through a Nortel distributor or reseller llle 30 Introduction ianasaaatksaktktAoRRA E ERA EARARTATERETARARAE RA AAA A dan 31 Logam ronto TEL Louer sank ha dec tee euo Raab ce ew bid Qe de pra dcs 31 Command modes iioiiuaseesoscssesseusseeseussevesecsz uuaas 33 Layer 2 command modes i sseseos eas ete mee XAR ym RE Rx exc SORGE Vox eds 34 CORSI WIS Liuius eade uox de qub we Hace tole oed wah colin dapi 34 Protocal specific MOES isuocosee cese oh en x eR RR Y exon er pex nre ges 35 Layer 9 command MGS aud qcpesce rey ee SESS REN ERR RIE PRESS RES 37 Protocol Independent Multicast component mode issues 37 Router configuration mode 000 dstre r t Enara 37 VRRP router configuration Mode uuscocauekuo meas he HERORGORqOR E RR AR erg VRRP interface configuration mode 00 ruanan eee 37 Technical Report 69 ModE oii eee ce eee ek rr GER X Y C EP IHRE Y eRe Es or Hierarchy of command Modes ooo cheetahs Ake af ree No we ee he es 38 Using command modes ccsieserhsk ubdecsuekkusessenetorssesses 39 Privileged Exec mode couoecssesesseue uer RR eee eGR RE Cee Ee ee 39 Global configuration MOG uc eod secus xu e ce noe Do dies re oe E c lod x 39 interlace configuration MOE uus sae qp E GE RUE RERO HR RO ROS GRE eked RO 40
263. list commands Access Control Lists ACL filters the network traffic by controlling whether routed packets are forwarded or blocked at the router interfaces ACLs block IP packets from being forwarded by a router The router examines each packet to determine whether to forward or drop the packet based on the criteria specified within the access lists ACL navigation e deny page 722 e mac access group page 724 e mac access list extended page 725 e permit page 726 e show access lists page 728 Commands Reference 722 BSG commands deny Use this command to specify the packets to reject based on the MAC address and the associated parameters Command mode ACL MAC configuration Syntax deny any host lt mac address gt any host mac address aarp amber dec spanning decnet iv diagnostic dsm etype 6000 etype 8042 lat lavc sca mop console mop dump msdos mumps netbios vines echo vines ip xns id protocol 0 65535 gt encaptype value 1 65535 gt Vlan vlan id 1 4094 gt priority value 1 255 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the deny command Variable Value any host lt mac_addr gt Specifies the source MAC address to match with the packet any host lt mac_addr gt Specifies the destination MAC address to match with the packet aarp Specifies the Ethertype AppleTalk Addr
264. lt a b c d gt trap threshold Max Packet Discard Count gt no untrusted port interface type 0 a b 0 c lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt tppp multilink lt a b c d gt vlan lt a b c d gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the untrusted port command Variable Value lt interface type gt 0 a b O c gt Specifies the type of port interface and port ID The interface can be gigabit ethernet type or fastethernet type ppp multilink lt a b c d gt Specifies the untrusted Point to Point Protocol PPP or multilink PPP links vian lt a b c d gt Specifies the untrusted VLAN links trap threshold lt Max Packet Discard Specifies the threshold above which trap is sent to Count gt the SNMP manager configured Related commands show firewall config Commands Reference 628 BSG commands url filter add Use this command to add a URL filter to the existing list of URL filters in the firewall Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax url filter add lt URL String gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the url filter add command Variable Value URL String Specifies the IP address or URL string The maximum length of the URL string is 99 Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 629 url filter delete Use
265. mac address table aging time 10 1000000 seconds no mac address table aging time Defaults 300 Commands Reference 858 Appendix A Target based commands databits Use this command to specify the number of databits per character for this console Precede this command with no to reset the console databits to the default setting Command mode Line configuration Syntax databits lt number 5 8 gt no databits Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the databits command Variable Value number 5 8 Specifies the number of databits per character Range is from 5 to 8 Defaults 8 Related commands parity speed NN47928 100 Appendix A Target based commands 859 parity Use this command to set the parity for the console connection Precede this command with no to reset the console parity to the default setting Command mode Line configuration Syntax parity even odd none no parity Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the parity command Variable Value even Specifies the even parity odd Specifies the odd parity none Specifies no parity Defaults none Related commands databits speed Commands Reference 860 Appendix A Target based commands speed console Use this command to set the transmit and receive speeds for the serial console Precede this
266. mand Variable Value policy name Specifies the policy name NN47928 100 BSG commands 689 show ra vpn users Use this command to display the user information configured to do remote access Command mode Privileged EXEC orUser EXEC Syntax show ra vpn users Commands Reference 690 BSGcommands show ra vpn address pool Use this command to display the IP address pool assigned for remote users Command mode Privileged EXEC orUser EXEC Syntax show ra vpn address pool NN47928 100 BSG commands 691 show vpn config This command displays the global VPN settings Command mode Privileged EXEC orUser EXEC Syntax show vpn config Commands Reference 692 BSG commands show vpn global statistics Use this command to display the in out secured and dropped packet in the VPN module Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show vpn global statistics NN47928 100 BSG commands 693 show vpn IKE statistics Use this command to display the IKE and IPSec Security Associations SA statistics Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show vpn ike statistics Commands Reference 694 BSG commands show vpn logs Use this command to display the last N pages of the VPN log file from the VPN processor Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show vpn logs page count lt num pages gt Variable definitions This tabl
267. mand mode Global configuration Syntax clear logs Related commands cmdbuffs logging show logging Commands Reference 134 Layer 2 commands cmdbuffs Use this command to configure the number of syslog buffers for a particular user Command mode Global configuration Syntax cmdbuffs user name lt no of buffers 1 200 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the cmdbuffs command Variable Value user name Enter the user name no of buffers Enter the number of log buffers to be allocated in the system Defaults 50 Related commands logging show logging NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 135 logging Use this command to enable Syslog server and configures the Syslog Server IP address the log level and other Syslog related parameters Precede this command with no to disable Syslog server and re sets the configured Syslog server IP address the log level and other Syslog related parameters The log file is stored in ASCII text format The Privileged EXEC command is used to display its contents The logging process controls the distribution of logging messages to the various destinations such as the logging buffer logging file or Syslog server The existing syslog buffers will not be cleared and none of the configured options will be changed when the Syslog feature is disabled Command mode Global configuration Synta
268. mand mode Global configuration Syntax ip path mtu discover no ip path mtu discover Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip information Commands Reference 396 Layer 3 commands ip rarp client Use this command to enable Reverse Address Resolution Protocol RARP client Precede this command with no to disable RARP client Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rarp client no ip rarp client Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip rarp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 397 ip rarp client request Use this command to set the number of RARP client request retries or interval between requests Precede this command with no to set the RARP client request retries or interval between retries to their default values Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip rarp client request interval lt timeout 30 3000 gt retries lt retries 2 10 gt no ip rarp client request interval retries Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rarp client request command Variable Value interval Specifies the interval in seconds after which an unanswered RARP request transmits retries Specifies the maximum number of retransmissions of RARP request packet after which request must not be sent Defaults interval 100 retries 4 Related commands show ip rarp Commands Reference 398 Layer 3 co
269. mand to enable or disable the IP TOS Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set ip tos delay throughput reliability enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set ip tos command Variable Value delay Specifies the IP TOS delay throughput Specifies the IP TOS throughput reliability Specifies the IP TOS reliability NN47928 100 BSG commands 759 set ip tos precedence option Use this command to set the IP TOS precedence option Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set ip tos precedence option lt integer 0 7 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set digit dial timeout command Variable Value integer 0 7 Specifies the IP TOS preference setting for RTP and SIP packets The range is from 0 to 7 Defaults 0 Commands Reference 760 BSG commands set mailbox ip Use this command to set the voice mail server Ip address and server port Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set mailbox ip ucast addr port integer 1024 65535 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set mailbox ip command Variable Value ucast addr Specifies the voice mail server Hostname or IP Address integer 1024 65535 Specifies the voice mail server port number The range is from 1 to 65535 Defaults ucast addr
270. mands DHCP server commands debug ip dhcp server Use this command to enable the debug level for tracing the DHCP server module Precede this command with no to disable the debug level for tracing the DHCP server module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip dhcp server all events packets errors bind no debug ip dhcp server all events packets errors bind Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip dhcp server command Variable Value all Specifies all trace messages events Specifies the trace management messages packets Specifies the packet related messages errors Specifies the trace error code debug messages bind Specifies the trace bind messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information service dhcp relay NN47928 100 Layer2commands 325 default router Use this command to set the default router in the DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the default router from the DHCP server configuration parameters Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax default router lt ip address gt no default router Related commands network service show ip show ip show ip show ip dhcp dhep dhcp dhcp dhcp Server Server Server server server binding information pools
271. me dest_file_path Specifies the path to the destination file Related commands delete dialplan show sipserver dialplan NN47928 100 Layer3commands 519 add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Use this command to configure the maximum simultaneous calls allowed on each WAN link Command mode SIP BSG configuration Syntax add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 lt MaxCalls 1 500 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed command Variable Value WAN 1 WAN2 WAN3 Specifies the different maximum sim WAN calls allowed MaxCalls Specifies the maximum call value Related commands set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Commands Reference 520 Layer 3 commands add subscriber Use this command to add subscriber details Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax add subscriber user name lt domain name gt alias lt alias name gt calling line identity subscriber identity Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the add subscriber command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name domain name Specifies the domain name alias Specifies the alias calling line identity Specifies the calling line identifier Related commands delete subscriber update
272. mmand Variable Value bootp Specifies the bootp server rarp Specifies the RARP server dhcp Specifies the DHCP server Defaults DHCP Related commands default mode show nvram Commands Reference 168 Layer 2 commands default management port ip address Use this command to configure the IP address and subnet mask for the default management interface Command mode Global configuration Syntax default mgmt port ip address lt ip address gt subnet mask lt subnet mask gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in default management ip address command Variable Value ip address Specifies the IP address of the management interface subnet mask Specifies the subnet mask of the management interface Defaults ip address 10 0 0 1 subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Related commands show nvram NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 169 default mode Use this command to configure the mode by which the default interface acquires its IP address Command mode Global Configuration Mode Syntax default mode manual dynamic Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the default mode command Variable Value dynamic Specifies the dynamic mode If dynamic mode is selected the default interface gets the IP address through the dynamic IP address configuration protocols such as RARP BootP and DHCP based on the confi
273. mmand to configure the Network Address Translation NAT value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip nat idle tcp udp timeout lt seconds 60 86400 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip nat timeout command Variable Value idle Specifies the NAT idle timeout value in seconds tcp Specifies the NAT TCP timeout value in seconds udp Specifies the NAT UDP timeout value in seconds timeout Specifies the NAT timeout value in seconds Defaults idle 60 seconds tcp 86400 seconds udp 300 seconds Related commands show nat config Commands Reference 660 BSG commands no virtual server Use this command to delete the virtual server configuration WAN interface must be created before the execution of this command For deleting virtual server 5060 for tcp entry it is recommended to use optional protocol field For example no virtual server 192 168 1 1 5060 tcp Command mode Interface configuration Syntax no virtual server local ip local port number tcp udp any all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the no virtual server command Variable Value local ip Specifies the local IP address for the virtual server local port number Specifies the local port number for the virtual server tcp udp any Specifies the transport pr
274. mmand to display the configured PMTU Entries Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip pmtu NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 407 show ip rarp Use this command to display RARP configuration information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip rarp Related commands ip rarp client ip rarp client request Commands Reference 408 Layer 3 commands show ip traffic Use this command to display the IP protocol statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip traffic NN47928 100 Layer3commands 409 show ip route Use this command to view the IP routing table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip route lt ip address gt lt mask gt bgp connected ospf rip static summary Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip route command Variable Value ip address Specifies destination IP address mask Prefix Mask for the destination bgp Specifies the Border Gateway Protocol connected Displays directly connected network routes ospf Specifies the Open Shortest Path First OSPF rip Specifies the Routing Information Protocol RIP static Specifies the static routes summary Displays summary of all routes Related commands ip route ip routing Commands Reference 410 Layer 3 commands traffic sh
275. mmands ip redirects Use this command to enable sending Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP redirect messages Precede this command with no to disable sending ICMP redirect messages Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip redirects no ip redirects Defaults Enabled Related commands show ip information NN47928 100 Layer3commands 399 ip route Use this command to add a static route Precede this command with no to delete a static route Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip route lt prefix gt lt mask gt lt next hop gt Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt interface type gt lt interface id gt lt distance 1 255 gt no ip route lt prefix gt lt mask gt lt next hop gt Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip route command Variable Value distance Specifies an administrative distance mask Specifies the prefix mask for the destination next hop Specifies IP address or IP alias of the next hop that can be used to reach that network prefix Specifies IP route prefix for the destination Destination IP address Vian Specifies VLAN ID interface type Specifies the type of the interface interface id Specifies the interface ID Defaults distance 1 Commands Reference 400 Layer 3 commands
276. mmands Reference 798 Wireless commands config dot 1 wmmparam Use this command to set the WMM parameters Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil wmmparam ac number 1 4 gt lt LogAcCwMin 1 15 gt LogAcCwMax 1 15 AcAIFS 1 15 lt AcTxOpLimit 0 65535 gt lt BssLogCwMin 1 15 gt lt BssLogCwMax 1 15 gt lt BssAIFS 1 15 gt lt BssTxOpLimit 0 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 wmmparam command Variable Value ac number Specifies the access categories Value ranges from 1 to 4 LogAcCwMin Specifies the minimum contention width Value ranges from 1 to 15 LogAcCwMax Specifies maximum contention width Value ranges from 1 to 15 AcAIFS Specifies the arbitrary interframe sequence Values ranges from 0 to 15 AcTxOpLimit Specifies the transmission opportunity Value ranges from 0 to 65535 ssLogCwMin Specifies the minimum contention width Value ranges from 1 to 15 BssLogCwMax Specifies maximum contention width Value ranges from 1 to 15 BssAIFS Specifies the arbitration interframe space Values ranges from 0 to 8192 BssTxOpLimit Specifies the transmit opportunity Value ranges from Oto 15 Related commands show dotll NN47928 100 Wireless commands 799 config macfilter Use this command to add or delete the MAC filter table entry Comm
277. mode Interface configuration Syntax ip spilt horizon poisson no ip spilt horizon Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip split horizon command Variable Value poisson Splits horizon with poisson method enabled Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 459 neighbor Use this command to add a neighbor router and to set its priority Precede this command with no to delete a neighbor router or to set default value for the neighbor priority Command mode Router configuration Syntax neighbor lt neighbor id gt priority lt priority value 0 255 gt no neighbor lt neighbor id gt priority Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the neighbor command Variable Value neighbor id Specifies the neighbor id value to add a router priority Specifies a number value that specifies the router priority Defaults priority 1 Related commands ip ospf priority ip ospf network show ip ospf neighbor Commands Reference 460 Layer 3 commands network Use this command to enable RIP on an IP network Precede this command with no to disable RIP on an IP network Command mode Router configuration Syntax network ip address no network lt ip address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the network command Variable
278. mpt text Enter the prompt text Defaults BSG NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 191 set bootdelay Use this command to configure the bootdelay value It is used only for debugging purpose Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax set bootdelay number 2 10 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set bootdelay command Variable Value number Specifies the delay value in seconds The range is 2 to 10 Commands Reference 192 Layer 2 commands set ip http Use this command to enable or disable HTTP Command mode Global configuration Syntax set ip http enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe set ip http command Variable Value enable Enables HTTP status in the system disable Disables HTTP status in the system Defaults enable Related commands ip http port NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 193 show authorized managers Use this command to display the configured authorized managers Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show authorized managers ip source ip address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show authorized managers command Variable Value ip source Specifies either the network or the host address Related commands authorized manager ip sourc Commands Referen
279. n Syntax direction to both dotix control direction in both no dotix control direction Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Got1x control direction command Variable Value both Specifies that authentication control is imposed on both incoming and outgoing packets in Specifies that authentication control is imposed only on the incoming packets Defaults Control direction is both by default Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 82 Layer 2 commands dot1x default Use this command to configure dot1x with default values for this port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix default Defaults Per interface 802 1X protocol enable state Enabled force authorized Periodic re authentication Disabled Number of seconds between re 3600 seconds authentication attempts Quiet period 60 seconds Retransmission time 30 seconds Maximum retransmission number 2 times Client timeout period 30 seconds tx period 30 seconds Authentication server timeout period 30 seconds Related commands show dotix NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 83 dot1x init session Use this command to initiate dot1x authentication session Command mode Global configuration mode Syntax dotix init session supp addr aa aa aa aa aa aa gt Variable definitions This table describes the variable
280. n Syntax spanning tree pathcost method long short no spanning tree pathcost method Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree path cost method command Variable Value long Specifies 32 bit pathcost short Specifies 16 bit pathcost Defaults Long if MSTP or RSTP is running Short if STP compatible with RSTP is running Related commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 73 spanning tree Properties of an interface Use this command to set the spanning tree properties of an interface Precede this command with no to set the spanning tree properties of an interface to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax spanning tree cost lt value 1 200000000 gt disable link type point to point shared portfast port priority lt value 0 240 gt no spanning tree cost disable link type portfast port priority Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree Properties of an interface command Variable Value cost Specifies the pathcost value associated with the port disable Disables the spanning tree on the port link type Specifies the link type The link is either a point to point link or a shared LAN segment where another bridge is present portfast Specifies that the port only has
281. n alarm alarm number mib object id 255 sample interval tim 1 65535 absolute delta rising threshold value 0 65535 gt rising event number 1 65535 gt falling threshold value 0 65535 gt falling event number 1 65535 owner ownername 127 gt no rmon alarm number 1 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the rmon alarm command Variable Value alarm number Enter the alarm number mib object id Enter the MIB object identifier sample interval time Enter the time in seconds during which the alarm monitors the MIB variable absolute Use this parameter to test each MIB variable directly delta Use this parameter to test change between samples of a variable rising threshold Enter the number at which the alarm is triggered falling threshold value Enter a number at which the alarm is reset rising event number Enter the event number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit falling event number Enter the event number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit owner Specifies the owner of the alarm Related commands rmon collection stats rmon event NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 261 show rmon Commands Reference 262 Layer 2 commands rmon collection history Use this command to enable history collection of interface statistics in the buckets for the speci
282. n the support at the endpoints Command mode SIP timer configuration Syntax set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations TRUE Variable definitions FALSE This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations command Variable Value TRUE Enables the session timer FALSE Disables the session timer Default FALSE Related commands show sipserver Timer NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 541 set sipserver ForkingPolicy Use this command to configure the mode of forking in the proxy server Command mode SIP ProxyPolicy configuration Syntax set sipserver ForkingPolicy first only sequential parallel Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver ForkingPolicy command Variable Value first only Specifies the first only forking policy sequential Specifies the sequential forking policy parallel Specifies the parallel forking policy Defaults Sequential Related commands show sipserver Registration Commands Reference 542 Layer 3 commands set sipserver max min default timers This command configures the session timers supported by proxy Command mode SIP Timer Configuration Syntax set sipserver MaximumSessionTimer MinimumSessionTimer DefaultSessionTimer lt integer 90 4294967295 gt Variable definitions This table d
283. nd Variable Value vlan id Specifies the VLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4094 lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Specifies the interface type and interface identifier Defaults Disabled Related commands ip address show ip dhcp client stats NN47928 100 Layer2commands 315 show ip dhcp client stats Use this command to display the DHCP client statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp client stats Defaults Disabled Related commands ip address release renew Commands Reference 316 Layer 2 commands DHCP relay commands debug ip dhcp relay Use this command to enable the debug level for tracing the DHCP relay module Precede this command with no to disable the debug level for tracing the DHCP relay module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip dhcp relay all errors no debug ip dhcp relay all errors Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip dhcp relay command Variable Value all Specifies all trace messages errors Specifies the trace error code debug messages Defaults Disabled Related commands show dhcp server show ip dhcp relay information NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 317 ip dhcp relay Use this command to enable or to disable the DHCP relay on the specified interface Command mode Interface configuration Sy
284. nd configure terminal The system changes to Global Configuration mode and displays the following prompt BSG config At the prompt enter the following command interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt The system changes to Interface Configuration mode and displays the following prompt BSG config if Enter exit to return to Global Configuration mode Enter end to return to the Privileged Exec mode End NN47928 100 Using command modes 41 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Interface Configuration mode Variable Value interface type Specifies the interface type The interface type can be a gigabitethernet or a fastethernet interface interface id Specifies the physical interface ID including type slot and port number The value is numeric Example 0 2 Config VLAN mode Use the Config VLAN mode to configure virtual LAN VLAN settings Using Config VLAN mode Procedure steps Step 1 2 Action Log on to the BSG system using Telnet or SSH The CLI defaults to Privileged Exec mode The prompt displayed for this mode is BSG At the prompt enter the following command configure terminal The system changes to Global Configuration mode and displays the following prompt bsg config At the prompt enter the following command vlan vlan id The system changes to Config VLAN mode and displays the following prompt
285. nd to add a firewall filter based on IP address range protocol and port Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax filter add filter name gt src ip range any dest ip range any lt tcp udp icmp igmp ggp ip egp igp nvp rsvp igrp ospf any other lt 1 255 gt gt srcport lt range gt destport lt range gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the filter add command Variable Value filter name Specifies the filter name src ip range any Specifies the range of source IP address or all source IP address dest ip range any Specifies the range of destination IP address or all source IP address tcp udp icmpligmp ggp iplegpligp nvp rsvp Specifies the protocol of the incoming packets igrp ospflany srcport lt range gt Specifies the range of source ports destport lt range gt Specifies the range of destination ports Related commands show firewall filters Commands Reference 604 BSG commands firewall Use this command to enter into the firewall configuration mode Command mode Global configuration Syntax firewall NN47928 100 BSG commands 605 icmp Use this command to generate or suppress Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP message when firewall rejects a packet Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax icmp generate suppress Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in
286. nds show ip igmp interface NN47928 100 Layer3commands 415 ip igmp query interval Use this command to set the IGMP query interval for the interface Precede this command with no to set query interval to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp query interval lt value 1 65535 seconds gt no ip igmp query interval Defaults 125 Related commands show ip igmp interface Commands Reference 416 Layer 3 commands ip igmp query max response time Use this command to set the IGMP max query response value for the interface Precede this command with no to set the max query response to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp query max response time value 1 255 seconds no ip igmp query max response time Defaults 100 Related commands show ip igmp interface NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 417 ip igmp robustness Use this command to set the IGMP robustness value for the interface Precede this command with no to set the robustness value to default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp robustness lt value 1 255 gt no ip igmp robustness Defaults 2 Related commands show ip igmp interface Commands Reference 418 Layer 3 commands ip igmp static group Use this command to the static group membership on the interface Precede this command with no to delete the static gro
287. nel identifier interface type Specifies the interface type fastethernet or gigabitethernet interface interface id Specifies the physical interface ID which includes type slot and port number Related commands mtu frame size Commands Reference 202 Layer2 commands show interfaces Use this command to display the interface status and configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show interfaces interface type interface id description storm control flowcontrol capabilities status vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt port channel lt port channel id 1 65535 gt tunnel tunnel id 0 128 dsl dsl modem id pvc dsl id pvc id radio wrls ap radio id ppp ppp id 1 4094 config multilink lt multilink bundle number gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in show interfaces command Variable Value interface type Specifies the interface type fastethernet or gigabitethernet interface interface id Specifies the physical interface ID including type slot and port number description Description about the interface storm control Specifies the broadcast multicast and unicast storm control suppression levels for an interface flowcontrol Specifies the receive or send flow control value for an interface capabilities Specifies the capabilities of the inte
288. nfig VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping version vl v2 v3 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip igmp snooping version command Variable Value v1 Specifies IGMP snooping Version 1 v2 Specifies IGMP snooping Version 2 v3 Specifies IGMP snooping Version 3 Defaults v3 Related commands show ip igmp snooping Commands Reference 124 Layer2 commands show ip igmp snooping Use this command to display IGMP snooping information for all VLANs or a specific VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping vlan lt vlan id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in show ip igmp snooping command Variable Value vlan Enter the VLAN ID Related commands ip igmp snooping ip igmp snooping fast leave ip igmp snooping querier ip igmp snooping query interval KC Cup G Cj ip igmp snooping version NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 125 show ip igmp snooping forwarding database Use this command to display the multicast forwarding entries for all VLANs or a specific VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping forwarding database vlan vlan id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip igmp snooping forwarding database command Variable Value vlan Enter the Vlan index value
289. nfiguration Syntax shutdown dotix no shutdown dotix Related commands dotix system auth control show dotlx Commands Reference 98 Layer 2 commands Remote Authentication Dial in User Service commands Remote Authentication Dial in User Service RADIUS is a client and server protocol and software that enables remote access servers to communicate with a central server to authenticate dial in users and authorize their access to the requested system or service It is commonly used for embedded network devices such as routers modem servers and switches RADIUS is the accepted standard for remote authentication It is prevalent in both new and legacy systems and provides the following benefits e facilitates centralized user administration consistently provides some level of protection against an active attacker RADIUS commands navigation e debug radius page 99 e radius server host page 100 e show radius server page 101 e show radius statistics page 102 NN47928 100 Layer2commands 99 debug radius Use this command to enable the RADIUS debugging options Precede this command with no to disable the RADIUS debugging options Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug radius all errors events packets responses timers no debug radius Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug radius command Variable Value
290. nfiguration mode page 36 MSTP configuration mode Use this mode to configure the multiple spanning tree protocol MSTP specific parameters for the switch Use the global configuration mode command spanning tree mst configuration to enter the MSTP configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is is config mst Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode Commands Reference 36 Command modes DiffSrv ClassMap configuration mode Use the Diff ClassMap configuration mode to create a class map for matching the packets to the class whose index is specified and to enter the class map configuration mode Use the global configuration mode command class map short 1 65535 to enter the DiffSvr ClassMap configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is iss config cmap Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode DiffSrv Policy Map configuration mode Use the DiffSrv Policy Map configuration mode to create or modify a policy map Use the global configuration mode command policy map short 1 65535 to enter the DiffSvr Policy Map configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is iss config pmap Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode DHCP pool configuration mode Use this mode to configure the network pool host configurations of a subnet pool Use the global configuration mode command ip dhcp pool integer 1 2147483647 gt to crea
291. nfigure the IGMP snooping switch as a querier for a specific VLAN Precede this command with no to configure the IGMP snooping switch as nonquerier for a specific VLAN Command mode Config VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping querier no ip igmp snooping querier Defaults Non querier Related commands show ip igmp snooping NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 119 ip igmp snooping query interval Use this command to set the time period with which the general queries are sent by the IGMP snooping switch when configured as querier on a VLAN Precede this command with no to set the IGMP querier interval to default value Command mode Config VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping query interval 60 600 seconds no ip igmp snooping query interval Defaults 125 Related commands show ip igmp snooping Commands Reference 120 Layer 2 commands ip igmp snooping report forward Use this command to specify if IGMP reports must be forwarded on all ports or router ports of a VLAN Precede this command with no to set IGMP report forwarding status to default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip igmp snooping report forward all ports router ports no ip igmp snooping report forward Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in ip igmp snooping report forward command Variable Value all ports Specifies IGMP reports forwarded on all the ports of a VLAN router
292. ng multicast forwarding mode Use this command to specify the snooping multicast forwarding mode IP based or MAC based Command mode Global configuration Syntax snooping multicast forwarding mode ip mac Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snooping multicast forwarding mode command Variable Value ip Specifies the IP address based mode mac Specifies the MAC address based mode Defaults ip Related commands show ip igmp snooping globals Commands Reference 132 Layer 2 commands Syslog commands Syslog is a protocol used for capturing log information for devices on a network The syslog protocol provides a transport that allows a computer to send event notification messages across IP networks to event message collectors also known as syslog servers The protocol is designed to transport the event messages One of the fundamental tenets of the syslog protocol and process is its simplicity You can transmit syslog messages on a device without having to configure a receiver or even having a receiver physically present Syslog commands navigation clear logs page 133 cmdbuffs page 134 logging page 135 mailserver page 137 receiver mail id page 138 sender mail id page 139 show email alerts page 140 show logging page 141 NN47928 100 Layer2commands 133 clear logs Use this command to clear the system syslog buffers Com
293. ngaeegeeet Soke Ee d dS Ud suber whe HE dare 691 show vpn global statistics 2 ccc seeder een eee onde e Ree eee Pewee cae 692 show vpn IKE statistics anu ds ue oaks Shea eke ew eames Ses 693 OHONI DOS mp P UT de reteseres Sees barre aes 694 show vpn enigle I6 ius eke bes URP PE RRO EROS SERS OP esakia SERA 695 vpn remote ISI oons as ie ee es Ee Eei eed oes Gone 696 Diffserv CONMINBAIS 22 ciccta ree cngkew ex k tenes toute ER Rei Rer oud 697 AS ie oi nG 4s dae eee ties E E T eee EG Oss ese ed ee yas Sees 698 CASE cc atesidGawer se E EESTE TAEAE ET 699 NO policysmal soccsmeuxcesecisesc debi cd RR EX que E E Rad ud oases 701 POS uso uupud Ru ERES uS CM MCI SIE E NL SU C E 702 BOlDY ETE ou sce ER poate xU NESE REPREN ease DRE Ed E QE NN EE 708 QUEUE THI SHOR use Da acer gested rREDRREROE S Que eR rane ends 704 NN47928 100 Contents 19 CUBS SON acad qoid cea ERU eg RE RESP dic Sent begun e gee 705 Sel HOS cou babe o E GR RR ROGER DANS Ede PAWORAOGORR EERE ROE GRE RO ORA 706 sot vian TalfIC HG d 88S uas suus sucus xd PEDE E EA Kom e eR AGE E eR DR E BR 707 SOW casema lt i cheer ceed smnes exe kisat hisni PG REGE EE REESE 708 Show policer SIAUSICS aa succ pa RR RX YR GRRARXG C REP Y Sone X ERPSE OPERE Y DA 709 Bon DOC ING adapta dd add qp et dp RT qUE dob brew were Cheeses 710 show qos default dhcp dotip mapping 000 eee eee eee 711 Be Hos SUIS kirria kis teed gh ee ee ied SUE a Vd 712 BOW QUOI Bigs cuusssasasqayaqpexexhis
294. normal mode the phones will re register with the central SIP server within this timeframe DefaultRegistrationPeriod Specifies the default registration period MaxContactsPerAOR Specifies the maximum contacts per AOR integer Specifies the registration value corresponding to either of the 3 registrations Defaults MaximumRegistrationPeriod 3600 DefaultRegistrationPeriod 3600 MaxContactsPerAOR 5 Related commands show sipserver Registration Commands Reference 544 Layer 3 commands set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Use this command to configure the maximum simultaneous calls allowed on each WAN link Command mode SIP BSG configuration Syntax set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed lt WAN1 link lt MaxCalls 1 100 gt lt WAN2 link lt MaxCalls 1 100 gt lt WAN3 link MaxCalls 1 100 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed command Variable Value lt WAN1 link gt lt MaxCalls 1 500 gt Specifies Different Maximum Sim WAN Calls Allowed for WAN1 link WAN link lt MaxCalls 1 500 gt Specifies Different Maximum Sim WAN Calls Allowed for WAN2 link lt WANS link gt lt MaxCalls 1 500 gt Specifies Different Maximum Sim WAN Calls Allowed for WANS link Related commands add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed delete
295. ns Use this command to display the Transmission Control Protocol TCP half open entries of the firewall When the TCP 3 way handshake is complete the entries will be removed To see the entries for TCP established connections refer this command show firewall stateful table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall half open connections Related commands ip inspect tcp half open Commands Reference 620 BSG commands show firewall interface config Use this command to display the firewall interface configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall interface config Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 621 show firewall interface statistics Use this command to display interface specific statistics of the packets processed by the firewall Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall interface statistics Fast Gig PPP Port Vlan Id all Commands Reference 622 BSG commands show firewall logs Use this command to display the events logged by the firewall Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall logs NN47928 100 BSG commands 623 show firewall stateful table Use this command to display the stateful table entries Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show firewall stateful table Commands Reference 624
296. nsmit interval Use this command to specify the time between Link State Advertisement LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Precede this command with no to use the default time between LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf retransmit interval seconds 0 3600 no ip ospf retransmit interval Defaults 5 Related commands ip ospf dead interval ip ospf hello interval ip ospf transmit delay show ip ospf retransmission list NN47928 100 Layer3commands 493 ip ospf transmit delay Use this command to configure the estimated time it takes to transmit a link state update packet on the interface Precede this command with no to set the default estimated time it takes to transmit a link state update packet on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip ospf transmit delay seconds 0 3600 gt no ip ospf transmit delay Defaults 1 Related commands ip ospf dead interval ip ospf hello interval ip ospf retransmit interval Commands Reference 494 Layer 3 commands neighbor Use this command to specify a neighbor router and its priority Precede this command with no to remove the neighbor or set the default value for the neighbor priority Command mode Router configuration Syntax neighbor lt neighbor id gt no neighbor lt neighbor id gt Variable def
297. ntax ip dhcp relay enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip dhcp relay command Variable Value enable Enables the DHCP relay disable Disables the DHCP relay Defaults enable Related commands show ip dhcp relay interface Commands Reference 318 Layer 2 commands ip dhcp relay information option Use this command to enable the Relay Agent to perform any processing related to relay agent Information Options When this option is enabled the agent will insert and remove DHCP relay information in forwarded DHCP request messages to the DHCP server Precede this command with no to disable the insertion of relay information Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp relay information option no ip dhcp relay information option Defaults Disabled Related commands show dhcp server show ip dhcp relay information NN47928 100 Layer2commands 319 ip dhcp server Use this command to set the IP address of the DHCP server The relay agent will now start forwarding the packets from the client to a specific DHCP server Precede this command with no to delete the DHCP server IP address Command mode Global configuration Syntax ip dhcp server lt ip address gt no ip dhcp server lt ip address gt Defaults Disabled Related commands show dhcp server show ip dhcp relay information Commands Reference 320 L
298. nterface type lt 0 a b O c gt Specifies the member ports interface type and ID fastethernet type or gigabitethernet type port channel Specifies the port channel ID status Specifies the status of the static unicast entry Defaults status permanent Related commands show mac address table static unicast Commands Reference 276 Layer 2 commands map protocol Use this command to configure the group ID for a specific encapsulation and protocol value combination This command adds a protocol to a protocol group for protocol based VLAN learning Precede this command with no to remove the protocol from the entire group Command mode Global configuration Syntax map protocol ip novell netbios appletalk other lt aa aa or aa aa aa aa aa gt enet v2 rfc1042 llcOther snap8021H snapOther protocols group lt Group id gt no map protocol ip novell netbios appletalk other lt aa aa or aa aa aa aa aa enet v2 rfc1042 llcOther snap8021H snapOther Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the map protocol command Variable Value ip novell netbios appletalk Specifies the protocol types other Specifies the MAC address of any other protocol type not included in the list enet v2 snap IlcOther Specifies the Encapsulation Frame Types snap8021H snapOther protocols group Specifies the group ID Related
299. nterval statistics for the T1 E1 link Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show controller statistics interval interval lt T1ElIndex gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show controller statistics interval command Variable Value interval Specifies the interval statistics range T1E1Index Specifies the T1 E1 link identifier Commands Reference 850 Wireless commands show controller statistics table Use this command to display the T1 E1 current or total table statistics for the local end or remote end T1 E1 link Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show controllers statistics table current total all T1E1Index Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show controller statistics table command Variable Value current Specifies the current statistics for T1 E1 link total Specifies the total table statistics for the T1 E1 link all Specifies both the current and total table statistics for the T1 E1 link T1E1Index Specifies the T1 E1 link identifier NN47928 100 Wireless commands 851 show controllers t1e1 channel groups Use this command to display the channel groups present on the T1E1 controller Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show controllers ti1el1 channel groups Commands Reference 852 Wire
300. o sends the complete routing structure topography The advantage of shortest path first algorithms is that they result in smaller more frequent updates They converge quickly thus preventing such problems as routing loops and count to infinity when routers continuously increment the hop count to a particular network resulting in a stable network All OSPF interface related configurations are done when the global OSPF is enabled OSPF commands navigation e abr type page 469 e area default cost page 470 e area nssa page 471 e area range page 472 e area stability interval page 474 e area stub page 475 e area translation role page 476 e area virtual link page 477 e ASBR Router page 479 compatible rfc1583 page 480 e debug ip ospf page 481 e default information originate always page 482 e ip ospf authentication page 483 e ip ospf authentication key page 484 e ip ospf cost page 485 e ip ospf dead interval page 486 e ip ospf demand circuit page 487 e ip ospf hello interval page 488 e ip ospf message digest key page 489 e ip ospf network page 490 e ip ospf priority page 491 e ip ospf retransmit interval page 492 e ip ospf transmit delay page 493 e neighbor page 494 e network page 495 Commands Reference 468 Layer 3 commands passive interface default page 496 passive interface vlan page 497 redistribute page 498 redist c
301. ock source Takes the adjacent T1 E1 link clock source Commands Reference 838 Wireless commands controller Use this command to configure a T1 or E1 controller and enter T1 E1 controller configuration mode Command mode Global configuration Syntax controller t1 e1 lt T1E1Index gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in controller command Variable Value t Specifies the T1 type controller e1 Specifies E1 type controller T1E1Index Specifies the T1 E1 link identifier The value ranges from dependent on the number of T1 E1 links Defaults controller t1 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 839 controller mode Use this command to configure a T1 or E1 controller as T1 or E1 mode Command mode Global configuration Syntax controller mode t1 el Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in controller mode command Variable Value t Specifies the T1 mode e1 Specifies the E1 mode Defaults tl Commands Reference 840 Wireless commands debug t1e1 Use this command to enable debug option for the T1 E1 module Precede this command with no to disable the debug options for the T1 E1 module Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug tlel failure resource timer all no debug tlel failure resource timer all Variable defini
302. odule Command mode Global configuration Syntax shutdown garp no shutdown garp Defaults GARP module is started and enabled Commands Reference 300 Layer 2 commands switchport acceptable frame type Use this command to configure the acceptable frame type for the port Precede this command with no to set the default value of acceptable frame type all frames will be accepted Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport acceptable frame type all tagged no switchport acceptable frame type Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the switchport acceptable frame type command Variable Value all Configures all frames tagged Configures tagged frames Defaults all Related commands show vlan port config NN47928 100 Layer2commands 301 switchport ingress filter Use this command to enable ingress filtering on the port Precede this command with no to disable ingress filtering on the port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax switchport ingress filter no switchport ingress filter Defaults disabled Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 302 Layer 2 commands switchport map protocols group Use this command to map the protocol group configured to a particular VLAN identifier for the specified interface Precede this command with no to unmap the VLAN identifier to group ID m
303. ommand Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 vlan interface name Specifies the VLAN interface name Defaults vlan interface name vlani Related commands show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 805 config wlan mac filtering Use this command to configure the WLAN MAC filtering Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan mac filtering allow deny Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan mac filtering command Variable Value allow Allows MAC addresses that are not configured deny Denies MAC addresses that are not configured Defaults Mac filtering is set to allow by default Related commands show mac filter info Commands Reference 806 Wireless commands config wlan pmksa timeout Use this command to the Pairwise Master Key Security Association PMKSA timeout value Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan pmksa timeout Wlan Id 1 4 timeout value 60 604800 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan pmksa timeout command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Range is 1 to 4 timeout value Specifies the PMKSA timeout value Value ranges from 60 to 604800 Related commands show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless comman
304. ommands dot1x system auth control Use this command to enable dot1x in the switch Precede this command with no to disable dotlx in the switch Command mode Global configuration Syntax dotix system auth control no dotix system auth control Defaults dot1x is enabled Related commands show dotix shutdown dotix NN47928 100 Layer2commands 93 dot1x timeout Use this command to set the dotlx timers Precede this command with no to set the dot1x timers to the default values Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix timeout quiet period value 0 65535 gt reauth period server timeout supp timeout tx period start period held period auth period j value 1 65535 gt no dotix timeout quiet period reauth period server timeout supp timeout tx period start period held period auth period Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x timeout command Variable Value auth period Specifies the number of seconds that the supplicant waits before timing out the authenticator held period Specifies the number of seconds that the supplicant waits before trying to acquire the authenticator quiet period Specifies the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange with the client reauth period Specifies the number of seconds between re authentication attempts
305. ommands Reference 710 BSG commands show policy map Use this command to display one or more policers information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show policy map lt policer id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show policy map command Variable Value policer id Specifies the value of the policer ID The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 Related commands set qos class map police no policy map policy map shutdown qos NN47928 100 BSG commands 711 show qos default dhcp dot1p mapping Use this command to display the default mapping of DHCP to 802 1p user priorities The default DSCP to 802 1p mapping cannot be modified by the user Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show qos default dscp dotlp mapping Commands Reference 712 BSG commands show qos status Use this command to display the status of the QoS module Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show qos status NN47928 100 BSG commands 713 show queue stats Use this command to display the queue statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show queue stats interface lt Type gt lt Number gt queue lt 0 7 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show queue stats command Variable Value interface Specifies the interface type
306. on key Identifies the secret key used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet dead interval Specifies the interval at which hello packets must not be seen before its neighbors declare the router down the range of values for the dead interval is 0 Ox7fffffff hello interval The interval between hello packets that the software sends on the OSPF virtual link interface md5 The secret key which is used to create the message digest appended to the OSPF packet message digest key Specifies OSPF MD5 authentication Enables Message Digest 5 MD5 authentication on the area specified by the area id retransmit interval Specifies the time between link state advertisement LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the OSPF virtual link interface Commands Reference 478 Layer 3 commands Variable Value transmit delay Specifies the time the router will stop using this key for packets generation virtual link Specifies the router ID of the virtual neighbor Defaults authentication null hello interval 10 retransmit interval 5 transmit delay 1 dead interval 40 Related commands area range ip ospf authentication show ip ospf show ip ospf virtual links NN47928 100 Layer3commands 479 ASBR Router Use this command to specify this router as ASBR Precede this command with no to disable this router as
307. on mode Use the physical interface mode to perform interface specific operations Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode Port channel interface mode Use the port channel interface mode to perform port channel specific operations Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode VLAN interface mode Use the VLAN interface mode to perform Layer 3 internet protocol virtual local area network L3 IPVLAN specific operations Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode Config VLAN mode Use this mode to configure VLAN properties Tunnel interface mode Use the tunnel interface mode to perform tunnel specific operations Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode Out of band interface mode Use the out of band OOB interface mode to perform OOB specific operations Use exit to return to the global configuration mode PPP interface mode Use the PPP interface mode to perform PPP specific operations Use exit to return to the global configuration mode Protocol specific modes Use Telnet or a Secure Shell SSH to access the command line interface CLI The following is a list of available modes once logon is complete e MSTP configuration mode e DiffSrv ClassMap configuration mode page 36 e DiffSrv Policy Map configuration mode page 36 e DHCP pool configuration mode page 36 e ACL standard access list configuration mode page 36 e ACL MAC co
308. onfig page 499 router id page 500 router ospf page 501 set nssa asbr default route translator page 502 show ip ospf page 503 show ip ospf border routers page 504 show ip ospf database page 505 show ip ospf database summary page 506 show ip ospf interface page 507 show ip ospf neighbor page 508 show ip ospf request list page 509 show ip ospf retransmission list page 510 show ip ospf route page 511 show ip ospf summary address page 512 show ip ospf virtual links page 513 summary address page 514 NN47928 100 Layer3commands 469 abr type Use this command to set the alternative ABR Type Command mode Router configuration Syntax abr type standard cisco ibm Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the abr type command Variable Value cisco Specifies CISCO ABR type as defined in RFC 3509 ibm Specifies IBM ABR type as defined in RFC 3509 standard Specifies standard ABR type as defined in RFC 2328 Defaults Standard Related commands router ospf show ip ospf Commands Reference 470 Layer 3 commands area default cost Use this command to specify a cost for the default summary route sent into a stub or NSSA Precede this command with no to remove the assigned default route cost Command mode Router configuration Syntax area lt area id gt default cost lt cost gt tos lt tos value 0 30
309. only Specifies that uni directional tunnel is incoming send only Specifies that uni directional tunnel is outgoing Related commands show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 221 uplink rate limit Use this command to configure the output channel rate This is applicable for WAN interfaces only Command mode Ethernet interface configuration Syntax uplink rate limit speed 100000 100000000 in bps gt Related commands uplink rate limit enable disable Commands Reference 222 Layer2 commands uplink rate limit enable disable Use this command to enable or disable the uplink rate limiting feature over WAN interfaces Command mode Global configuration Syntax uplink rate limit enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the uplink rate limit enable disable command Variable Value enable Enables the uplink rate limiting feature disable Disables the uplink rate limiting feature Related commands show uplink rate limit status NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 223 write Use this command to write the running config to a flash file startup configuration file or to a remote site Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax write flash filename startup config ftp ip address filename Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the write command Variable Value
310. oping command Variable Value all Displays all messages fwd Displays forwarding database messages grp Displays group information messages init Displays initialize and shutdown messages mgmt Displays management related messages pkt Displays packet dump messages qry Displays query related messages redundancy Displays redundancy related messages resources Displays system resources management messages src Displays source information messages tmr Displays timer messages vlan Displays VLAN information messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show debugging NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 111 ip igmp snooping Use this command to enable IGMP snooping in the switch or a specific VLAN Precede this command with no to disable IGMP snooping in the switch or a specific VLAN When IGMP snooping is globally enabled it is enabled in all the existing VLAN interfaces When IGMP snooping is globally disabled it is disabled in all the existing VLAN interfaces Command mode Global configuration or config VLAN Syntax ip igmp snooping no ip igmp snooping Defaults IGMP snooping is globally disabled Related commands shutdown snooping show ip igmp snooping show ip igmp snooping globals snooping multicast forwarding mode Commands Reference 112 Layer 2 commands ip igmp snooping fast leave Use this command to enable fast leave pro
311. or communicating to native linux application or any other application running over linux IP stack One of the BSG system IP vlan1 address is assigned to this tunnel For the outside world tunnel interface is not visible and is purely behind BSG system Linux tunnel commands navigation clear dns server cache page 579 copy page 580 copy ftp page 581 dns server forwarder page 583 dns server forwarder enable disable page 584 dns server forwarder zone page 585 set dns server cache timeout page 586 show dns page 587 show tftp page 588 telnet page 589 tftp server page 590 tftp server topdir page 591 NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 579 clear dns server cache Use this command to clear the cached entries created by the earlier DNS queries Command mode Global configuration Syntax clear dns server cache Related commands show dns Commands Reference 580 Layer 3 commands copy Use this command to send a file to the remote location Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax copy lt LocalFile gt ftp user name password ip addr lt RemoteFile gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the copy command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name to access the remote location password Specifies the password ip addr Specifies the IP address RemoteFile Specifies the remote file pat
312. orized manager ip source Use this command to configure an IP authorized manager Precede this command with no to remove manager from authorized managers list Command mode Global configuration Syntax authorized manager ip source ip address lt subnet mask gt lt prefix length 1 32 gt interface interface type 0 a b 0 c gt lt interface type 0 a b 0 c gt ppp lt a b c d gt radio wireless ap id radioid 1 2 gt vlan a b or a b or a b c d cpu0 service snmp telnet http https ssh no authorized manager ip source ip address subnet mask lt prefix length 1 32 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the authorized manager ip source command Variable Value ip address Specifies either the network or host address subnet mask Specifies the IP address mask to be applied prefix length Specifies the prefix length interface Specifies the valid interfaces which includes physical ports including type slot and port number vlan Specifies the VLANs in which the IP authorized manager can reside cpuO Specifies the Out of Band management interface service Indicates service type Service can be as follows telnet ssh http https snmp Defaults All services are allowed for the configured manager Commands Reference 158 Layer 2 commands Related commands show authorized mana
313. ort gmrp command Variable Value interface type Specifies the interface type interface id Specifies the interface ID enable Enables GMRP on the interface disable Disables GMRP on the interface Defaults enable Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 284 Layer 2 commands set port gvrp Use this command to enable or disable GVRP on the interface Command mode Global configuration Syntax set port gvrp lt interface type gt lt interface id gt enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set port gvrp command Variable Value interface type Specifies the interface type interface id Specifies the interface ID enable Enables GVRP on the interface disable Disables GVRP on the interface Defaults enable Related commands show vlan port config NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 285 show garp timer Use this command to display the GARP timer information of the available interfaces Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show garp timer port interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show garp timer command Variable Value port Specifies the interface type and port ID Related commands ports set garp timer show vlan device info Commands Reference 286 Layer 2 comm
314. otocols all Specifies all virtual servers Related commands virtual server NN47928 100 BSG commands 661 portrange Use this command to configure the port forwarding range Precede this command with no to delete the port forwarding range Command mode Interface configuration Syntax portrange local ip tcp udp any start port no end port no no portrange local ip tcp udp any start port no gt lt end port no Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the portrange command Variable Value local ip Specifies the local IP address tcp udp any Specifies the protocol name start port no Specifies the start port number end port no Specifies the end port number Related commands show portrange Commands Reference 662 BSG commands port trigger Use this command to configure port trigger for outbound and inbound application Precede this command with no to delete the configured port trigger for the given application Command mode Interface configuration Syntax port trigger lt App Name gt tcp udp any lt Outbound Port Range gt lt Inbound Port Range gt no port trigger lt App Name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the port integer command Variable Value App Name Specifies the application name tcp udp any Specifies the protocol name Outbound Port Range S
315. page 245 e show users page 245 e lock page 247 e logout page 248 e moduser page 249 e pagination page 250 e password page 251 e run script page 252 e show aliases page 253 e show history page 254 e show line page 255 e show privilege page 256 e show users page 257 e username page 258 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 231 alias Use this command to replace the given token by the given string Precede this command with no to remove the alias created for the given string Command mode Global configuration Syntax alias replacement string token to be replaced no alias alias Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the alias command Variable Value replacement string Specifies the replacement string token to be replaced Specifies the abbreviated or short form of the replacement string Related commands show aliases Commands Reference 232 Layer2 commands clear screen Use this command to clear the screen Command mode All Syntax clear screen NN47928 100 Layer2commands 233 close line vty Use this command to close the specified line Telnet SSH connection Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax close line vty lt vty number gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the close line vty command Variable Value vty number
316. pecified range In addition aggregated Type 7 are generated in all attached NSSA for the specified range specified range Areald Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address denyAll When set to denyAll neither Type 5 nor Type 7 will be generated for the specified range Mask Specifies the subnet mask that pertains to the range Network Specifies the IP address of the net indicated by the range not advertise When set to doNotAdvertise 2 and associated areald is 0 0 0 0 Type 5 is not generated for the specified range while aggregated Type 7 are generated in all attached NSSA While if associated areald is x x x x other than 0 0 0 0 Type 7 are not generated in NSSA x x x x for the LSA Translation Indicates how an NSSA Border router is performing NSSA translation of Type 7 to into Type 5 LSAs When set to enabled P Bit is set in the generated Type 7 When set to disabled P Bit is cleared in the generated Type 7 LSA for the range NN47928 100 Layer3commands 515 Defaults summary address advertise translation disabled Related commands area range ip ospf authentication key ip ospf message digest key show ip ospf database summary show ip ospf summary address Commands Reference 516 Layer 3 commands Session Initiation Protocol commands The Session Initiation Protocol SIP module will be deploy
317. pecifies the outbound port range Inbound Port Range Specifies the inbound port range Related commands show port trigger show port trigger reserved list NN47928 100 BSG commands 663 show ip nat Use this command to display various NAT tables Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip nat global static translations Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip nat command Variable Value global Specifies the global IP NAT static Specifies the static IP NAT translations Specifies the NAT Related commands static nat ip nat pool Commands Reference 664 BSG commands show ip nat interface Use this command to display NAT interface configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip nat interface Related commands interface nat ip nat NN47928 100 BSG commands 665 show nat config Use this command to display NAT configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show nat config Related commands static nat Commands Reference 666 BSGcommands show portrange Use this command to display the port range configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show portrange Related commands show portrange NN47928 100 BSG commands 667 show port trigger Use this command to disp
318. periodic inform interval value in seconds Defaults 60 seconds Related Commands show mgmt server config Commands Reference 774 BSG commands send inform Use this command to send an inform forcibly to the ACS Command mode TR 069 Syntax send inform Related Commands acs url NN47928 100 BSG commands 775 show mgmt server config Use this command to display the CPE Management Server configuration Command mode Privileged or User EXEC Syntax show mgmt server config Commands Reference 776 BSG commands show tr69 status Use this command to display the CPE status Command mode Privileged or User EXEC Syntax show tr69 status NN47928 100 BSG commands 777 tr69 Use this command to enter the tr69 mode Command mode Tr 69 Syntax tr69 Commands Reference 778 BSG commands NN47928 100 779 Wireless commands This section describes the commands that helps you to configure the wireless command line interface CLI Wireless commands navigation e Wireless local area network commands page 780 e Digital Subscriber Line commands page 821 e TI EI commands page 831 Commands Reference 780 Wireless commands Wireless local area network commands The Wireless Local Area Network WLAN module controls the configuration of the wireless access point AP connected to the Business Service Gateway BSG It configures the radio par
319. play the configured SNMP target addresses Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp targetaddr Related commands snmp notify snmp targetaddr snmp targetparams NN47928 100 Layer2commands 361 show snmp targetparam Use this command to display the configured SNMP target address parameters Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp targetparam Related commands snmp targetparams snmp user Commands Reference 362 Layer 2 commands show snmp user Use this command to display the configured SNMP users Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp user Related commands show snmp community snmp user NN47928 100 Layer2commands 363 show snmp viewtree Use this command to display the configured SNMP Tree views Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp viewtree Related commands snmp view Commands Reference 364 Layer 2 commands snmp agent status Use this command to enable or disable the SNMP agent status Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp agent status enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp agent status command Variable Value enable Enables the SNMP agent status disable Disables the SNMP agent status Related commands show snmp agent information NN47928 100 Layer
320. priority Use this command to map a priority to a traffic class on the specified port The frame received on the interface with the configured priority is processed in the configured traffic class Precede this command with no to map the default priority to traffic class value on the port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax vlan map priority priority value 0 7 traffic class Traffic class value 0 7 no vlan map priority priority value 0 7 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vlan map priority command Variable Value Traffic class Specifies the traffic classes supported on the port Related commands show vlan traffic classes Commands Reference 720 BSG commands vlan max traffic class Use this command to configure the maximum number of traffic classes supported on a port Precede this command with no to assign the default maximum traffic class value to a port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax vlan max traffic class lt MAX Traffic class 1 8 gt no vlan max traffic class Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the vlan max traffic class command Variable Value MAX Traffic class Specifies the number of traffic classes supported on the port Defaults 8 Related commands show vlan traffic classes NN47928 100 BSG commands 721 Access control
321. r configuration parameters The NetBIOS node type for Microsoft DHCP clients can be one of the four settings broadcast peer to peer mixed or hybrid Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax netbios node type lt 0 FF gt b node h node m node p node no netbios node type Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the netbios node type command Variable Value 0 FF Specifies the node type value b node Specifies the broadcast node h node Specifies the hybrid node m node Specifies the mixed node p node Specifies the peer to peer node Related commands network service dhcp server show ip dhcp server binding show ip dhcp server information show ip dhcp server pools show ip dhcp server statistics NN47928 100 Layer2commands 339 network Use this command to set the network IP address and mask in DHCP server configuration parameters Precede this command with no to delete the network IP address and mask from DHCP server configuration Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax network lt network IP gt lt mask gt lt prefix length 1 31 gt end ip no network Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the network command Variable Value network IP Specifies the network IP address of the DHCP pool mask Specifies the subnet mask of the DHCP pool prefix length Specifies th
322. r page 301 switchport map protocols group page 302 switchport mode page 303 switchport priority default page 304 switchport pvid page 305 vlan page 306 vlan map priority page 307 vlan restricted page 308 NN47928 100 Layer2commands 269 debug vian Use this command to enable module wise debug traces like forwarding priority GARP GVRP or GMRP Precede this command with no to disable debugging Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug vlan fwd priority garp gvrp gmrp redundancy initshut mgmt data ctpl dump os failall buffer all no debug vlan fwd priority garp gvrp gmrp redundancy initshut mgmt data ctpl dump os failall buffer all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug vlan command Variable Value fwd Specifies the forwarding module priority Specifies the VLAN priority module garp Specifies the GARP module gvrp Specifies the GVRP module gmrp Specifies the GMRP module initshut Initialize and shutdown mgmt Specifies the management data Specifies the data path ctpl Specifies the control plane dump Specifies the packet dump os Specifies the traces related to all resources except buffer failall Specifies the all failures state buffer Specifies the buffer all Specifies all the traces redundancy Specifies the redundancy
323. r levels Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 txpower minimum eigth quarter half full Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 txpower command Variable Value auto Automatically detects the power level powerlevel Specifies the Tx Power levels Range is from 0 to 17 Related commands show dot11 Commands Reference 796 Wireless commands config dot11 wmm Use this command to set the status of Wireless MultiMedia WMM Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 wmm disabled supported Variable definitions required This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 wmm command Variable Value disabled supported required Specifies the WMM status Related commands show dotll NN47928 100 Wireless commands 797 config dot11 wmm acknowledge policy Use this command to set the acknowledge policy for each number Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 wmm acknowledge policy ac number 1 4 gt ack noack Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 wmm acknowledge policy command Variable Value ac number Specifies the access categories Range is from 1 to 4 ack noack Specifies acknowledgement or no acknowledgement Related commands show dotll Co
324. r serverdomainname Use this command to display the domain name of the SIP server Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver serverdomainname NN47928 100 Layer3commands 565 show sipserver Session Timer Use this command to display the configuration properties for scope TransactionStatefulProxy Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver EnableSessionTimerRangeValidations ForkingPolicy MaximumSessionTimer MinimumSessionTimer DefaultSessionTimer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver Session Timer command Variable Value EnableSessionTimerRangeValidat Enables Session Timer Range Validations ions ForkingPolicy Displays Forking Policy MaximumSessionTimer Displays Maximum Session Timer MST MinimumSessionTimer Displays Minimum Session Timer MST DefaultsessionTimer Displays Default Session Timer DST Related commands set sipserver max min default timers set sipserver set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Commands Reference 566 Layer 3 commands show sipserver status Use this command to display the status of the CCLI server or the SIP server Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver status NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 567 show sipserver subscriber details Use this command to display the subscriber details
325. r2 commands 225 power inline Use this command to enable or disable POE on a port Command mode Interface configuration Syntax power inline auto never Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the power inline command Variable Value auto Enables POE on a port never Disables POE on a port Defaults never Related commands show power inline Commands Reference 226 Layer 2 commands power inline priority Use this command to set the POE port priority to critical high or low Command mode Interface configuration Syntax power inline priority critical high low Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the power inline priority command Variable Value critical Sets the POE port priority to critical high Sets the POE port priority to high low Sets the POE port priority to low Defaults Power inline priority is set to low by default Related commands show power inline NN47928 100 Layer2 commands 227 set poe Use this command to enable or disable POE module in the switch Command mode Global configuration Syntax set poe enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set poe command Variable Value enable Enables POE module in the switch disable Disables POE module in the switch Relat
326. range of spanning tree instances Related commands instance spanning tree priority spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP Commands Reference 60 Layer 2 commands show spanning tree mst port specific configuration Use this command to display multiple spanning tree port specific configuration Command mode Privileged and User EXEC Syntax show spanning tree mst lt instance id 1 64 gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt stats hello time detail Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show spanning tree mst port specific configuration command Variable Value detail Details multiple spanning tree port specific configuration hello time Determines how often the switch broadcasts its hello message to other switches when it is the root of the spanning tree instance id Specifies the range of spanning tree instances interface Details interface type and interface id stats Displays the input and output packets by switching path for the interface Related commands clear spanning tree counters clear spanning tree detected protocols instance show spanning tree interface spanning tree mst hello time spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP spanning tree Properties of an interface NN47928 100 Layer2commands 61 show spanning tree root Use this command to
327. regated Type 7 are generated in all attached NSSA While if associated areald is x x x x other than 0 0 0 0 Type 7 are not generated in NSSA x x x x for the specified range range Specifies OSPF address range summary Indicates summary LSAs tag The Tag type describes whether tags will be automatically generated or will be manually configured Type Indicates type 7 LSA NN47928 100 Layer3commands 473 Defaults tag 2 Related commands area default cost area nssa area stub area virtual link ip ospf authentication show ip ospf summary address summary address Commands Reference 474 Layer 3 commands area stability interval Use this command to configure the stability interval for Not So Stubby Area NSSA Precede this command with no to configure default stability interval for NSSA Command mode Router configuration Syntax area area id stability interval Interval Value 0 Ox7fffffff no area area id stability interval Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area stability interval command Variable Value area id Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address stability interval Specifies the number of seconds after an elected translator determines its services are no longer required that it must continue to perform its translation dutie
328. rence 178 Layer 2 commands jumbo frame support Use this command to configure the jumbo frame support on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax jumbo frames support enable disable Defaults disable Related commands show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 179 interface Use this command to select an interface to configure which can be a physical interface or a port channel interface or a VLAN interface or Out of Band OOB interface Precede this command with no to delete a VLAN port channel tunnel OOB interface When this command executes the user enters the interface configuration mode for that interface Command mode Global configuration Syntax interface cpu0 Vlan vlan id 1 4094 gt port channel port channel id 1 65535 gt tunnel tunnel id 0 128 gt interface type interface id radio wirelss ap id radioid 1 2 ppp interface number serial lt tlel controller number gt lt timeslot gt pvc dsl id pvc id dsl dsl modem id multilink multilink bundle number fxo channel fxo channel 1 gt fxs channel lt fxs channel 1 2 gt no interface Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt Port Channel port channel id 1 65535 tunnel lt tunnel id 0 128 gt pvc lt dsl id gt lt pvc id gt ppp lt ppp id gt multilink lt multilink bundle number gt Variable definitions This table des
329. rence 792 Wireless commands config dot11 rts threshold Use this command to set the rts threshold of the radios Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil rts threshold threshold value 0 2347 gt Related commands show dotll NN47928 100 Wireless commands 793 config dot11 supported rates Use this command to set the supported wireless speed Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dotil supported rates lt values 1 2 5 5 6 9 11 12 18 24 36 48 54Mbps gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 supported rates command Variable Value values 1 2 5 5 6 9 11 Specifies the wireless speed values in Mbps 12 18 24 36 48 54Mbps Related commands show dotll Commands Reference 794 Wireless commands config dot11 turbo Use this command to set the turbo mode Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 turbo static dynamic disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 turbo command Variable Value static Specifies the static turbo mode dynamic Specifies the dynamic turbo mode disable Specifies that there are no wireless clients that support turbo mode Related commands show dotl11 NN47928 100 Wireless commands 795 config dot11 txpower Use this command to set the powe
330. rface status Specifies the status of the interface vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier port channel Specifies the port channel identifier tunnel Specifies the tunnel identifier dsl Specifies the digital subscriber line pvc Specifies the private virtual connection radio Specifies the radio ppp Specifies the point to point protocol multilink Specifies the multilink PPP interface Related commands flowcontrol NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 203 interface show files Commands Reference 204 Layer 2 commands show interfaces counters Use this command to display the interface status and configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show interfaces lt interface type gt lt interface id gt vlan lt short 1 4094 gt tunnel lt tunnel id 0 128 gt multilink lt multilink bundle number gt ppp lt ppp id 1 4094 gt counters Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show interfaces counters command Variable Value interface type Specifies the interface type fastethernet or gigabitethernet interface interface id Specifies the physical interface ID including type slot and port number vlan Specifies the VLAN identifier tunnel Specifies the tunnel identifier multilink Specifies the multilink bundle number ppp Specifies the PPP identifier counters Specifies
331. rface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table static unicast command Variable Value vian Specifies the VLAN ID The value ranges from 1 to 4094 address Specifies the MAC address interface Specifies the Interface type and ID Related commands mac address table static unicast ports show mac address table dynamic unicast vlan NN47928 100 Layer2commands 293 show protocol vlan Use this command to display the entries in protocol VLAN database Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show protocol vlan Related commands switchport map protocols group Commands Reference 294 Layer 2 commands show vlan Use this command to display the VLAN information in the database Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan brief id lt vlan id 1 4094 gt summary Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show vlan command Variable Value brief Specifies the brief information about all the VLANs id Displays VLAN ID specific information summary Displays VLAN summary Related commands ports vlan NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 295 show vlan device capabilities Use this command to display the VLAN capabilities of the device Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show vlan device capab
332. riable Value index Enter the statistics table index owner This is an optional field It allows the user to enter the name of the owner of the RMON group of statistics with a string length of 127 Defaults owner monitor Related commands set rmon Commands Reference 264 Layer 2 commands rmon event Use this command to add an event to the RMON event table The added event is associated with an RMON event number Precede the command with no to delete an event from the RMON event table Command mode Global configuration Syntax rmon event lt number 1 65535 gt description lt event description 127 gt log owner lt ownername 40 gt trap lt community 127 gt no rmon event lt number 1 65535 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the rmon event command Variable Value number Enter the event number description Provides the description of the event log Use this parameter to generate a log entry owner Specifies the owner of the event trap Use this parameter to generate a trap The SNMP d string needs to pass for the specified Related commands rmon alarm show rmon show snmp community NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 265 set rmon Use this command to enable or to disable the RMON feature Command mode Global configuration Syntax set rmon enable disable Variable def
333. ries to its default value Command mode Router configuration Syntax ip rip retransmission interval timeout value 5 10 retries value 10 40 gt no ip rip retransmit interval retries Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rip retransmission command Variable Value interval Specifies the timeout interval to be used to retransmit the update request packet or an unacknowledged update response packet retries Specifies the maximum number of retransmissions of the update request and update response packets Defaults interval 5 retries 36 Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 455 ip rip security Use this command to accept or ignore RIP1 packets when authentication is in use Precede this command with no to the security level to its default value Command mode Router configuration Syntax ip rip security minimum maximum no ip rip security Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rip security command Variable Value minimum Denotes that the RIP1 packets will be accepted even when authentication is in use maximum Denotes that RIP1 packets will be ignored when authentication is in use Defaults maximum Related commands show ip rip Commands Reference 456 Layer 3 commands ip rip send version Use this command to
334. rity cipher suite 000 e ee eee 808 comig wian security BEOSIUE Guess ie eua tad icio ek dede esc em e Rh Cr d 809 config wlan security pre shared key 00 eee eee eee eee 810 config wlan security static wep key encryption 0 0 eee eee 811 config wlan wep default key 2 oc aencscas erga tenes eesenduder da ges Rx d 812 DOUG WAN M M 813 no wlan static wep key encryption 00020 cece ee eee 814 VAN OE MUONS ccd PTT 814 show AP SIAUS gucccdvlageeeuneeceee bide eiege RESERS RARE OER REM ER 815 show ent SD global uus oad Chk ies Suh Baie Gee o oes SR RS 816 BOW UCL dudaatuazxe reda3qece ias RE dede x andas SER sear 817 Show OD BEP 4 35 5 oce RS d RR RR CREE Y RRPIOY EG Pre Ada d RR 818 show wep dete lt key rb aa cues kae Roue code cux rit Ra em RR EC was 819 SOW MaN gi ccacicceedateeenee he Qa hu ERI ARA cA EEie Rd acus 820 Digital Subscriber Line commands 000 0c eee eee 821 del oparang MOJE 6 idee y Seca yan eguseh Soke ec Sd d RE ed Rub Sce Rue R 822 CNEAPSUIANON M T 823 HOS SEE Liu paucos oe da eh UE RE ace oo A hae Rake hens ee RN Sc es 824 Bion Het In SP DR c oo ird exc ER ab Ew pee PET e Wa deos qc 825 show dsi interlace PVO 25 bet ace IA E debe ROUEN ORE BORA SERO TE UR ees 826 BOM HS DRE ad Datus usd cee eiua boca ace Seas Geena qua stet E 827 traffic parameters Sel collonscceneeseerk eme rc eer YR I epa RE RT EAE 828 VON valid 2 5 5 eee G
335. rivileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Related commands lp dhcp ip dhcp pool service dhcp server show ip dhcp server pools NN47928 100 Layer2commands 347 show snmp server traps Use this command to view the set of traps that are currently enabled Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp server traps Commands Reference 348 Layer 2 commands utilization threshold Use this command to set the pool utilization threshold value in percentage If the pool utilization reaches this threshold level a syslog event and SNMP trap message will be generated Precede the command with no to set pool utilization threshold to its default value Command mode DHCP pool configuration Syntax utilization threshold integer 0 100 gt no utilization threshold Defaults 75 Related commands show ip dhcp server pools logging NN47928 100 Layer2commands 349 Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 commands Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is the most widely used network management protocol on TCP IP based networks SNMPv3 is designed to overcome the security shortcomings of SNMPv1 v2 User based Security Model USM and View based Access Control Model VACM are the main features added as part of the SNMPv3 specification USM provides both encryption and authentication of the SNMP power distribution units PDUs while VACM specifies
336. rvice of the route being configured no summary Indicates allows an area to be a not so stubby area but not have summary routes injected into it nssa Configures an area as a not so stubby area NSSA Defaults metric 10 metric type 1 tos 0 Related commands area range area translation role Commands Reference 472 Layer 3 commands area range Use this command to consolidate and summarize routes at an area boundary Precede this command with no to delete the summary address Command mode Router configuration Syntax area lt AreaId gt range Network Mask summary Type7 advertise not advertise tag lt value gt no area Areald range Network Mask Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area range command Variable Value advertise When set to advertise and associated area Id is 0 0 0 0 aggregated Type 5 are generated Otherwise if associated area Id is x x x x other than 0 0 0 0 aggregated Type 7 is generated in NSSA x x x x Areald Area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address Mask Specifies the subnet mask that pertains to the range Network Specifies the IP address of the Net indicated by the range not advertise When set to doNotAdvertise 2 and associated areald is 0 0 0 0 Type 5 is not generated for the specified range while agg
337. s Defaults 40 Related commands show ip ospf NN47928 100 Layer3commands 475 area stub Use this command to an area as a stub area and other parameters related to that area Precede this command with no to remove an area or convert stub or nssa to normal area Command mode Router configuration Syntax area lt area id gt stub no summary no area lt area id gt stub nssa Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the area stub command Variable Value area id Specifies area associated with the OSPF address range It is specified as an IP address stub Specifies stub area If the area type is no summary the router will neither originate nor propagate summary LSAs into the stub area no summary If specified router neither originates nor propogates summary LSAs into the stub area nssa Specifies not so stubby area Related commands area default cost Gfreag range ip ospf authentication Commands Reference 476 Layer 3 commands area translation role Use this command to configure the translation role for NSSA Precede this command with no to configure default translation role for NSSA Command mode Router configuration Syntax area lt area id gt translation role always candidate no area lt area id gt translation role Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the
338. s command Variable Value IpAddress Specifies the TFTP server IP Address Commands Reference 552 Layer 3 commands set sipserver timer Use this command to configures different timers of the SIP server Command mode SIP timer configuration Syntax set sipserver TimerT1 TimerT2 TimerB TimerF TimerH TimerI TimerJ TimerK integer 1 2147483647 Timerc lt integer 180000 2147483647 gt TimerD lt integer 32000 2147483647 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver timer command Variable Value TimerT1 TimerT2 TimerB Specifies different timers TimerC TimerF TimerH Timer TimerT1 and TimerT2 are used for local TimerJ Timerk retransmissions TimerD Specifies the minimum value configurable for TimerD which is 32000 The range is 32000 2147483647 integer Specifies timer value in milliseconds Defaults TimerT1 500 ms TimerT2 4000 ms TimerB 64 T1 TimerC 180 seconds TimerD 32 seconds TimerF 32 seconds TimerH 32 seconds Timerl 5 seconds TimerJ 32 seconds TimerK 5 seconds Related commands NN47928 100 Layer3commands 553 show sipserver subscriber details Commands Reference 554 Layer 3 commands show sipserver ActiveWANCallCount Use this command to display the total active WAN call count Comman
339. s show dot1x Use this command to display dot1x information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show dotix interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt statistics interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt supplicant statistics interface interface type lt interface id gt local database mac info address aa aa aa aa aa aa mac statistics address aa aa aa aa aa aa all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show dot1x command Variable Value all Specifies the dot1x status for all interfaces interface Specifies the dot1x status for the specified interface local database Specifies the dot1x authentication server database with user name and password mac info Specifies the dot1x MAC information for the interface with the specified MAC address mac statistics Specifies the dot1x MAC statistics for the interface with the specified MAC address statistics interface Specifies the dot1x authenticator statistics for the switch or the specified interface supplicant statistics interface Specifies the dot1x supplicant statistics for the switch or the specified interface Related commands dotix default NN47928 100 Layer2commands 97 shutdown dot1x Use this command to shut down dot1x capability Precede this command with no to start and enable dot1x capability Command mode Global co
340. s Command mode Global configuration Syntax set vlan traffic classes enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set vlan traffic classes command Variable Value enable Enables traffic classes disable Disables traffic classes Defaults enable Related commands show vlan show vlan traffic classes switchport priority default Commands Reference 708 BSG commands show class map Use this command to display one or more classifiers information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show class map classifier id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show class map command Variable Value classifier id Specifies the value of the classifier ID The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 Related commands lass map e class NN47928 100 BSG commands 709 show policer statistics Use this command to display one or more information of policers statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show policer statistics lt policer id 1 2147483647 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show policer statistics command Variable Value policer id Specifies the value of the policer ID Value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 Related commands police policy map C
341. s This table describes the variables used in the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command Variable Values vlan Specifies the vlan ID value Related commands ip igmp snooping mrouter NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 129 show ip igmp snooping statistics Use this command to display IGMP snooping statistics for all VLANs or a specific VLAN Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip igmp snooping statistics Vlan lt vlan id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip igmp snooping statistics command Variable Value vian Enter the Virtual Local Area Network VLAN identifier Related commands show ip igmp snooping show ip igmp snooping globals shutdown snooping snooping multicast forwarding mode Commands Reference 130 Layer 2 commands shutdown snooping Use this command to shut down snooping in the switch Precede this command with no to start and enable snooping in the switch When shutdown all resources acquired by the Snooping module are released to the system For the IGS feature to be functional on the switch the system control status must be set as start and the state must be enabled Command mode Global Configuration Syntax shutdown snooping no shutdown snooping Defaults no shutdown snooping Related commands ip igmp snooping NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 131 snoopi
342. s email Specifies the e mail address fqdn Specifies the fully qualified domain name keyld Specifies the string to uniquely identify the peer psk Specifies the preshared key Related commands show vpn remote ids NN47928 100 BSG commands 697 Diffserv commands Differentiated Services DiffServ is an architecture for providing different types or levels of services for network traffic In Diffserv flows are aggregated in the network so that the core routers can distinguish small aggregated flows that contain million of individual flows Differentiated services provides a framework and building blocks to enable deployment of scalable service discrimination in the internet The differentiated services speeds the deployment by dividing the architecture into two components one is well understood and other is just beginning to be understood This decision is taken from the internet design which separates the forwarding and routing components Packet forwarding is a relatively simple task that performs on a per packet basis Forwarding uses the packet header to find an entry in a routing table that determines the packet s output interface Routing sets the entries in that table and reflects a range of transit and other policies to keep track of route failures Routing tables act as a background process to the forwarding task Diffserv commands navigation class page 698 e class map page 699 e no policy map page 701
343. s key empty string Related commands aaa authentication dotix default show radius server show radius statistics NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 101 show radius server Use this command to display RADIUS server configuration Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show radius server Related commands radius server host Commands Reference 102 Layer2 commands show radius statistics Use this command to display RADIUS server statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show radius statistics Related commands radius server host NN47928 100 Layer2commands 103 TACACS commands Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TACACS is a client and server protocol that enables remote access servers to communicate with a central server to authenticate dial in users and authorize their access to the requested system or service Use this command to provide Network Access Security NAS which ensures secure access from remotely connected users TACACS implements the TACACS client and provides the Authentication Authorization and Accounting AAA functionalities TACACS commands navigation e debug tacacs page 104 e show tacacs page 105 e tacacs server host page 106 tacacs server retransmit page 107 e facacs use server address page 108 Commands Reference 104 Layer 2 commands debug tacacs Use this command to set
344. s command to set the FXS user number Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs user number lt number length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs user number command Variable Value number Specifies the SIP user ID Defaults 1001 line 1 1002 line 2 Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 756 BSGcommands set fxs user password Use this command to set the FXS password for the user Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs user password lt password length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs user password command Variable Value password Specifies the SIP authentication password for REGISTER and INVITE Defaults 0 Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 757 set gmt offset Use this command to set the offset from GMT for local time Command mode VOIP Configuration Syntax set gmt offset lt offset value integer 12 to 12 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set gmt offset command Variable Value offset value Specifies the GMT offset value for time zone calculation Range is from 12 to 12 Defaults 0 Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 758 BSG commands set ip tos Use this com
345. s command with no to disable the origin of default route over the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rip default route originate lt metric 1 15 gt no ip rip default route originate Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ip rip default route originate command Variable Value metric Specifies the value for the metric Defaults no ip rip default route originates Related commands show ip rip NN47928 100 Layer3commands 453 ip rip receive version Use this command to set IP RIP version number for receiving advertisements Precede this command with no to set IP RIP receive version number to its default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip rip receive version 1 2 1 2 none no ip rip receive version Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe ip rip receive version command Variable Value 1 2 12 none Indicates which version of RIP updates are accepted Defaults 12 Related commands ip rip send version show ip rip Commands Reference 454 Layer 3 commands ip rip retransmission Use this command to configure the timeout interval Insert the number of retries to retransmit the update request packet or an unacknowledged update response packet Precede this command with no to set the retransmission timeout interval or the number of retransmission ret
346. s commands 789 config dot11 preamble Use this command to set the preamble parameter Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 preamble short short or long gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 preamble command Variable Value short Short preamble short or long Short or long preamble Related commands show dotl11 Commands Reference 790 Wireless commands config dot11 profile clients Use this command to set the maximum clients Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 profile clients lt integer 0 63 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 profile command Variable Value integer Specifies the maximum number of profile clients Range is from 0 to 64 Related commands show dotll NN47928 100 Wireless commands 791 config dot11 protection Use this command to set the protection method Command mode Radio configuration Syntax config dot11 protection cts only rts cts none Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config dot11 protection command Variable Value cts only Specifies the cts only protection method rts cts Specifies the rts cts protection method none Specifies no protection method Related commands show dot11 Commands Refe
347. s complete This allows you to define new protocols that coexist with these protocols SSH commands navigation e debug ssh page 143 e ipssh page 144 e show ip ssh page 145 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 143 debug ssh Use this command to set the given trace levels for SSH Precede this command with no to reset the given SSH trace level Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ssh all shut mgmt data ctrl dump resource buffer no debug ssh all shut mgmt data ctrl dump resource buffer Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ssh command Variable Value all Specifies the initialization and shutdown messages shut Specifies the shutdown messages mgmt Specifies the management messages data Specifies the data path messages ctrl Specifies the control plane messages dump Specifies the packet dump messages resource Specifies the messages related to all resources except buffers buffer Specifies the buffer messages Defaults Debugging is disabled Related commands show ip ssh Commands Reference 144 Layer 2 commands ip ssh Use this command to enable SSH server on the device and also configures the various parameters associated with SSH server Precede this command with no to disable SSH server on the device and also re sets the various parameters associated with SSH server
348. s layer 2 functional group security Adds security functional group access Adds access functional group voice Adds voice functional group read only Sets read only access read write Sets read write access no access Sets no access Related commands listgroups Commands Reference 242 Layer 2 commands help Use this command to display help for a particular command Command mode All Syntax help command Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the help command Variable Value command Specifies the privileged command NN47928 100 Layer2commands 243 line Use this command to configure a console or a virtual terminal line Command mode Global configuration Syntax line console vty Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the 1ine command Variable Value console Configures a console vty Configures virtual terminal line Related commands end exit show line Commands Reference 244 Layer 2 commands line configuration mode Use this command to configure a console or virtual terminal line Command mode Global configuration Syntax line console vty Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the 1ine command Variable Value console Configures a console vty Configures virtual terminal line Related comman
349. s the VLAN ID Related commands mac address table static multicast mac address table static unicast ports vlan NN47928 100 Layer2commands 289 show mac address table dynamic multicast Use this command to display the dynamically learned multicast MAC address Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table dynamic multicast vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt address lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table dynamic multicast command Variable Value vlan Specifies the VLAN ID address Specifies the MAC address interface Specifies the interface type and ID Related commands mac address table static multicast ports show mac address table static multicast vlan Commands Reference 290 Layer 2 commands show mac address table dynamic unicast Use this command to display the dynamically learned unicast entries from the MAC address table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show mac address table dynamic unicast vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt address lt aa aa aa aa aa aa gt interface lt interface type gt lt interface id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show mac address table dynamic unicast command Variable
350. s the function entry related traces fn exit Specifies the function exit related traces packet flow Specifies the packet flow related traces dns Specifies the DNS related traces ftp Specifies the FTP related traces http Specifies the HTTP related traces smtp Specifies the SMTP related traces icmp Specifies the ICMP related traces pptp Specifies the PPTP related traces memory Specifies the memory related traces Defaults disabled Commands Reference 654 BSG commands disable virtual server Use this command to disable the virtual server configuration Command mode Interface configuration Syntax disable virtual server lt local ip port number all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the disable virtual server command Variable Value local ip Enter the local IP address port number Enter the port number all Specifies all virtual servers Related commands interface nat ip nat timeout virtual server NN47928 100 BSG commands 655 enable virtual server Use this command to enable the virtual server configuration Command mode Interface configuration Syntax enable virtual server lt local ip gt lt portno gt all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the enable virtual server command Variable Value local ip Enter local IP address portno Enter the port
351. s used in the Got1x init session command Variable Value supp addr aa aa aa aa aa aa Specifies the supplicant address to initiate Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 84 Layer 2 commands dot1x init session reauth Use this command to initiate the dotlx reauthentication session Command mode Global configuration mode Syntax dotix init session reauth supp addr aa aa aa aa aa aa gt Variable definitions This table describes the variable used in the dot1x init session reauth command Variable Value supp addr aa aa aa aa aa aa Specifies the supplicant address to initiate Related commands show dotix NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 85 dot1x auth mode Use this command to configure the port authentication mode Precede this command with no to set the port authentication mode to port based Command mode Interface configuration mode Syntax dotix auth mode port based mac based no dotix auth mode Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dot1x auth mode command Variable Value port based Specifies the value to configure port based authentication mode mac based Specifies the value to configure mac based authentication mode Related commands show dotix Commands Reference 86 Layer 2 commands dot1x local database Use this command to configure the dot1x auth
352. scribes the variables used in the tacas server host command Variable Value single connection Establishes single TCP connection to communicate with TACACS server port Enter TCP port number timeout Enter the time period in seconds for which the client waits for a response from the server before closing the connection key Enter the per server encryption key It describes the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS communications between the authenticator and the TACACS server The string length is 63 Defaults port 40 timeout 5 seconds Related commands show tacacs NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 107 tacacs server retransmit Use this command to get the number of times the client searches the active server from the list of servers maintained in the TACACS client when active server is not configured Precede the command with no to set the default retries Command mode Global Configuration mode Syntax tacacs server retransmit lt retries gt no tacacs server retransmit Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the tacacs server retransmit command Variable Value retries Enter the number of times the client searches the active server The value ranges from 1 to 100 Commands Reference 108 Layer 2 commands tacacs use server address Use this command to select a server from the list of servers mainta
353. se this command to configure SNMP group details Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP group details Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp group GroupName user UserName security model v1 v2c v3 tvolatile nonvolatile no snmp group GroupName user UserName security model v1 v2c v3 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp group command Variable Value GroupName Specifies the name of the SNMP group to be configured user Specifies the user name security model Specifies the security model volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type Defaults GroupName iso initial Related commands show snmp group show snmp user Commands Reference 372 Layer 2 commands snmp notify Use this command to configure the SNMP notification details Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP notification details Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp notify lt NotifyName gt tag lt TagName gt type Trap Inform volatile nonvolatile no snmp notify lt NotifyName gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp notify command Variable Value NotifyName Specifies the notification name to be configured to get the detail tag Specifies the tag name type Specifies the notification type volatile
354. set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed NN47928 100 Layer3commands 563 show sipserver scope bsg Use this command to display the configuration properties for scope BSG Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName PolledServers MaximumSimWanCallsAllowed IdleTimerForNATBindingRemoval PublicSIPViaHost PublicSIPRecordRoute PublicSIPSRecordRoute HostNameForWanLinks Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver scope bsg command Variable Value BackupModeGlobalDialPlanName Displays backup mode global dialplan name PolledServers Displays polled servers MaximumSimWanCallsAllowed Displays maximum Sim WAN Calls Allowed SWCA IdleTimerForNATBindingRemoval Displays idle timer for NAT binding removal entry PublicSIPViaHost Displays SIP host address for public via header PublicSIPRecordRoute Displays SIP record route header used in public domain PublicSIPSRecordRoute Displays SIP record route header used in public domain HostNameForWanLinks Displays host name for WAN links Related commands set sipserver max min default timers set sipserver PolledServers set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed add sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Commands Reference 564 Layer 3 commands show sipserve
355. set sipserver OrganizationHeader set sipserver ServerHeader set sipserver DNSLookupTimeOut NN47928 100 Layer3commands 561 show sipserver Port Use this command to display ports on which SIP server accepts requests Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver SIPTCPPort SIPUDPPort TLSListenPorts Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver Port command Variable Value SIPTCPPort Specifies SIP TCP port SIPUDPPort Specifies SIP UDP port TLSListenPorts Specifies TLS listen ports Related commands set sipserver Commands Reference 562 Layer 3 commands show sipserver Registration Use this command to display the configuration properties for scope registrar Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod MaximumRegistrationPeriod DefaultRegistrationPeriod MaxContactsPerAOR Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sipserver Registration command Variable Value MinimumRegistrationPeriod Specifies minimum registration period MaximumRegistrationPeriod Specifies maximum registration period DefaultRegistrationPeriod Specifies default registration period MaxContactsPerAOR Specifies maximum contacts per AOR Related commands set sipserver MinimumRegistrationPeriod
356. set sipserver ServerHeader Use this command to specify the string to be used in the server header in responses generated by the SIP server Command mode SIP ProtocolHeader configuration Syntax set sipserver ServerHeader lt string gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver ServerHeader command Variable Value string Specifies the SIP server header string value Related commands show sipserver OrganizationHeader Commands Reference 550 Layer 3 commands set sipserver SIP Message Dumps Use this command to configure whether all the SIP messages processed by the SIP server must be traced or not Command mode SIP Traces configuration Syntax Sipserver SIPMessageDumps TRUE FALSE Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sipserver SIPMessageDumps command Variable Value TRUE Enables the traces for calls FALSE Disables the traces for calls Defaults FALSE Related commands show sipserver Traces NN47928 100 Layer3commands 551 set sipserver TFTPServerAddress Use this command to configures the host where TFTP server is running to store old CDR files Command mode SIP CDR configuration Syntax set sipserver TFTPServerAddress lt IpAddress gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver TFTPServerAddres
357. smit hold count to the default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree transmit hold count lt value 1 10 gt no spanning tree transmit hold count Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree transmit hold count command Variable Value transmit hold count lt value 1 10 gt Specifies the counter used to limit the maximum transmission rate of the switch Defaults 6 Related commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 77 Port based network access control commands Port based Network Access Control PNAC is a portable implementation of the IEEE Std 802 1x PNAC It is used on both local area network LAN switches and wireless LAN access points to provide security services When used in LAN switches it offers access control to protected resources existing in the switched network When used in WLAN access points it provides authentication of the WLAN stations and improves the security by making use of the periodically exchanged key for encrypting data PNAC can port to RTOS environments and interface to different switch hardware Port based network access control commands navigation aaa authentication dot1x default page 78 debug dot1x page 79 dot1x access control page 80 dot1x auth mode page 85 dot1x control direction page 81 dot1x default page 82 dot1x init session
358. status disable Disables the FXS Line status Defaults disabled Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 752 BSG commands set fxs mailbox number Use this command to set the FXS mailbox number Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs mailbox number lt number 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs mailbox number command Variable Value number 31 Specifies the voicemail box number at the voicemail server Defaults 0 NN47928 100 BSG commands 753 set fxs mailbox password Use this command to set the FXS mailbox password Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs mailbox password lt string 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs mailbox password command Variable Value string 31 Specifies the voicemail authentication password Defaults 0 Commands Reference 754 BSG commands set fxs ring type Use this command to set the FXS ring type Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs ring type lt integer 0 2 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs ring type command Variable Value integer 0 2 Specifies the ring type The range is from 0 to 2 in milliseconds Defaults 0 NN47928 100 BSG commands 755 set fxs user number Use thi
359. subscriber show sipserver subscriber details NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 521 bsg Use this command to enter the BSG configuration mode Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax bsg Commands Reference 522 Layer 3 commands CDR Mode Use this command to enter the CDR configuration mode Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax cdr NN47928 100 Layer3commands 523 delete dialplan Use this command to delete a dialplan Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax delete dialplan lt dialplanname gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the delete dialplan command Variable Value Dialplanname Specifies the dialplan name Related commands add dialplan show sipserver dialplan Commands Reference 524 Layer 3 commands delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed Use this command to delete the configured value of maximum calls allowed on each WAN link Command mode SIP BSG configuration Syntax delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed WAN1 WAN2 WAN3 MaxCalls 1 500 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the delete sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed command Variable Value WAN 1 WAN2 WAN3 Specifies the different maximum sim WAN calls allowed MaxCalls Specifies the maximum call value Related commands set sipserver MaximumSimWANCallsAllowed
360. t value Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree compatibility stp rst mst no spanning tree compatibility Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree compatibility command Variable Value mst Specifies the MSTP configuration rst Specifies the RSTP configuration stp Specifies the STP configuration Defaults If spanning tree enabled is mst then the spanning tree is MSTP compatible If spanning tree enabled is rst then the spanning tree is RSTP compatible Related commands show spanning tree detail active Commands Reference 66 Layer 2 commands spanning tree mode Use this command to set the spanning tree operating mode When BSG boots up spanning tree is enabled by default with MSTP operating in the switch Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree mode mst rst Variable definitions This table describes the variable used in the spanning tree mode command Variable Value mst Specifies the MSTP configuration mode rst Specifies the RSTP configuration mode Defaults MST Related command show spanning tree detail active NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 67 spanning tree auto edge Use this command to enable automatic detection of a bridge attached to an interface Precede this command with no to disable automatic detection of a bridge attached to an interface
361. t default silent suppression Use this command to enable or disable default silence suppression Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set default g723 g729 silence suppression enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set default g723 g729 silence suppression command Variable Value g723 Specifies the g723 encoding g729 Specifies the g729 encoding enable disable Enables disables suppression Defaults disable Commands Reference 736 BSG commands set digital dial timeout Use this command to set the digital dial timeout value Command mode VOIP configuration Syntax set digit dial timeout integer 500 10000 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set digit dial timeout command Variable Value integer 500 10000 Specifies the timeout in milliseconds for dialing a phone number from FXS lines when is not pressed The range is 500 to 10000 Defaults 5000 NN47928 100 BSG commands 737 set dtmf relay Use this command to set the DTMF relay option That is it sets the options for relaying the DTMF digits during a call Command mode VoIP configuration Syntax set dtmf relay rtp info none Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe set dtmf relay command Variable Value rtp Specifies t
362. t saab Eon icc nm ROSE OR dle a ead 599 selel eso Uo c ie fap Besse eens cbs dots ee E RNGSIISE S REP dd SE 600 AMZ ew peer 4E EXER RR RS PRU LEDERER AL SUR RA a a 601 CIC cues ca vate T TTL TI D TDETTETRTATUTTT 602 WT OMRTRERERECESTCOESRLO OTRO eeedet ce ekdake setae be tabaeeeaes 603 DS oec dee ws addenda ae aed Sette aa he M andi Son e RARE 604 ICD sepas Ruekacn Qs RR A REA RR RRORA KURCR UN OR RR RR OR RO RR HORROR e o E a dh 605 nempe e Ter 606 i fiter fragments large ues oda sep S hee ecd a dle dew ob e ow oodd 607 ip inspect ODOM usus emer Ry ce Kee md eR Race d e ree Rma 608 ip inspoct IB ODDIU Losada e RRPGDERI DURER REG R3 rA EES d UR RUMP nes 609 pnp Top Dal DBO ques vesc px PU ERE T TREO E RUP ex QE beens bones eeu 610 ip inspect teo Sun Wall cusa cee Ru abc REESE OESER ORARE SERE anes 611 ip verify reverse DID dus suus Seeks pta E doe ede M E 612 nebs MISNO uesskxpebiesesibzspPERRsekWEXGESEXRRexwERS SA CES 613 NOMET iens ka e eRRIESURPES ETA PRE OPAL ERED OSD EREDAR 4464 RA 614 SHOW firewall a sess ISIS iones Rad uci Kon go acci REI ROG o gc de 615 show firewall config iussus sem eee cdeeeiseeondebeedeieeeenemes 616 show Trewall diz NOST s sess cans REA 54R SS ebb eee de dei eyes ear X 617 show firewall WS lt 24cskee db Rw HEWES SORORE S KG REED a UR ROB ORO C CE 618 show firewall half open connections 0 000 ee ee 619 NN47928 100 Contents 17 show Teall interlace COMING siae ak Ru e REOR RE RARE T
363. t ssid enable Related commands show wlan Commands Reference 802 Wireless commands config wlan create Use this command to create a BSG with WLAN ID and Service Set Identifier SSID Command mode Global configuration Syntax Config wlan create lt wlanid 1 4 gt lt ssid gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan create command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier The value ranges from 1 to 4 ssid Specifies the SSID The length of string or number is 1 to 32 Related commands config wlan delete show wlan NN47928 100 Wireless commands 803 config wlan delete Use this command to delete a BSG for the specified WLAN ID Command mode Global configuration Syntax Config wlan delete lt wlan id 1 4 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan delete command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN identifier Value ranges from 1 to 4 Related commands config wlan create show wlan Commands Reference 804 Wireless commands config wlan interface Use this command to configure the VLAN ID for the specified WLAN ID Command mode Global configuration Syntax config wlan interface Wlan id 1 4 lt vlan interface name gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the config wlan interface c
364. te a DHCP server address pool and place the user in the DHCP pool configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is iss dhcp config Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode ACL standard access list configuration mode Standard access lists create filters based on IP address and network mask only Layer 3 filters only Use the global configuration mode command ip access list standard lt 1 1000 to create IP access control lists ACL and enter the ACL standard access list configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is iss config std nacl Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode ACL MAC configuration mode Use the ACL MAC configuration mode to create Layer 2 MAC ACLs and return the ACL MAC configuration mode to the user Use the global configuration mode command mac access list extended lt 1 65535 gt to enter the ACL MAC configuration mode The prompt displayed at this mode is iss config ext macl Use the exit command to return to the global configuration mode NN47928 100 Command modes 37 Layer 3 command modes The following command modes are available in Layer 3 e Protocol Independent Multicast component mode page 37 e Router configuration mode page 37 e VRRP router configuration mode page 37 e VRRP interface configuration mode page 37 Protocol Independent Multicast component mode Use the Protocol Independent Mult
365. ted Information Rate CIR value in bytes per second PBS Specifies Peak Burst Size PBS in bytes CBS Specifies Committed Burst Size CBS in bytes Defaults Policer Type trtcm PBS 2000 CBS 1500 PIR 3250000 CIR 3000000 Related commands no policy map policy map show class map show policy map NN47928 100 BSG commands 703 policy map Use this command to map a classifier entry with the appropriate policer Command mode Global configuration Syntax policy map lt policer id gt class lt classifier id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the policy map command Variable Value policer id Specifies the value of the policer ID The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 classifier id Specifies the value for the classifier ID The value ranges from 1 to 2147483647 Related commands police class map Commands Reference 704 BSG commands queue threshold Use this command to configure the RED parameters of a queue Command mode Interface configuration Syntax queue threshold lt queue number gt lt min green threshold 256 byte blocks gt lt max green threshold 256 byte blocks gt lt min amber threshold 256 byte blocks gt lt max amber threshold 256 byte blocks gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the queue threshold command Variable Value queue number
366. terface Configuration Syntax multilink group lt multilink bundle number gt no multilink group lt multilink bundle number gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the multilink group command Variable Value multilink bundle number Specifies the bundle number Multilink capability attaches to this bundle number Related commands layer Commands Reference 636 BSG commands peer Use this command to configure the peer IP address or DNS name offers during negotiation Precede this command with no to reset the peer IP address or DNS name offered during negotiation Command mode PPP Interface configuration Syntax peer ip address lt ip address gt dns address lt dns ip address gt no peer ip address lt ip address gt dns address lt dns ip address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the peer command Variable Value ip address Specifies the peer IP address dns address Specifies the DNS address NN47928 100 BSG commands 637 ppp authenticate username Use this command to allow an authentication to a specified user at the called side Precede the command with no to deny authentication for the specified user Command mode PPP interface configuration or Multilink PPP interface configuration Syntax ppp authenticate username lt user name gt password lt password gt
367. terval Use this command to set the poll interval value in seconds Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp set poll interval lt number 4 14 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sntp set poll interval command Variable Value number Poll interval value in seconds Related commands show sntp status NN47928 100 BSG commands 651 sntp time zone Use this command to set the system time zone with respect to Greenwich Mean Time GMT Command mode SNTP configuration Syntax sntp time zone lt gt lt UTC TimeDiff in Hrs gt lt UTC TimeDiff in Min gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the sntp time zone command Variable Value After or before UTC UTC TimeDiff in Hrs UTC time difference in hours UTC TimebDiff in Min UTC time difference in minutes Related commands show sntp clock Commands Reference 652 BSG commands Network Address Translation commands Network Address Translation NAT provides a mechanism for a privately addressed network to access registered networks such as the internet without requiring a registered subnet address This eliminates the need for host renumbering and allows the same IP address range to be used in multiple intranets With NAT the privately addressed network designated as inside continues to use its existing private or obsol
368. the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802 1x authentication exchange between the server and the client force authorized All the traffic is allowed without any restrictions force unauthorized All the traffic over the interface will be blocked Defaults Force authorized 1s enabled Related commands dotix default show dotix Commands Reference 90 Layer 2 commands dot1x re authenticate Use this command to initiate re authentication of all dot1x enabled ports or the specified dot1x enabled port Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax dotix re authenticate interface interface type interface id Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the Got1x re authenticate command Variable Value interface Specifies port number of the interface to re authenticate Defaults dot1x is enabled by default Related commands show dotix NN47928 100 Layer2commands 91 dot1x reauthentication Use this command to enable periodic re authentication from authenticator to client Precede this command with no to disable periodic re authentication from authenticator to client Command mode Interface configuration Syntax dotix reauthentication no dotix reauthentication Defaults Periodic re authentication is disabled Related commands aot dot 1x default 1x timeout show dotix Commands Reference 92 Layer 2 c
369. the debug trace level for TACACS client module Precede the command with no to disable the debug trace level for TACACS client module Command mode Privileged EXEC mode Syntax debug tacacs all info errors dumptx dumprx no debug tacacs Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug tacacs command Variable Value all Displays all TACACS debug messages info Displays TACACS server information messages errors Displays error code debug messages dumptx Displays transmitted packet dump messages dumprx Displays received packet dump messages Defaults Debugging is disabled NN47928 100 Layer2commands 105 show tacacs Use this command to view the statistical log information and server for TACACS client Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show tacacs Related commands show tacacs tacacs use server address Commands Reference 106 Layer 2 commands tacacs server host Use this command to configure host timeout and key in the TACACS server Precede this command with no to delete the server entry from the TACACS server table Command mode Global configuration mode Syntax tacacs server host lt ip address gt single connection port lt TCP port 1 65535 gt timeout lt time out in seconds gt key lt secret key gt no tacacs server host lt ip address gt Variable definitions This table de
370. the firewall protects the network from outside threats the private network is prevented from any unauthorized access using filters and stateful inspection of packets Firewall commands navigation e access list page 596 e clear global statistics page 597 clear interface statistics page 598 commit page 599 e disable page 600 e dmz page 601 e enable page 602 e filter add page 603 e firewall page 604 e icmp page 605 e icmp inspect page 606 e ip filter fragments large page 607 e ip inspect option page 608 e ip inspect tcp enable page 609 e ip inspect tcp half open page 610 e ip inspect tcp syn wait page 611 e ip verify reverse path page 612 e netbios filtering page 613 e no filter page 614 e show firewall access lists page 615 e show firewall config page 616 e show firewall dmz host page 617 e show firewall filters page 618 e show firewall half open connections page 619 e show firewall interface config page 620 NN47928 100 BSG commands 595 show firewall interface statistics page 621 show firewall logs page 622 show firewall stateful table page 623 show firewall stats page 624 show url filters page 625 trap threshold page 626 untrusted port page 627 url filter add page 628 url filter delete page 629 url filtering page 630 Commands Reference 596 BSG commands access list Use this command to add an access list
371. this command to enable the IGMP trace Precede this command with no to disable the IGMP trace Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax debug ip igmp i ol grpllary tmr mgmt a111 no debug ip igmp i o grp ary tmr mgmt all Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the debug ip igmp command Variable Value all Indicates all traces grp Specifies group related messages i o Specifies Input Output messages mgmt Specifies management configuration messages qry Specifies query related messages tmr Specifies timer related messages Defaults disable NN47928 100 Layer3commands 413 ip igmp immediate leave Use this command to enable immediate leave processing on the interface Precede this command with no to disable immediate leave processing Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp immediate leave no ip igmp immediate leave Defaults Disabled Related commands show ip igmp interface Commands Reference 414 Layer 3 commands ip igmp last member query interval Use this command to set the IGMP last member query interval for the interface Precede this command with no to set the last member query interval to the default value Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp last member query interval value 1 255 no ip igmp last member query interval Defaults 10 Related comma
372. tion Commands Reference 820 Wireless commands show wlan Use this command to display the information of all or a particular BSG Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show wlan lt wlan Id gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show wlan command Variable Value Wlan ld Specifies the WLAN ID Related commands config config config config config config config config config 2 RR 8 oe eo SS SS config Lan 1an Lan Lar lan Lan Lan Lan Lan tan broadcast ssid create delete interface interface security preauth security pre shared key security static wep key encryption wep default key NN47928 100 Wireless commands 821 Digital Subscriber Line commands The Digital Subscriber Line DSL module controls the configuration and control of the DSL modem connected to the CAS It is responsible for configuring the ATM parameters of the modem This module also provides the front end for getting the statistics of the DSL modem These commands are executed only on BSG 12 platforms DSL navigation dsl operating mode page 822 encapsulation page 823 traffic parameters set page 828 show dsl interface page 825 show dsl interface pvc page 826 show dsl traffic page 827 traffic parameters set page 828 qos set page 824 vci value page 830 Commands Reference
373. tion Syntax clear interface statistics lt interface type gt lt 0 a b 0 c gt lt interface type gt 0 a b 0 c gt ppp multilink lt a b c d gt vlan a b c d Related commands show firewall interface statistics NN47928 100 BSG commands 599 commit Use this command to delete or modify stateful table entries if the rules are changed Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax commit Commands Reference 600 BSGcommands disable Use this command to disable the firewall service Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax disable Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 601 dmz Use this command to set the Demilitarized Zone DMZ host in the Local LAN Precede this command with no to remove the DMZ host access Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax dmz DMZ host IP no dmz DMZ host IP Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the dmz command Variable Value DMZ host IP Specifies the IP address of the DMZ host Related commands show firewall dmz host Commands Reference 602 BSG commands enable Use this command to enable firewall service Command mode Firewall configuration Syntax enable Related commands show firewall config NN47928 100 BSG commands 603 filter add Use this comma
374. tion Syntax voip1000 NN47928 100 BSG commands 769 Technical Report 069 commands Use Technical Report TR 069 commands to configure TR 069 TR 069 is a DSL Forum technical specification entitled CPE WAN Management Protocol CWMP This specification defines an application layer protocol for remote management of end user devices As a bidirectional SOAP HTTP based protocol the forum provides the communication between the CPE and the Auto Configuration Servers ACS It includes both a safe auto configuration and the control of other CPE management functions within an integrated framework TR 069 commands navigation e acs url page 770 connection request page 771 e periodic inform page 772 e periodic inform interval page 773 e send inform page 774 show mgmt server config page 775 e show tr69 status page 776 e tr69 page 777 Commands Reference 770 BSG commands acs url Use this command to configure the HTTP or HTTPS URL user name and password of the ACS Command mode TR 069 Syntax acs url lt http https gt user lt username gt passwd lt password gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the acs url command Variable Value http https Specifies the URL which starts with http or https user name Specifies the user name for the Management Server It is a random string password Specifies the password for the user name
375. tion type priv DES Specifies the private encryption password volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type Defaults UserName Initial Authentication protocol None Privacy protocol None Storage type Non volatile Related commands show snmp engineID show snmp user NN47928 100 Layer2commands 379 snmp view Use this command to configure the SNMP view Precede this command with no to remove the SNMP view Command mode Global configuration Syntax snmp view lt ViewName gt lt OIDTree gt mask lt OIDMask gt included excluded volatile nonvolatile no snmp view ViewName OIDTree Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the snmp view command Variable Value ViewName Specifies the SNMP view name OIDTree Specifies the object identifier OIDMask none Specifies the defines views subtrees included excluded Specifies the view type volatile nonvolatile Specifies the storage type Defaults ViewName iso restricted OIDTree 1 OIDMask none ViewType included StorageType non volatile Related commands show snmp group access show snmp viewtree snmp agent status Commands Reference 380 Layer 2 commands snmp server enable traps Use this command to enable generation of a particular trap Precede the command with no to disable generation of a p
376. tion header into the messages generated by the SIP server Command mode SIP ProtocolHeader configuration Syntax set sipserver OrganizationHeader hostname j Variable definitions ipaddress lt ipaddress gt hostname This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver OrganizationHeader command Variable Value ipaddress Specifies IPv4 Address hostname Specifies host name Related commands show sipserver OrganizationHeader Commands Reference 548 Layer 3 commands set sipserver PolledServers This command configures the carrier network or SIP servers to be polled Command mode SIP Domain configuration Syntax set sipserver PolledServers Pollingaddress ipaddress hostname lt hostname gt port lt 1 65535 gt pollinterval 10 600 seconds pollretries lt 1 10 gt transport tcp udp tls Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set sipserver PolledServers Pollingaddress command Variable Value ipaddress hostname Specifies the polling address port Specifies the port number pollinterval Specifies the poll interval pollretries Specifies the poll retries transport Specifies the transport type The type can be either tcp or udp or tls Defaults port 5060 pollinterval 30 pollretries 2 transport udp NN47928 100 Layer3commands 549
377. tions This table describes the variables used in debug t1e1 command Variable Value failure Failure traces resource Resource traces timer Timer related traces all All traces Defaults Debugging is disabled NN47928 100 Wireless commands 841 dump t1e1 sib counter Use this command to display the LLP SIB counter statistics Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax dump tlel sib counter Commands Reference 842 Wireless commands framing Use this command to select the frame type for the T1 or E1 data line Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax framing esf sf e1 el1 crc4 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the framing command Variable Value esf Specifies extended super frame type sf Specifies super frame type e1 Specifies the basic E1 type e1 crc4 Specifies E1 with CRC4 type Related commands show controllers NN47928 100 Wireless commands 843 linecode Use this command to select the line code type for the T1 or E1 line Command mode TI E1 configuration Syntax linecode b8zs hdb3 ami Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the 1inecode command Variable Value b8zs Specifies B8ZS line code type hdb3 Specifies HDB3 line code type ami Specifies Alternate Mark Invention AMI line code type Relate
378. to be ping size packet_size Specifies the size of the data portion of the ping PDU timeout Specifies the time in seconds after which the entity waiting for the ping response times out Defaults size packet size 500 count packet count 3 timeout time out 5 Commands Reference 404 Layer 3 commands show ip arp Use this command to display IP ARP table Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip arp Vlan lt vlan id 1 4094 gt lt ip address gt lt mac address gt summary information Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show ip arp command Variable Value information Specifies the ARP configuration information ip address Specifies the IP address of ARP Entry mac address Specifies the MAC address of ARP Entry summary Specifies the IP ARP table summary Vlan Specifies the VLAN ID Related commands arp timeout arp IP address ip arp max retries NN47928 100 Layer3commands 405 show ip information Use this command to display IP configuration information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip information Related commands ip ip ip ip ip ip aggregate route echo reply mask reply path mtu discover redirects unreachables maximum paths traffic share Commands Reference 406 Layer 3 commands show ip pmtu Use this co
379. to identify a particular network and a host on that network Four regional Internet registries ARIN RIPE NCC LACNIC and APNIC assign Internet addresses from the following three classes e Class A supports 16 million hosts on each of 126 networks e Class B supports 65 000 hosts on each of 16 000 networks e Class C supports 254 hosts on each of 2 million networks The number of unassigned Internet addresses is running out so a new classless scheme called Classless Inter Domain Routing CIDR is gradually replacing the system based on classes A B and C and is tied to adoption of IPv6 Internet protocol commands navigation e arp timeout page 386 e arp IP address page 387 ip aggregate route page 388 e ip arp max retries page 389 e ip default ttl page 390 e ip directed broadcast page 391 e ip echo reply page 392 e ip mask reply page 393 e ip path mtu page 394 e ip path mtu discover page 395 e ip rarp client page 396 e ip rarp client request page 397 e ip redirects page 398 e ip route page 399 e ip routing page 400 e ip unreachables page 401 e maximum paths page 402 e ping page 403 NN47928 100 Layer3commands 385 show ip arp page 404 show ip information page 405 show ip pmtu page 406 show ip rarp page 407 show ip traffic page 408 show ip route page 409 traffic share page 410 Commands Reference 386 Layer 3 commands arp timeout
380. trace sip command Variable Value Onloff Specifies the SIP trace mode which can be ON or OFF NN47928 100 Layer3commands 575 traces Use this command to enter the trace error configuration mode Command mode SIP configuration Syntax traces Commands Reference 576 Layer 3 commands transport Use this command to enter the transport configuration mode Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax transport NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 577 update subscriber Use this command to modify the subscriber details Command mode SIP Configuration Syntax update subscriber lt user name gt domain name alias lt aliasname gt calling line identity lt subsidentity gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the update subscriber command Variable Value user name Specifies the user name domain name Specifies the domain name alias Specifies the alias name calling line identity Specifies the Calling Line Identifier CLI Related commands add subscriber delete subscriber show sipserver subscriber details Commands Reference 578 Layer 3 commands Linux tunnel commands The linux tunnel module creates a tunnel interface in the linux kernel Use the linux kernel for injecting IP frames from user space program to linux IP stack available in kernel space This tunnel interface can be used f
381. ture COMMANA uuu cuu s exor Rodi acciri x ELA e de RR c d C RR 158 ariuve donmIOdd QU oasua addu ddr ed PUREE S Bese EER ERA Arb qa 155 CDM A D ETT 156 authorized manager ip source 0 00 leeren 157 DASCHNAG cscccanegets ewer deen eX rc e ERG AG aL Pome eee Koa ERG EA 159 GIS o 160 CGE o MU CETTE 161 COD coo LALA RSS Se Se CRSA Sea EEA THe SS TESS ed pa PRES cede ges 162 ROS Cc eed es el CR eee Se a oa cee 163 CES DO sede aat Irr sne ERATAN xd s RR cedars x Red dc d as 164 COPY BIST CONG x ccc n cesar tase REO QDERMERRK UP YeRIdq vx ERYITAda4Emi 165 IN esu he dere ce a nob ac conde a0 deo Racd Pd ee dcl dee Ye Rosie tp Role SE E as 166 default ip address allocation protocol llle 167 default management port ip address uaua nanunua nananana 168 Dco Wusso MT PTT EETMT 169 default rastore ilg ii iouis ies e zoo mme ace e Rem perm itemm nd 170 CAML TEE iubar ad eed sica s ae pen Gow urges d eee aed eg ances ae ed dad Dod died 171 default vian momit port ID address siere ko RR EA ORARE Seeks RR ln 172 diablo OUI uae quera EN UR ie dees deed TERE ORA RES DER ee ees VOR 173 dump EINK yl EE TET 174 ctii PPP LETT 175 BIASE ricard estos aita aa X CER Rv EG RaedR RR RE EN Pd ev ERE ERS 176 db sn eR PC x LEE SA TAE AEE T ETT if jumbo kame SUDPOM 2422 cee ede eek cdo ee noes eee Eni erener 178 NG EI eM ceca ech Bes Shain aco ERR 179 OAS rrr TT 181 ip address DHCP RA
382. ty civpebexR ERR GREY Y AERA ooh eR eee se ERES 64 spanning tree compatibility veces essa xke EET RE YRRESCAR N ARRA RR 65 spanning ree mede iolcosbkescees eR oe RE eRS RERO Rd D RARE S Sae 66 spannird dlree autosedge sies sue sack ace oor d Rok ran en eae ee Heo A EA 67 spanning tree mst configuration sceau koh Ro Rx RE RUE REOR A RUE 68 spanning tree mst hello time liliis 69 spanning tree mst max hops 000 eee 70 spanning tree pathcost dynamic 00 0c eee eee 71 spanning tree path cost method 0 ccc eee 72 spanning tree Properties of an interface 20 0c cee eee 73 spanning tree mst Properties of an interface for MSTP 74 spanninge Oel cous bed dG e eR or ERROR RR RAO dee eR RR acd pas 75 spanning tree transmit hold count 00000 cece eee eee eee 76 Port based network access control commands 0 eee eee eee ees 77 aaa authentication dot Tx default iuis uas ean ee eee RC REC ACER 78 Jebug OOM ccgkicehedadeesi ekr datearen iri Gees heeda dae ance ys 79 uoti acopssDCOUIFal 12i quate Me ORR P ARed ERA Ke SERI oR ERE AAS 80 dotix conmobcdWecliol cic ax n ROS RCHCRGROE TEC SOROR OR CORO OR QR RU Aor ERR UON ORE GC OE SORGE 81 dodelali d oda sree EET 82 dore nrach os sue Vee dee eds 25 RO dew Sab debole aet wr Rub cec d pude 83 dotix Inb eessiai POslulli 425224 a RR fads beater ERR CIRCA OR RR ARE 84 Uoc AUIBSTHOEE de usi bee Leder cope Lees
383. ucture VPN connections are more cost effective than dedicated private lines VPN supports Internet Protocol Security IPSec and Internet Key Exchange IKE VPN policy commands navigation e access list page 673 e clear vpn logs page 674 e crypto key mode page 676 e crypto map page 677 e crypto map Interface page 678 e crypto map ipsec page 679 e ipra vpn pool page 680 e isakmp peer identity page 681 e isakmp policy encryption page 682 e ra vpn username page 683 e set local identity page 684 e set peer page 685 e set session key page 686 e set vpn page 687 e show crypto map page 688 e show ra vpn users page 689 e show ra vpn address pool page 690 e show vpn config page 691 e show vpn global statistics page 692 e show vpn IKE statistics page 693 e show vpn logs page 694 e show vpn remote ids page 695 e vpn remote identity page 696 NN47928 100 BSG commands 673 access list This command specifies the source and destination IP address to which the policy is applied with the type of traffic and action to be taken Command mode Crypto Map Configuration Syntax access list permit deny apply any tcp udp icmpv4 ahproto espproto source lt ip address gt lt subnet mask gt destination lt ip addrress gt lt subnet mask gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the access list command Vari
384. up membership on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp static group lt Group Address gt source lt Source Address gt no ip igmp static group lt Group Address gt source lt Source Address gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used inthe ip igmp static group command Variable Value Group Address Specifies the group IP address source Specifies the source IP address Related commands show ip igmp groups show ip igmp interface show ip igmp sources NN47928 100 Layer3commands 419 ip igmp version Use this command to set the IGMP version on the interface Precede this command with no to set the default IGMP version on the interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax ip igmp version 1 2 3 no ip igmp version Defaults 2 Related commands show ip igmp interface Commands Reference 420 Layer 3 commands no ip igmp Use this command to delete the IGMP capable interface Command mode Interface configuration Syntax no ip igmp Related commands show ip igmp interface NN47928 100 Layer 3 commands 421 set ip igmp Use this command to enable or disable IGMP on the interface Command mode Global configuration or Interface configuration Syntax set ip igmp enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set ip igmp command
385. uplex negotiation support For more information see System feature commands page 153 Power over Ethernet commands Power over Ethernet PoE technology is a system that transmits electrical power along with data to remote devices over standard twisted pair cable in an Ethernet network For more information see Power over Ethernet commands page 224 System commands Use the system commands to manage access permissions mode access and terminal configurations on BSG For more information see System commands page 230 Virtual local area network commands Virtual local area network VLAN is a group of devices on different physical LAN segments which communicate with each other as if they were all on the same physical LAN segment For more information see Virtual local area network commands page 267 Dynamic host configuration protocol commands Dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP allows dynamic configuration of a host computer For more information see Dynamic host configuration protocol commands page 309 Commands Reference 26 New in this release Simple network management protocol version 3 commands Simple network management protocol version 3 SNMPv3 specifies a generic management framework which is expandable for adding new management engines security models and access control models For more information see Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 commands page 349 Internet protocol
386. uration protocol commands page 25 Simple network management protocol version 3 commands page 26 Layer 3 commands The following list provides the new Layer 3 commands Internet protocol commands page 26 Internet group management protocol commands page 26 Route redistribution commands page 26 Virtual router redundancy protocol commands page 26 Routing information protocol commands page 26 Open shortest path first commands page 26 Commands Reference 24 New in this release BSG commands The following list provides the new Business Service Gateway BSG commands e Domain name server commands page 26 Firewall commands page 27 e Point to point protocol commands page 27 e Simple network time protocol commands page 27 e Network address translation commands page 27 e Virtual private network policy commands page 27 e Remote access commands page 27 Wireless commands The following list provides the new commands for Wireless CLI e Wireless local area network commands page 27 e Digital subscriber line commands page 27 e TI EI commands page 27 Spanning Tree Protocol commands Spanning tree protocol STP is a link management protocol For more information see Spanning Tree Protocol commands page 44 Port based network access control commands Port based network access control PNAC is a portable implementation of the IEEE Std 802 1x PNAC For more information see Port
387. various counters for the switch or for the specific interface Related commands show interfaces NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 205 show management vlan Use this command to the VLANs associated with the management interface Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show management vlan Commands Reference 206 Layer 2 commands show nvram Use this command to display the current information stored in the NVRAM Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show nvram Related commands base mac default tr69 default mode default restore file erase login authentication uplink rate limit NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 207 show running config Use this command to display the current system information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show running config Related commands show vlan port config Commands Reference 208 Layer 2 commands show sub system information Use this command to view the sub system information like the IP address operation status and version Command mode Privileged or user EXEC Syntax show sub system information wifi voip safenet Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the show sub system information command Variable Value sub system information Specifies the information of the sub system The information can either be wifi voip or s
388. w snmp server traps page 359 e show snmp targetaddr page 360 e show snmp targetparam page 361 e show snmp user page 362 e show snmp viewtree page 363 e snmp agent status page 364 e snmp agent status page 364 e snmp allowed version page 365 e snmp community index page 368 e snmp engineid page 370 e snmp group page 371 Commands Reference 350 Layer 2 commands e snmp notify page 372 e snmp server enable traps snmp authentication page 373 e snmp targetaddr page 374 snmp targetparams page 376 e snmp user page 378 e snmp view page 379 e snmp server enable traps page 380 e system contact page 381 e system location page 382 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 351 show snmp Use this command to display the status information of SNMP communications Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp Commands Reference 352 Layer 2 commands show snmp agent information Use this command to display the SNMP agent information Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp agent information NN47928 100 Layer2commands 353 show snmp community Use this command to display the configured SNMP community details Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show snmp community Related commands snmp community index Commands Reference 354 Layer 2 commands show snmp enginelD Use this comman
389. witch name page 214 switchport page 215 system set factory default page 216 tunnel checksum page 217 tunnel mode page 218 tunnel path mtu discovery page 219 tunnel udlr page 220 uplink rate limit page 221 uplink rate limit enable disable page 222 write page 223 NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 155 archive download sw Use this command to perform an image download operation using TFTP from a remote location Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax archive download sw overwrite tftp ip address filename flash filename Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the archive download sw command Variable Value overwrite Overwrites the software image in flash with the downloaded one tftp ip address filename Specifies the source URL alias for a network tftp file system flash filename Specifies the source URL alias for a local flash file system Commands Reference 156 Layer 2 commands archive select Use this command to select the image when you restart next Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax archive select pack1 pack2 Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the archive select command Variable Value pack1 Specifies the image in pack1 pack2 Specifies the image in pack2 Related commands show system information NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 157 auth
390. x logging lt ip address gt buffered size 1 200 gt console facility local0 locall local2 local3 local4 local5 1ocal6 local7 trap lt level 0 7 gt alerts critical debugging emergencies errors informational notification warnings on flash no logging lt ip address gt buffered console facility trap on flash Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the logging command Variable Value ip address Specifies the host IP address used as a Syslog server buffered Specifies the limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer console Limits messages logged to the console facility Specifies the facility that is indicated in the message Facilities can be localo local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local 6 local7 user trap Specifies the trap messages alerts Specifies the immediate action needed critical Specifies the critical conditions debugging Specifies the debugging messages emergencies Specifies that system is unusable errors Specifies the error conditions informational Specifies the information messages Commands Reference Layer 2 commands Variable Value notification Specifies the normal but significant messages warnings Specifies the warning conditions on Specifies that syslog is enabled flash Specifies the Fl
391. xo phone number phone number length lt 31 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set xo phone number command Variable Value phone number Specifies the SIP user ID phone Number used for SIP signaling for incoming calls to the FXO line Defaults 1003 Related commands show voip config Commands Reference 744 BSG commands set fxo ring count Use this command to set the FXO maximum number for ring Command mode FXO Configuration Syntax set fxo ring count maximum number ring 1 6 gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set xo ring count command Variable Value maximum number ring Specifies the maximum number of rings the FXO line waits before going off Hook Defaults 2 Related commands show voip config NN47928 100 BSG commands 745 set fxs call forward Use this command to enable or disable the call forward on different condition Command mode FXS Configuration Syntax set fxs call forward on busy on no answer unconditional enable disable Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the set fxs call forward command Variable Value on busy Call Forwarding on busy on no answer Call Forwarding on no answer unconditional Call Forwarding unconditional Commands Reference 746 BSG commands set fxs call
392. y Defaults ciphersuite rsa null md5 Related commands show ip http secure server status show ssl server cert NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 149 show ip http secure server status Use this command to display SSL status and configuration information Initially http secure server ciphersuite crypto key must be configured Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ip http secure server status Related commands ip http secure ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn ssl server cert show ssl server cert Commands Reference 150 Layer 2 commands show ssl server cert Use this command to display SSL server certificate Command mode Privileged EXEC or User EXEC Syntax show ssl server cert Related commands ip http secure show ip http secure server status ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn ssl server cert NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 151 ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn Use this command to create a certificate request using RSA key pair and subject name Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn lt SubjectName gt Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the ssl gen cert req algo rsa sn command Variable Value SubjectName Identification of the switch or the switch s IP address Related commands show ip http secure server status show ssl server cert Commands Reference 152 La
393. yer 2 commands ssl server cert Use this command to configure the server cert input in PEM format It generates a certificate request which can be submitted to a CA Certificate Authority to obtain the SSL certificate for the device Command mode Privileged EXEC Syntax ssl server cert Related commands show ip http secure server status show ssl server cert NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 153 System feature commands SMB BSG 8x12 offers a rich set of system features to a user such as logon services copying or writing facilities and duplex negotiation support Some features have special hardware requirements and others have special design considerations The related command links provide overview descriptions of the features and include specific information to consider when using these features Common Forwarding Agent CFA is a proprietary module which acts as a common forwarder of packets between the Network Protocol Modules NPM the Data Link Layer Protocol Layer Modules DLLPLM and the device drivers CFA provides central management of the generic parameters of all the interfaces in the system System feature commands navigation archive download sw page 155 archive select page 156 authorized manager ip source page 157 base mac page 159 cli console page 160 clock set page 161 copy page 162 copy file page 163 copy logs page 164 copy startup config page 165 debug logging
394. yer 2 commands 63 spanning tree Use this command to enable the spanning tree operation Precede this command with no to disable the spanning tree operation Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree no spanning tree Defaults Spanning tree enabled is MSTP Related commands show spanning tree summary blockedports pathcost Commands Reference 64 Layer 2 commands spanning tree priority Use this command to set the bridge priority for the spanning tree in steps of 4096 Precede this command with no to set the bridge priority to the default value Command mode Global configuration Syntax spanning tree mst lt instance id gt priority lt value 0 61440 gt no spanning tree mst lt instance id gt 1 64 gt priority Variable definitions This table describes the variables used in the spanning tree priority command Variable Value mst lt instance id gt Specifies the range of spanning tree instances priority value 0 61440 Indicates switch priority value for the specified spanning tree instance Value ranges from 0 to 61440 Defaults 32768 Related commands show spanning tree detail active NN47928 100 Layer 2 commands 65 spanning tree compatibility Use this command to set the compatibility version for the spanning tree protocol Precede this command with no to set the compatibility version for the spanning tree protocol to its defaul

Avaya BSG8/12 1.0 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents